CA2571656A1 - Methods and crosslinked polymer compositions for cartilage repair - Google Patents
Methods and crosslinked polymer compositions for cartilage repair Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2571656A1 CA2571656A1 CA002571656A CA2571656A CA2571656A1 CA 2571656 A1 CA2571656 A1 CA 2571656A1 CA 002571656 A CA002571656 A CA 002571656A CA 2571656 A CA2571656 A CA 2571656A CA 2571656 A1 CA2571656 A1 CA 2571656A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- poly
- collagen
- tissue
- hydrophilic polymer
- group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 354
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 318
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 119
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 title description 39
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 title description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 197
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- -1 and derivatives Polymers 0.000 claims description 389
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 claims description 148
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 claims description 141
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 claims description 141
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 claims description 140
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 135
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 claims description 119
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 claims description 117
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 claims description 117
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 84
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 80
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 77
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 70
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims description 48
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 47
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 46
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol Natural products OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical class CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 claims description 31
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 28
- 102000013373 fibrillar collagen Human genes 0.000 claims description 27
- 108060002894 fibrillar collagen Proteins 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 claims description 22
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N all-trans-retinoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 21
- 229930002330 retinoic acid Natural products 0.000 claims description 21
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,3-diol Chemical class OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 18
- VEEGZPWAAPPXRB-BJMVGYQFSA-N (3e)-3-(1h-imidazol-5-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical group O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CN=CN1 VEEGZPWAAPPXRB-BJMVGYQFSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 claims description 15
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 15
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 claims description 15
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 15
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 claims description 12
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 108010066486 EGF Family of Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000018386 EGF Family of Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- GMRQFYUYWCNGIN-NKMMMXOESA-N calcitriol Chemical compound C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@@H](CCCC(C)(C)O)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)C[C@H](O)C1=C GMRQFYUYWCNGIN-NKMMMXOESA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-CDMOMSTLSA-N 9,13-cis-Retinoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\C)/C=C/C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-CDMOMSTLSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 102000008299 Nitric Oxide Synthase Human genes 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010021487 Nitric Oxide Synthase Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960005084 calcitriol Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012740 non-selective inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- KCWZGJVSDFYRIX-YFKPBYRVSA-N N(gamma)-nitro-L-arginine methyl ester Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N[N+]([O-])=O KCWZGJVSDFYRIX-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001444 polymaleic acid Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001311 Poly(hydroxyethyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002188 osteogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920000765 poly(2-oxazolines) Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920003213 poly(N-isopropyl acrylamide) Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010059616 Activins Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049931 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049951 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 3 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049955 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049976 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 5 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049974 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 6 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010049870 Bone Morphogenetic Protein 7 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100024506 Bone morphogenetic protein 2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100024504 Bone morphogenetic protein 3 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100024505 Bone morphogenetic protein 4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100022526 Bone morphogenetic protein 5 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100022525 Bone morphogenetic protein 6 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100022544 Bone morphogenetic protein 7 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000004890 Interleukin-8 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000488 activin Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- UBWXUGDQUBIEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (13-methyl-3-oxo-2,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl) 3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CC12CCC(C3CCC(=O)C=C3CC3)C3C1CCC2OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 UBWXUGDQUBIEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000005606 Activins Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010004250 Inhibins Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000002746 Inhibins Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010020199 glutaraldehyde-cross-linked collagen Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000893 inhibin Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000004266 Collagen Type IV Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010042086 Collagen Type IV Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000002734 Collagen Type VI Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010043741 Collagen Type VI Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000004510 Collagen Type VII Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010017377 Collagen Type VII Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000017455 cell-cell adhesion Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920006295 polythiol Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001306 articular ligament Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000018997 Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical class [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 claims 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 78
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 38
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 25
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 25
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 22
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 19
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 18
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 17
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 16
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 229960002900 methylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 16
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 208000013201 Stress fracture Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 14
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000000743 hydrocarbylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 13
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 11
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 229920001244 Poly(D,L-lactide) Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 10
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 210000004417 patella Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 9
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 9
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 8
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 125000006355 carbonyl methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 8
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 8
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 208000006735 Periostitis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000003460 periosteum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 7
- VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxan-2-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCO1 VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GVJXGCIPWAVXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxo-1-oxoniopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C1=O GVJXGCIPWAVXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YWLXLRUDGLRYDR-ZHPRIASZSA-N 5beta,20-epoxy-1,7beta,10beta,13alpha-tetrahydroxy-9-oxotax-11-ene-2alpha,4alpha-diyl 4-acetate 2-benzoate Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YWLXLRUDGLRYDR-ZHPRIASZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 6
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000008004 cell lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 210000003035 hyaline cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N keratan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O)O)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@H]2O)COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000004579 taxol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004353 tibial menisci Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCCO1 YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- TYLVGQKNNUHXIP-MHHARFCSSA-N 10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 TYLVGQKNNUHXIP-MHHARFCSSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JRHWHSJDIILJAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypentanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)C(O)=O JRHWHSJDIILJAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybutyric acid Chemical compound OCCCC(O)=O SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101150015280 Cel gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229940123587 Cell cycle inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- GSCLMSFRWBPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Butyrolactone Chemical compound CC1CC(=O)O1 GSCLMSFRWBPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229940045110 chitosan Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000000968 fibrocartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000043827 human Smooth muscle Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108700038605 human Smooth muscle Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 229920002463 poly(p-dioxanone) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000622 polydioxanone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 210000003813 thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 5
- AOLNDUQWRUPYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxepan-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CCOCCO1 AOLNDUQWRUPYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NWAGXLBTAPTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NWAGXLBTAPTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OZJPLYNZGCXSJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-valerolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCO1 OZJPLYNZGCXSJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- XKJMBINCVNINCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alfalone Chemical compound CON(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 XKJMBINCVNINCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010081589 Becaplermin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 235000020853 Inedia Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-NUEINMDLSA-N Isotretinoin Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C(C)/C=C/C=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-NUEINMDLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000223503 Platysma Species 0.000 description 4
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 241000202349 Taxus brevifolia Species 0.000 description 4
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000001949 anaesthesia Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001217 buttock Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadaverine Chemical compound NCCCCCN VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001793 charged compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N chondroitin sulfate Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMBHHRLKUKUOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 4
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000295 expanded polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960005280 isotretinoin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005065 subchondral bone plate Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000000779 thoracic wall Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CC)(CO)CO WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical group CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UGIJCMNGQCUTPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminoethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound NCCOC(=O)C=C UGIJCMNGQCUTPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UZDMJPAQQFSMMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-oxo-4-(2-prop-2-enoyloxyethoxy)butanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C UZDMJPAQQFSMMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001414720 Cicadellidae Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Polymers OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical group C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241001415846 Procellariidae Species 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-NQAPHZHOSA-N Sorbitol Polymers OCC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-NQAPHZHOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001263 acyl chlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000229 biodegradable polyester Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004622 biodegradable polyester Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003321 cartilage cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002316 cosmetic surgery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000003981 ectoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002303 glucose derivatives Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000002304 glucoses Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Polymers C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 3
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940045641 monobasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229910000403 monosodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019799 monosodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001432 poly(L-lactide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 3
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008307 w/o/w-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- UQNRTPFLTRZEIM-MRWUDIQNSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-n-[2-methoxy-5-[(z)-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl]phenyl]propanamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=C(NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 UQNRTPFLTRZEIM-MRWUDIQNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWZBTMXISMOMAE-AATRIKPKSA-N (E)-ethyl 3-(2-furyl)acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CO1 MWZBTMXISMOMAE-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dicyclohexylurea Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC(=O)NC1CCCCC1 ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBDUIEKYVPVZJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethylsulfonylethane Chemical compound CCS(=O)(=O)CC MBDUIEKYVPVZJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182986 10-Deacetyltaxol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- IHVCSECZNFZVKP-XOVTVWCYSA-N 2'-acetyltaxol Chemical compound N([C@H]([C@@H](OC(=O)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]1C(=C2[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]3(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]4OC[C@]4([C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)[C@](C2(C)C)(O)C1)OC(C)=O)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IHVCSECZNFZVKP-XOVTVWCYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YYDMSFVTLYEPOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dioxo-1-propanoyloxypyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C1=O YYDMSFVTLYEPOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ACERFIHBIWMFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-[(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)azaniumyl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)NCC(O)CS(O)(=O)=O ACERFIHBIWMFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CQOQDQWUFQDJMK-SSTWWWIQSA-N 2-methoxy-17beta-estradiol Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)C[C@]3(C)[C@@H](O)CC[C@H]3[C@@H]1CCC1=C2C=C(OC)C(O)=C1 CQOQDQWUFQDJMK-SSTWWWIQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNZGJJKAOJFFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enenitrile Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=CC(C(=CC#N)C=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2)=C1 QNZGJJKAOJFFSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVMSOCFBDVBLFW-VHLOTGQHSA-N 5beta,20-epoxy-1,7beta,13alpha-trihydroxy-9-oxotax-11-ene-2alpha,4alpha,10beta-triyl 4,10-diacetate 2-benzoate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@H](O)C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OVMSOCFBDVBLFW-VHLOTGQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TYTZQSCKYUDJIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-ethyloxonan-2-one Chemical compound CCC1CCCCCCC(=O)O1 TYTZQSCKYUDJIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100022014 Angiopoietin-1 receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010007710 Cartilage injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DBXFAPJCZABTDR-KUEXGRMWSA-N Cephalomannine Natural products O=C(O[C@@H]1C(C)=C2[C@@H](OC(=O)C)C(=O)[C@]3(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]4[C@](OC(=O)C)([C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)c3ccccc3)[C@@](O)(C2(C)C)C1)CO4)[C@@H](O)[C@H](NC(=O)/C(=C\C)/C)c1ccccc1 DBXFAPJCZABTDR-KUEXGRMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000006395 Globulins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010044091 Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000753291 Homo sapiens Angiopoietin-1 receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014429 Insulin-like growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-cystine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CSSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-lactic acid Chemical compound C[C@H](O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002230 Pectic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001054 Poly(ethylene‐co‐vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010031318 Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100035140 Vitronectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- FJWGYAHXMCUOOM-QHOUIDNNSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dinitrooxy-2-(nitrooxymethyl)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-trinitrooxy-2-(nitrooxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-3,5-dinitrooxy-6-(nitrooxymethyl)oxan-4-yl] nitrate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H]1O[N+]([O-])=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@@H](CO[N+]([O-])=O)O1)O[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+](=O)[O-])[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO[N+]([O-])=O)O[C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H]1O[N+]([O-])=O FJWGYAHXMCUOOM-QHOUIDNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UKFDBDGJFYRBHE-QWSJSTABSA-N [(3e,5r,6s,7s,9s)-5-[(2r,3s)-3-acetyloxy-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)oxetan-3-yl]-3,7-dihydroxy-9-[(2r,3s)-2-hydroxy-5-methyl-3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]hexanoyl]oxy-4,10,11,11-tetramethyl-2-oxo-6-bicyclo[5.3.1]undeca-1(10),3-dienyl] benzoate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@]2(O)C[C@@H](C(=C(C(=O)\C(O)=C(C)/[C@H]1[C@]1([C@H](OC1)CCO)OC(C)=O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC(C)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UKFDBDGJFYRBHE-QWSJSTABSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108010027619 alphastatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940030225 antihemorrhagics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003364 biologic glue Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FSWNJZRQQVVVJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L bis(sulfanylidene)molybdenum;2-hydroxyethyl(trimethyl)azanium;sulfanide Chemical compound [SH-].[SH-].S=[Mo]=S.C[N+](C)(C)CCO.C[N+](C)(C)CCO FSWNJZRQQVVVJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007978 cacodylate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FDSDTBUPSURDBL-LOFNIBRQSA-N canthaxanthin Chemical compound CC=1C(=O)CCC(C)(C)C=1/C=C/C(/C)=C/C=C/C(/C)=C/C=C/C=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)C(=O)CCC1(C)C FDSDTBUPSURDBL-LOFNIBRQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920003086 cellulose ether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DBXFAPJCZABTDR-WBYYIXQISA-N cephalomannine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@]2(O)C[C@@H](C(=C([C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]3(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]4OC[C@]4([C@H]31)OC(C)=O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(/C)=C/C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DBXFAPJCZABTDR-WBYYIXQISA-N 0.000 description 2
- USVCWSAJUAARAL-MEMLXQNLSA-N chembl551064 Chemical compound C1=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N([C@@H]2C[C@H](C2)N2CCC2)C=C1C(C=1)=CC=CC=1OCC1=CC=CC=C1 USVCWSAJUAARAL-MEMLXQNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000501 collagen implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940047120 colony stimulating factors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010035886 connective tissue-activating peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N curcumin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(\C=C\C(=O)CC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-FCXRPNKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbon monoxide Chemical compound [C]=C=O VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003054 facial bone Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 2
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002874 hemostatic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 2
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004692 intercellular junction Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000629 knee joint Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002414 leg Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960004942 lenalidomide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lenalidomide Chemical compound C1C=2C(N)=CC=CC=2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 2
- KQTSOJHOCCWAEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)butanediamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CCC(=O)NN1C(=O)CCC1=O KQTSOJHOCCWAEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IVPPTWCRAFCOFJ-RTBURBONSA-N n-[(1s)-1-[(4s)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]-2-[4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]phenyl]sulfonylethyl]-n-hydroxyformamide Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)OC[C@@H]1[C@H](N(O)C=O)CS(=O)(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 IVPPTWCRAFCOFJ-RTBURBONSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000014399 negative regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229950003600 ombrabulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 2
- 239000006174 pH buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloretic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 2
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC(O)=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920000771 poly (alkylcyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002745 poly(ortho ester) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010318 polygalacturonic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UVSMNLNDYGZFPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pomalidomide Chemical compound O=C1C=2C(N)=CC=CC=2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O UVSMNLNDYGZFPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002278 reconstructive surgery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002832 shoulder Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000015590 smooth muscle cell migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002456 taxol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SKJSIVQEPKBFTJ-HUWILPJBSA-N taxusin Chemical compound C1[C@@H](C2(C)C)C[C@H](OC(C)=O)C(C)=C2[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](OC(=O)C)C(=C)[C@@H]12 SKJSIVQEPKBFTJ-HUWILPJBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003106 tissue adhesive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-aminoethyl)amine Chemical compound NCCN(CCN)CCN MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N vatalanib Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC=C1 YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-3-oxopropyl]disulfanyl]propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJIFDEVVTPEXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound OC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZJIFDEVVTPEXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AASBXERNXVFUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O AASBXERNXVFUEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVWPFYDMUFBHBF-CLOONOSVSA-N (2S)-2-[[[4-[[(2R)-2-amino-3-mercaptopropyl]amino]-2-(1-naphthalenyl)phenyl]-oxomethyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoic acid methyl ester Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC[C@@H](N)CS)C=C1C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 XVWPFYDMUFBHBF-CLOONOSVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYJVYOWKYPNSTK-UONOGXRCSA-N (2r,3s)-3-benzamido-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@H]([C@@H](O)C(O)=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HYJVYOWKYPNSTK-UONOGXRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMHDBUJXLOFTLC-WOYTXXSLSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-acetylpyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]butanediamide Chemical compound CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(N)=O)CC1=CN=CN1 MMHDBUJXLOFTLC-WOYTXXSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJPWOPZQMPPEKM-HNNXBMFYSA-N (2s)-3-[[3-[3-(4,5-dihydro-1h-imidazol-2-ylamino)propoxy]-1,2-oxazole-5-carbonyl]amino]-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(ON=1)=CC=1OCCCNC1=NCCN1 JJPWOPZQMPPEKM-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIKCELHIZSKMGI-LJAQVGFWSA-N (2s)-3-[[4-[[1h-benzimidazol-2-ylmethyl(cyclohexylcarbamoyl)amino]methyl]benzoyl]amino]-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1CN(CC=1NC2=CC=CC=C2N=1)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HIKCELHIZSKMGI-LJAQVGFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTXSRFUZSLTDFX-HRCADAONSA-N (2s)-n-[(2s)-3,3-dimethyl-1-(methylamino)-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-4-methyl-2-[[(2s)-2-sulfanyl-4-(3,4,4-trimethyl-2,5-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)butanoyl]amino]pentanamide Chemical compound CNC(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](S)CCN1C(=O)N(C)C(C)(C)C1=O GTXSRFUZSLTDFX-HRCADAONSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSHBZRURUNOSM-DEOSSOPVSA-N (4-chlorophenyl) (1s)-6-chloro-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-b]indole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1[C@H]1C(NC=2C3=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=C3CCN1C(=O)OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 SRSHBZRURUNOSM-DEOSSOPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQVLRGLGWNWPSS-BXBUPLCLSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13s,16r)-16-acetamido-13-(1h-imidazol-5-ylmethyl)-10-methyl-6,9,12,15-tetraoxo-7-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14-tetrazacycloheptadecane-4-carboxamide Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CC1=CN=CN1 FQVLRGLGWNWPSS-BXBUPLCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMPLYESDOZJASB-PAHRJMAXSA-N (6s,8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-17-hydroxy-6-methoxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-one;(z)-n-carbamoyl-2-ethylbut-2-enamide;6-ethoxy-1,3-benzothiazole-2-sulfonamide Chemical compound CC\C(=C\C)C(=O)NC(N)=O.CCOC1=CC=C2N=C(S(N)(=O)=O)SC2=C1.C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](OC)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 KMPLYESDOZJASB-PAHRJMAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182837 (R)-adrenaline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UEJJHQNACJXSKW-VIFPVBQESA-N (S)-thalidomide Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N1[C@H]1CCC(=O)NC1=O UEJJHQNACJXSKW-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWCRKTZNNINNOT-SPIKMXEPSA-N (z)-but-2-enedioic acid;3-(8,8-dipropyl-2-azaspiro[4.5]decan-2-yl)-n,n-diethylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C1CC(CCC)(CCC)CCC11CN(CCCN(CC)CC)CC1 WWCRKTZNNINNOT-SPIKMXEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical group CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPMVMDHWKHCIDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-chloro-4-[(6,7-dimethoxy-4-quinolinyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-(5-methyl-3-isoxazolyl)urea Chemical compound C=12C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=CC=1OC(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC=1C=C(C)ON=1 SPMVMDHWKHCIDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOTJUWBJENROFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-[[3-(2,5-dioxo-3-sulfopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-3-oxopropyl]disulfanyl]propanoyloxy]-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VOTJUWBJENROFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBRBWZJMBITNBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-cyclopropyl-n-hydroxy-4-[4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]phenyl]sulfonylpiperidine-4-carboxamide Chemical compound C1CC(C(=O)NO)(S(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC(OC(F)(F)F)=CC=3)=CC=2)CCN1C1CC1 NBRBWZJMBITNBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRYJJIXWWQLGGV-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 1-deoxysphinganine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)N YRYJJIXWWQLGGV-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWYVGKFDLWWQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylazepan-2-one Chemical compound C=CN1CCCCCC1=O JWYVGKFDLWWQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTFDJMHTJNPQFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxypiperidine-2,6-dione Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCCC1=O GTFDJMHTJNPQFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADDGUHVEJPNWQZ-GJKIWTKTSA-N 10-deacetyltaxol b Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@]2(O)C[C@@H](C(=C([C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@]3(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]4OC[C@]4([C@H]31)OC(C)=O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(/C)=C/C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ADDGUHVEJPNWQZ-GJKIWTKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNZPZCTVRVPPAB-YZSQHPIKSA-N 14beta-Hydroxy-10-deacetylbaccatin III Chemical class O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FNZPZCTVRVPPAB-YZSQHPIKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQUSBTYBTBXULJ-YUHJQDCISA-N 2',7-diacetyltaxol Chemical compound N([C@H]([C@@H](OC(=O)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]1C(=C2[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C(=O)[C@]3(C)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@H]4OC[C@]4([C@H]3[C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)[C@](C2(C)C)(O)C1)OC(C)=O)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQUSBTYBTBXULJ-YUHJQDCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBNOJYDPFALIQZ-LAVNIZMLSA-N 2'-succinyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](OC(=O)CCC(O)=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RBNOJYDPFALIQZ-LAVNIZMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDGUCRQNTDPGSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical group OCC(CO)(CO)CO.OCC(CO)(CO)CO GDGUCRQNTDPGSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001917 2,4-dinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C(=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVNQAXDNDZYXIW-SFHVURJKSA-N 2-[(2s)-7-[1h-benzimidazol-2-ylmethyl(methyl)carbamoyl]-4-methyl-3-oxo-2,5-dihydro-1h-1,4-benzodiazepin-2-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound N1[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N(C)CC2=CC(C(=O)N(CC=3NC4=CC=CC=C4N=3)C)=CC=C21 PVNQAXDNDZYXIW-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)C(=O)C2=C1 CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)N=NC2=C1 HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKAYLCIAMUNIHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxyquinazolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)C=NC2=C1 SKAYLCIAMUNIHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 33017-11-7 Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)CCC1 VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IICCLYANAQEHCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3',6'-dihydroxy-2',4',5',7'-tetraiodospiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 IICCLYANAQEHCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXJWYDDUDKYVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-fluoro-2-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl)oxy]-6-methoxy-7-[3-(1-pyrrolidinyl)propoxy]quinazoline Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(OC=3C(=C4C=C(C)NC4=CC=3)F)N=CN=C2C=C1OCCCN1CCCC1 XXJWYDDUDKYVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSJCLODJSVZNQA-BQYQJAHWSA-N 4-[2-[4-[(e)-3-ethoxyprop-1-enyl]phenyl]-4-[4-(propan-2-ylamino)phenyl]-1h-imidazol-5-yl]-n-propan-2-ylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(/C=C/COCC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC(NC(C)C)=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC(NC(C)C)=CC=2)N1 RSJCLODJSVZNQA-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFCXANHHBCGMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(4-chloroanilino)furo[2,3-d]pyridazin-7-yl]oxymethyl]-n-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC(COC=2C=3OC=CC=3C(NC=3C=CC(Cl)=CC=3)=NN=2)=C1 QFCXANHHBCGMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSUFPYCILZXJFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-[[4-(pentoxycarbonylamino)cyclohexyl]methyl]cyclohexyl]carbamoyloxy]butyl n-[4-[[4-(butoxycarbonylamino)cyclohexyl]methyl]cyclohexyl]carbamate Chemical compound C1CC(NC(=O)OCCCCC)CCC1CC1CCC(NC(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)NC2CCC(CC3CCC(CC3)NC(=O)OCCCC)CC2)CC1 DSUFPYCILZXJFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDPVYZNVVQQULH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5-fluoro-3-[6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-1H-benzimidazol-2-yl]-1H-quinolin-2-one 2-hydroxypropanoic acid hydrate Chemical compound O.CC(O)C(O)=O.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(N=C(N2)C=3C(NC4=CC=CC(F)=C4C=3N)=O)C2=C1 QDPVYZNVVQQULH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBXLRBYUAFJHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyldodecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(C)CCCN FBXLRBYUAFJHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXBVSRMHOPMXBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrothiophenol Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(S)C=C1 AXBVSRMHOPMXBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGZKGOGODCLQHG-CYBMUJFWSA-N 5-[(2r)-2-hydroxy-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]-2-methoxyphenol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C[C@@H](O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 LGZKGOGODCLQHG-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFFZNMVJLWGMBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[methyl-[2-(4-octadecoxyphenyl)acetyl]amino]-2-methylsulfanylbenzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)=CC=C1CC(=O)N(C)C1=CC=C(SC)C(C(O)=O)=C1 OFFZNMVJLWGMBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLCZTRVUXYALDD-IBGZPJMESA-N 7-[[(2s)-2,6-bis(2-methoxyethoxycarbonylamino)hexanoyl]amino]heptoxy-methylphosphinic acid Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)NCCCC[C@H](NC(=O)OCCOC)C(=O)NCCCCCCCOP(C)(O)=O WLCZTRVUXYALDD-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHVFIEKTXYELRR-XOVTVWCYSA-N 7-acetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]2[C@]3(OC(C)=O)CO[C@@H]3C[C@@H]([C@]2(C(=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C[C@]1(O)C2(C)C)C)OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QHVFIEKTXYELRR-XOVTVWCYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJUWEPZBTXEUMU-LDXVYITESA-N 7-bromo-6-chloro-3-[3-[(2s,3r)-3-hydroxypiperidin-2-yl]-2-oxopropyl]quinazolin-4-one;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.O[C@@H]1CCCN[C@H]1CC(=O)CN1C(=O)C2=CC(Cl)=C(Br)C=C2N=C1 SJUWEPZBTXEUMU-LDXVYITESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940125668 ADH-1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OONFNUWBHFSNBT-HXUWFJFHSA-N AEE788 Chemical compound C1CN(CC)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C=2NC3=NC=NC(N[C@H](C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)=C3C=2)C=C1 OONFNUWBHFSNBT-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUROJSBIWGDYCN-GAUTUEMISA-N AP 23573 Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](OP(C)(C)=O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 BUROJSBIWGDYCN-GAUTUEMISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100036601 Aggrecan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067219 Aggrecans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CEZCCHQBSQPRMU-LLIZZRELSA-L Allura red AC Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].COC1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(C)C=C1\N=N\C1=C(O)C=CC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C12 CEZCCHQBSQPRMU-LLIZZRELSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 240000001592 Amaranthus caudatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009328 Amaranthus caudatus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YUWPMEXLKGOSBF-GACAOOTBSA-N Anecortave acetate Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)C3=CC[C@]4(C)[C@](C(=O)COC(=O)C)(O)CC[C@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 YUWPMEXLKGOSBF-GACAOOTBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003347 Atropine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007350 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007726 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028728 Bone morphogenetic protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000654 Bone morphogenetic protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022545 Bone morphogenetic protein 8B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283725 Bos Species 0.000 description 1
- JQIPMLOMQMJUPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Brevifoliol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C2(C)C(OC(=O)C)CC(O)C(=C)C2CC2C(C(C)(C)O)C(O)C(C)=C2C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JQIPMLOMQMJUPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Brilliant Blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 SGHZXLIDFTYFHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PBVLBMJXKARLBU-VWNABXHMSA-N C([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@H](O2)CC=C(C)C)OC)OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)C(C)O)C[C@@]21CO2 Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@H](O2)CC=C(C)C)OC)OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)C(C)O)C[C@@]21CO2 PBVLBMJXKARLBU-VWNABXHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010075254 C-Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029968 Calreticulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000549 Calreticulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102400000730 Canstatin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800000626 Canstatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YSVBPNGJESBVRM-ZPZFBZIMSA-L Carmoisine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=C2C(/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)O)=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=C1 YSVBPNGJESBVRM-ZPZFBZIMSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004970 Chain extender Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001227713 Chiron Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061762 Chondropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000503 Collagen Type II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041390 Collagen Type II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVXBOLULGPECHP-WAYWQWQTSA-N Combretastatin A4 Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HVXBOLULGPECHP-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000124209 Crocus sativus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000015655 Crocus sativus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000163122 Curcuma domestica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003392 Curcuma domestica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101100481408 Danio rerio tie2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010013887 Dysarthria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100040897 Embryonic growth/differentiation factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000896 Ethulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001859 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010063560 Excessive granulation tissue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064503 Excessive skin Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010066792 FCE 26644 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003971 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000386 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150102561 GPA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GJAARPKBDFKHFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gerin Natural products COC(=O)C(=C)C1CC2C(=C)C(=O)C=CC2(C)CC1OC(=O)C GJAARPKBDFKHFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLEUXCDZPQOJMY-AAEUAGOBSA-N Glu-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 LLEUXCDZPQOJMY-AAEUAGOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAAHQHNCMIAYEX-UWVGGRQHSA-N Gly-Pro-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)CN GAAHQHNCMIAYEX-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010090296 Growth Differentiation Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090290 Growth Differentiation Factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040892 Growth/differentiation factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000899368 Homo sapiens Bone morphogenetic protein 8B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001052035 Homo sapiens Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hyosciamin-hydrochlorid Natural products CN1C(C2)CCC1CC2OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100026818 Inhibin beta E chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000288 Keratan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIJPAVRNWPDMOR-ZAFYKAAXSA-N L-ascorbic acid 2-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)=C1O MIJPAVRNWPDMOR-ZAFYKAAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000027311 M phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010000684 Matrix Metalloproteinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002274 Matrix Metalloproteinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005377 Meningomyelocele Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023174 Methionine aminopeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000192 Methionyl aminopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100481410 Mus musculus Tek gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010022476 N-Ac-CHAVC-NH2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002302 Nylon 6,6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001734 PEG propionaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BUQLXKSONWUQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Parthenolide Natural products CC1C2OC(=O)C(=C)C2CCC(=C/CCC1(C)O)C BUQLXKSONWUQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pentobarbital sodium Chemical group [Na+].CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)[N-]C1=O QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOUTWVMJGMVRQF-DOYZGLONSA-N Phoenicoxanthin Natural products CC(=C/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C=C(C)/C=C/C1=C(C)C(=O)C(O)CC1(C)C)C=CC=C(/C)C=CC2=C(C)C(=O)CCC2(C)C OOUTWVMJGMVRQF-DOYZGLONSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233805 Phoenix Species 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002730 Poly(butyl cyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002724 Poly(ethyl cyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001091 Poly(octyl cyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000604 Polyethylene Glycol 200 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002556 Polyethylene Glycol 300 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000331 Polyhydroxybutyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002396 Polyurea Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001756 Polyvinyl chloride acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010050808 Procollagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025747 Rheumatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010005173 SERPIN-B5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010039897 Sedation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040102 Seroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100030333 Serpin B5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002385 Sodium hyaluronate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000010829 Spina bifida Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006097 Spinal Dysraphism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- OIQPTROHQCGFEF-QIKYXUGXSA-L Sunset Yellow FCF Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC1=CC=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 OIQPTROHQCGFEF-QIKYXUGXSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241001678487 Taxomyces andreanae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001277382 Terinos Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031737 Tissue Adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100030951 Tissue factor pathway inhibitor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000746998 Tragus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100537665 Trypanosoma cruzi TOR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FVMMMIQAHYVARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Yunantaxusin Natural products CC(=O)OCC1(O)C(CC(OC(=O)C)C2(C)C(OC(=O)C)C(OC(=O)c3ccccc3)C4=C(C)C(O)CC4(C(O)C12)C(C)(C)O)OC(=O)C FVMMMIQAHYVARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWGCDYGRSUJYGJ-GPOPEEISSA-N [(2s,4r,5r,5as,6s,8s,9ar,10as)-5,6-diacetyloxy-2,8-dihydroxy-10a-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-3,5a-dimethyl-9-methylidene-2,4,5,6,7,8,9a,10-octahydro-1h-benzo[g]azulen-4-yl] benzoate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C2=C(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C[C@@H]2C(=C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@]2([C@H]1OC(C)=O)C)OC(=O)C)C(C)(C)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VWGCDYGRSUJYGJ-GPOPEEISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKEMUPZLDSXZCX-CEVDDVLHSA-N [(3R,4S,5S,6R)-5-methoxy-4-[(2R,3R)-2-methyl-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)oxiran-2-yl]-1-oxaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl] (E)-3-[4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]prop-2-enoate oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O.C([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@H](O2)CC=C(C)C)OC)OC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=2)C[C@@]21CO2.C([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@H](O2)CC=C(C)C)OC)OC(=O)\C=C\C=2C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=2)C[C@@]21CO2 ZKEMUPZLDSXZCX-CEVDDVLHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBDVVYNLLXGUGN-XGTBZJOHSA-N [(3r,4s,5s,6r)-5-methoxy-4-[(2r,3r)-2-methyl-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)oxiran-2-yl]-1-oxaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl] n-[(2r)-1-amino-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1[C@]2(C)[C@H](O2)CC=C(C)C)OC)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(C)C)C(N)=O)C[C@@]21CO2 QBDVVYNLLXGUGN-XGTBZJOHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IYKJEILNJZQJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OC(=O)CCC(O)=O IYKJEILNJZQJPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 108010011755 acetyl-prolyl-histidyl-seryl-cysteinyl-asparaginamide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XJLATMLVMSFZBN-VYDXJSESSA-N actinonin Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](CC(=O)NO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1CO XJLATMLVMSFZBN-VYDXJSESSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLATMLVMSFZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinonine Natural products CCCCCC(CC(=O)NO)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CO XJLATMLVMSFZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010023082 activin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010023079 activin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002945 adventitial reticular cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940050528 albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IYABWNGZIDDRAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N allene Chemical group C=C=C IYABWNGZIDDRAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012741 allura red AC Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004191 allura red AC Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012735 amaranth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004178 amaranth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001232 anecortave Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003527 anti-angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940044684 anti-microtubule agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002421 anti-septic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011881 arthroscopic irrigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000386 athletic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SERHTTSLBVGRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N atiprimod Chemical compound C1CC(CCC)(CCC)CCC11CN(CCCN(CC)CC)CC1 SERHTTSLBVGRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N atropine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H](C1)N2C)C(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000396 atropine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WXLFIFHRGFOVCD-UHFFFAOYSA-L azophloxine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC1=C2C(NC(=O)C)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 WXLFIFHRGFOVCD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004176 azorubin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012733 azorubine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930014667 baccatin III Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004200 baccatin III derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012677 beetroot red Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001654 beetroot red Substances 0.000 description 1
- SMDHCQAYESWHAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benfluralin Chemical compound CCCCN(CC)C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O SMDHCQAYESWHAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940112869 bone morphogenetic protein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012709 brilliant black BN Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012745 brilliant blue FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004161 brilliant blue FCF Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940055580 brilliant blue fcf Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 235000012713 brown FK Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004109 brown FK Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012670 brown HT Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001678 brown HT Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric aldehyde Natural products CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012682 canthaxanthin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001659 canthaxanthin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940008033 canthaxanthin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012730 carminic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940031019 carmoisine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000022159 cartilage development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002412 cediranib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MLIFNJABMANKEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cep-5214 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C(C(=O)NC4)C4=C(C=4C(=CC=C(C=4)COC(C)C)N4CCCO)C4=C3CC2=C1 MLIFNJABMANKEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003467 cheek Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007809 chemical reaction catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003399 chemotactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035605 chemotaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003837 chick embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M chlorophyll a Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C(=O)OC)C(=O)C2=C3C)=C2N2C3=CC(C(CC)=C3C)=[N+]4C3=CC3=C(C=C)C(C)=C5N3[Mg-2]42[N+]2=C1[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H](C)C2=C5 ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000003711 chorioallantoic membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950009003 cilengitide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AMLYAMJWYAIXIA-VWNVYAMZSA-N cilengitide Chemical compound N1C(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H]1CC1=CC=CC=C1 AMLYAMJWYAIXIA-VWNVYAMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- VNFPBHJOKIVQEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N clotrimazole Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1C(N1C=NC=C1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VNFPBHJOKIVQEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004022 clotrimazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005354 coacervation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004439 collateral ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGZKGOGODCLQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N combretastatin Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1CC(O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 LGZKGOGODCLQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005537 combretastatin A-4 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930192183 combretastatin A1 Natural products 0.000 description 1
- YUSYSJSHVJULID-UHFFFAOYSA-N combretastatin A1 Z Natural products OC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 YUSYSJSHVJULID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVXBOLULGPECHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N combretastatin A4 Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HVXBOLULGPECHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUSYSJSHVJULID-WAYWQWQTSA-N combretastatin a-1 Chemical compound OC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 YUSYSJSHVJULID-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDOGQTQEKVLZIJ-WAYWQWQTSA-N combretastatin a-4 phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 WDOGQTQEKVLZIJ-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001608 connective tissue cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003373 curcuma longa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012754 curcumin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004148 curcumin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940109262 curcumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010251 cutis laxa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000254 damaging effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001804 debridement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003413 degradative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003529 diazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940061607 dibasic sodium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diferuloylmethane Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C=CC(=O)CC(=O)C=CC=2C=C(OC)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 VFLDPWHFBUODDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- TUQJHVRCALPCHU-QPRXZMCZSA-L disodium;4-[(2z)-2-[(5e)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4,6-dioxo-5-[(4-sulfonatonaphthalen-1-yl)hydrazinylidene]cyclohex-2-en-1-ylidene]hydrazinyl]naphthalene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=C2C(N/N=C3/C(=O)C(=N\NC=4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=CC=4)S([O-])(=O)=O)/C=C(C3=O)CO)=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=C1 TUQJHVRCALPCHU-QPRXZMCZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HQWKKEIVHQXCPI-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;phthalate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O HQWKKEIVHQXCPI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004141 diterpene derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N divinyl sulfone Chemical compound C=CS(=O)(=O)C=C AFOSIXZFDONLBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001900 endoderm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005139 epinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930013356 epothilone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N epothilone A Chemical class C/C([C@@H]1C[C@@H]2O[C@@H]2CCC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1)O)C)=C\C1=CSC(C)=N1 HESCAJZNRMSMJG-KKQRBIROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L erythrosin B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000012732 erythrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004174 erythrosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940011411 erythrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019326 ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920006242 ethylene acrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940117927 ethylene oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005191 ferric oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001145 finger joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002143 fluorescein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002695 general anesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001126 granulation tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000012701 green S Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004120 green S Substances 0.000 description 1
- WDPIZEKLJKBSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M green s Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C2=CC=C(C=C2C=C(C=1O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C1 WDPIZEKLJKBSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000004013 groin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VMRQVNAISPHZKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O VMRQVNAISPHZKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007970 homogeneous dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000416 hydrocolloid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002163 hydrogen peroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000639 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003692 ilium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazol-2-ylidenemethanone Chemical class O=C=C1N=CC=N1 LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004657 indocyanine green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010067471 inhibin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067479 inhibin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950003188 isovaleryl diethylamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- UHEBDUAFKQHUBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N jspy-st000261 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C(C(=O)NC4)C4=C(C=4C(=CC=C(C=4)COC(C)C)N4CCCOC(=O)CN(C)C)C4=C3CC2=C1 UHEBDUAFKQHUBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002561 ketenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000088 lip Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010013555 lipoprotein-associated coagulation inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008263 liquid aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001699 lower leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- BAXLBXFAUKGCDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N mebendazole Chemical compound [CH]1C2=NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BAXLBXFAUKGCDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003439 mebendazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007974 melamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003793 midazolam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N midazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NC=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1F DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010232 migration assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000394 mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013923 monosodium glutamate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920006030 multiblock copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)C=C YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RECBEQWKKQRBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hydroxy-4-(2-nitroimidazol-1-yl)butanamide Chemical compound ONC(=O)CCCN1C=CN=C1[N+]([O-])=O RECBEQWKKQRBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNILTEGFHQSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propan-2-ylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(C)NC(=O)C=C QNILTEGFHQSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- XZXHXSATPCNXJR-ZIADKAODSA-N nintedanib Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C2\C1=C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)\NC(C=C1)=CC=C1N(C)C(=O)CN1CCN(C)CC1 XZXHXSATPCNXJR-ZIADKAODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004378 nintedanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001209 o-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(C([H])=C1[H])[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- TWHMVKPVFOOAMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O.OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TWHMVKPVFOOAMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012285 osmium tetroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000489 osmium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KTEXNACQROZXEV-PVLRGYAZSA-N parthenolide Chemical compound C1CC(/C)=C/CC[C@@]2(C)O[C@@H]2[C@H]2OC(=O)C(=C)[C@@H]21 KTEXNACQROZXEV-PVLRGYAZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940069510 parthenolide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002976 pectoralis muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003407 pegaptanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentachloro-phenol Natural products OC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1Cl IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMNZBBHWHOMWAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,5-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCN.NCCCCCN VMNZBBHWHOMWAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalimide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940012957 plasmin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010017843 platelet-derived growth factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000685 platelet-derived growth factor AB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229950011498 plinabulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UNRCMCRRFYFGFX-TYPNBTCFSA-N plinabulin Chemical compound N1C=NC(\C=C/2C(NC(=C\C=3C=CC=CC=3)/C(=O)N\2)=O)=C1C(C)(C)C UNRCMCRRFYFGFX-TYPNBTCFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001078 poly (N-Isopropyl methacrylamide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000729 poly(L-lysine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001977 poly(N,N-diethylacrylamides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000083 poly(allylamine) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001693 poly(ether-ester) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005015 poly(hydroxybutyrate) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002627 poly(phosphazenes) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000172 poly(styrenesulfonic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005077 polysulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001021 polysulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008117 polysulfides Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001291 polyvinyl halide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005033 polyvinylidene chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012731 ponceau 4R Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004175 ponceau 4R Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium persulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AZIQALWHRUQPHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-eneperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C=C AZIQALWHRUQPHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012752 quinoline yellow Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004172 quinoline yellow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051201 quinoline yellow Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950005950 rebimastat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012079 reconstructive surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012739 red 2G Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004180 red 2G Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940081623 rose bengal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930187593 rose bengal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N rose bengal A Natural products O1C(=O)C(C(=CC=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013974 saffron Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004248 saffron Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036280 sedation Effects 0.000 description 1
- WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-WQLSENKSSA-N semaxanib Chemical compound N1C(C)=CC(C)=C1\C=C/1C2=CC=CC=C2NC\1=O WUWDLXZGHZSWQZ-WQLSENKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950003647 semaxanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000998 shell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000026473 slurred speech Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000025026 smooth muscle cell chemotaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IHQKEDIOMGYHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dimethylarsinate Chemical compound [Na+].C[As](C)([O-])=O IHQKEDIOMGYHEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940073490 sodium glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940010747 sodium hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N sodium;(2s,3s,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2-[(2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2- Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008275 solid aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000001916 spina bifida cystica Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012751 sunset yellow FCF Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004173 sunset yellow FCF Substances 0.000 description 1
- FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N suramin Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=C2C(NC(=O)C3=CC=C(C(=C3)NC(=O)C=3C=C(NC(=O)NC=4C=C(C=CC=4)C(=O)NC=4C(=CC=C(C=4)C(=O)NC=4C5=C(C=C(C=C5C(=CC=4)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)C)C=CC=3)C)=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 FIAFUQMPZJWCLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005314 suramin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000979 synthetic dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- VAZAPHZUAVEOMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tacedinaline Chemical compound C1=CC(NC(=O)C)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1N VAZAPHZUAVEOMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950011110 tacedinaline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012756 tartrazine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004149 tartrazine Substances 0.000 description 1
- UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-GLCFPVLVSA-K tartrazine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=NN(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-GLCFPVLVSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960000943 tartrazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950001899 tasquinimod Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ONDYALNGTUAJDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tasquinimod Chemical compound OC=1C=2C(OC)=CC=CC=2N(C)C(=O)C=1C(=O)N(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 ONDYALNGTUAJDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940063683 taxotere Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005196 temporal scalp Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000006633 tert-butoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000000000 tetracarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMMAPXRGRVJYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium 4-acetamido-5-hydroxy-6-[[7-sulfonato-4-[(4-sulfonatophenyl)diazenyl]naphthalen-1-yl]diazenyl]naphthalene-1,7-disulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OC1=C2C(NC(=O)C)=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1N=NC(C1=CC(=CC=C11)S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 GMMAPXRGRVJYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- XUWLTCQVQARIFB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;7-[[4-[[4-[[5-[[5-[(6,8-disulfonatonaphthalen-2-yl)carbamoyl]-1-methylpyrrol-3-yl]carbamoyl]-1-methylpyrrol-3-yl]carbamoylamino]-1-methylpyrrole-2-carbonyl]amino]-1-methylpyrrole-2-carbonyl]amino]naphthalene-1,3-disulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC(NC(=O)C3=CC(=CN3C)NC(=O)C3=CC(NC(=O)NC4=CN(C)C(C(=O)NC5=CN(C)C(C(=O)NC=6C=C7C(=CC(=CC7=CC=6)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C5)=C4)=CN3C)=CC=C21 XUWLTCQVQARIFB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- NZARHKBYDXFVPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrathiolane Chemical compound C1SSSS1 NZARHKBYDXFVPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003433 thalidomide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011287 therapeutic dose Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003441 thioacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000009772 tissue formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003628 tricarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YJCJAUSWVUZMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;4-[(2,4-diamino-5-methylphenyl)diazenyl]benzenesulfonate;4-[[2,4-diamino-5-[(4-sulfonatophenyl)diazenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(N)C(C)=CC(N=NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1N.NC1=CC(N)=C(N=NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 YJCJAUSWVUZMSY-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- SWGJCIMEBVHMTA-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;6-oxido-4-sulfo-5-[(4-sulfonatonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=C2C(N=NC3=C4C(=CC(=CC4=CC=C3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=C1 SWGJCIMEBVHMTA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000013976 turmeric Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIGCDEJCMKDBHU-NIQQUOCOSA-K ukrain Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].C([C@H](O)[C@@H]1C2=CC=C3OCOC3=C2C2)C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@H]1[N+]2(C)CCNP(=S)(NCC[N+]1(C)[C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C[C@H](O)[C@@H]2C2=CC=C3OCOC3=C2C1)NCC[N+]1(C)[C@@H]2C3=CC(OCO4)=C4C=C3C[C@H](O)[C@@H]2C2=CC=C3OCOC3=C2C1 KIGCDEJCMKDBHU-NIQQUOCOSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940072690 valium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950000578 vatalanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/14—Macromolecular materials
- A61L27/26—Mixtures of macromolecular compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2430/00—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration
- A61L2430/06—Materials or treatment for tissue regeneration for cartilage reconstruction, e.g. meniscus
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
A method of repairing damaged cartilage and soft tissue in a patient is provided using a biocompatible, non-immunogenic composition. The composition comprises a hydrophilic polymer and a plurality of crosslinkable components having reactive functional groups. The composition used in the method may be loaded with biologically active agents for delivery to the damaged tissues.
Kits for use in carrying out the method of the invention are also provided.
Kits for use in carrying out the method of the invention are also provided.
Description
METHODS AND CROSSLINKED POLYMER COMPOSITIONS FOR CARTILAGE REPAIR
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0001] This invention relates generally to methods for repairing connective tissue (e.g., cartilage) using compositions comprised of a hydrophilic polymer and crosslinked biomaterials.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Successful human athletic perfoimance requires the optimal function of our articulations.
Properjoint function requires not only adequate strength and stability, but a smooth, gliding articular surface to allow an effortless range of motion. The tissue most responsible for creating the articular surface is hyaline cartilage; a tissue composed of chondrocytes (cartilage cells), extracellular matrix (type II collagen, aggrecan, glycosaminoglycans) and water. Dysfunction of this natural bearing surface results in pain, swelling, and limitation of function. Furthermore, injury to this structure may result in progressive degeneration into osteoarthritis. Full thickness cartilage defects are filled by granulation tissue, which is eventually replaced by fibrocartilage which does not have the same mechanical, structural, or functional properties as hyaline cartilage. For some cartilage injuries, surgical correction and repair is not even possible. For exainple, in the case of meniscal cartilage (the cartilage at the periphery of the joint surface), tears in the vascular zone may be repaired with sutures or with devices such as "meniscal arrows," but tears in the non vascular zone or the "white on white"
zone have little or no chance of repair and the damaged cartilage is often excised, thus potentially accelerating the development of osteoarthritis in the joint.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0001] This invention relates generally to methods for repairing connective tissue (e.g., cartilage) using compositions comprised of a hydrophilic polymer and crosslinked biomaterials.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Successful human athletic perfoimance requires the optimal function of our articulations.
Properjoint function requires not only adequate strength and stability, but a smooth, gliding articular surface to allow an effortless range of motion. The tissue most responsible for creating the articular surface is hyaline cartilage; a tissue composed of chondrocytes (cartilage cells), extracellular matrix (type II collagen, aggrecan, glycosaminoglycans) and water. Dysfunction of this natural bearing surface results in pain, swelling, and limitation of function. Furthermore, injury to this structure may result in progressive degeneration into osteoarthritis. Full thickness cartilage defects are filled by granulation tissue, which is eventually replaced by fibrocartilage which does not have the same mechanical, structural, or functional properties as hyaline cartilage. For some cartilage injuries, surgical correction and repair is not even possible. For exainple, in the case of meniscal cartilage (the cartilage at the periphery of the joint surface), tears in the vascular zone may be repaired with sutures or with devices such as "meniscal arrows," but tears in the non vascular zone or the "white on white"
zone have little or no chance of repair and the damaged cartilage is often excised, thus potentially accelerating the development of osteoarthritis in the joint.
[0003] Damage to cartilage of the knee or other joints can result for many reasons. For example, cartilage can be damaged due to injury, degradation (e.g., due to osteoarthritis), disease (e.g. infection, rheumatoid arthritis and other rheumatic diseases), or due to a physical deformity that places an abnormal mechanical load on the joint. A particularly common type of cartilage injury is tearing of the meniscus in the knee. Unlike most tissues, cartilage has a limited capacity for regeneration once it is damaged. The limited ability for cartilage tissue to regenerate arises because adult chondrocytes, the cartilage-specific cells which give rise to normal cartilage tissue growth, are unable to reproduce and generate new cartilage in vivo.
[0004] Numerous alternative treatment strategies have been proposed for repairing or regenerating damaged articular cartilage. Some approaches have been based upon grafting of autologous (i.e., tissues derived from the patient themselves) chondral and osteochondral tissues or replacement tissue (i.e., neocartilge), which has been generated in vitro, to the native cartilage. Methods of in vivo articular cartilage repair include transplanting chondrocytes as injectable cells or as a coinposition of cells embedded in a three-dimensional scaffold (see e.g., hit'1 Pat. Pub. No.
WO 90/12603). Recent methods of articular cartilage repair have focused on biological resurfacing of cartilage defects with either a prosthetic device or with live chondrocytes. Resorbable collagen-containing inembranes have been used in guided tissue regeneration (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,837,278 to Geistlich et al.).
WO 90/12603). Recent methods of articular cartilage repair have focused on biological resurfacing of cartilage defects with either a prosthetic device or with live chondrocytes. Resorbable collagen-containing inembranes have been used in guided tissue regeneration (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,837,278 to Geistlich et al.).
[0005] Because of the inferior mechanical properties of most cai-tilage repair tissue that forms following osteochondral injury or surgical treatment of cartilage defects, investigators and surgeons have explored the use of a variety of cartilage grafts, including osteochondral autografts and allografts and periosteal and perichondrial grafts, to replace regions of damaged or lost articular (or ineniscal) surface. More recently, several groups of investigators have developed methods of isolating chondrocytes or undifferentiated mesenchymal cells (or stem cells), growing them in culture, and then implanting them in the joint in a gel or other artificial matrix to replace damaged articular cartilage.
Although significant progress has been made in the harvesting and culturing of cartilage tissue, successfully grafting the tissue back into the joint has remained a significant challenge. Probleins include a lack of donor sites, an inability to attach and secure the cartilage to the underlying bone, grafting of the cartilage to the donor site and conversion of the hyaline cartilage to fibrocartilage or scar tissue after implantation.
Although significant progress has been made in the harvesting and culturing of cartilage tissue, successfully grafting the tissue back into the joint has remained a significant challenge. Probleins include a lack of donor sites, an inability to attach and secure the cartilage to the underlying bone, grafting of the cartilage to the donor site and conversion of the hyaline cartilage to fibrocartilage or scar tissue after implantation.
[0006] Attempts have also been made to use synthetic matrix grafts (with or without cells and growth factors) that stimulate cartilage formation as another method of replacing regions of damaged or lost articular cartilage. The creation of synthetic matrices that vary in size and shape make it possible to fill any chondral defect precisely. A synthetic matrix provides a framework for cell migration and attachment and may give the implanted cartilage cells some protection from excessive loading. The cartilage, mesenchymal or stem cells included in these synthetic grafts may be autografts (from the same person), allografts (from a different person) or xenografts (from a different species; e.g., bovine or porcine). Many previously described synthetic matrices used to replace articular cartilage and to implant growth factors and/or cells contain reconstituted collagen as one of their structural components. Creating the ideal inatrix composition and organization is critical for the success of cartilage transplantation, as it can influence cell migration, proliferation, and differentiation of the cartilage cells. There remains a significant unmet medical need to create an effective cartilage repair matrix to increase the success rate of cartilage repair procedures. The following invention details the composition and methods of use of such an implant material.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] The invention is directed to coinpositions and methods of repairing cartilage tissue using biocompatible compositions and for attaching tissues (such as cartilage, muscle, tendon and ligaments) to the underlying bone or periosteal tissue.
[0008] In one aspect of the invention, the compositions can be used for repairing injured cai-tilage tissue (e.g., articular or meniscal cartilage) at a treatment site. The treatment site may be, for example, in a joint (e.g., in the knee, shoulder, ankle, elbow, wrist, and the like) and the compositions may be used for the repair of articular cartilage defects and/or meniscal tears. The described compositions may facilitate growth of new cartilage tissue at the site of implantation. The described compositions can be used to facilitate attachment of connective tissue, such as cartilage, to the underlying bone. The described compositions can also facilitate the attachment of other connective tissues such as tendon, ligaments, fat, muscle or other tissue to underlying bone or periosteum during procedures such as facelifts, tendon and ligament repairs, soft tissue reconstructive procedures, and cosmetic implant procedures (such as breast implants and facial implants).
[0009] In another aspect of the invention, the present invention provides for methods of repairing injured cartilage in ajoint of an animal, wherein the animal is administered an effective amount of a composition. The composition may, optionally, include a biologically active agent which aids in healing or regrowth of nonnal tissue (e.g., a cytokine or bone morphogenic factor).
[0010] The composition has a hydrophilic polymer and crosslinkable components that may be readily crosslinked upon admixture with an aqueous medium to provide a crosslinked composition suitable for use as a biomaterial. The composition is biocompatible, and does not leave any toxic, inflammatory, or immunogenic reaction products at the site of administration.
Furthermore, as the composition is not subject to enzymatic cleavage by matrix metalloproteinases such as collagenase, it is not readily degradable in vivo. As a result, the composition may degrade more slowly than either the hydrophilic polymer component or the crosslinkable component as the two components will serve to inutually protect each other from the effects of metalloproteases or hydrolysis.
Furthermore, as the composition is not subject to enzymatic cleavage by matrix metalloproteinases such as collagenase, it is not readily degradable in vivo. As a result, the composition may degrade more slowly than either the hydrophilic polymer component or the crosslinkable component as the two components will serve to inutually protect each other from the effects of metalloproteases or hydrolysis.
[0011] Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, a method for tissue repair is provided utilizing a readily crosslinkable, biocompatible, composition to repair a cartilage defect or meniscal tear in a joint, such as the knee. Further in a similar aspect of the invention, a method for connective tissue repair is provided utilizing a readily crosslinkable, biocompatible, composition to attach muscle, tendon, ligament fat or an implanted prosthesis (e.g., breast implants or facial implants) to the underlying bone, periosteum or connective tissue. The composition is comprised of a hydrophilic polymer, a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m _ 2; and a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n _ 2 and m + n> 4. In the composition, each of components A and B is biocompatible and noniminunogenic, at least one of components A and B is a hydrophilic polymer, and admixture of components A and B in an aqueous medium results in crosslinking of the composition to give a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
[0012] Each of the crosslinkable components may be polymeric, in which case at least two crosslinkable components are generally although not necessarily composed of a purely synthetic polymer rather than a naturally occurring or semi-synthetic polymer, wherein "semi-synthetic" refers to a chemically modified naturally occurring polymer. Alternatively, one or two of crosslinkable components A and B may be a low molecular weight crosslinking agent, typically an agent comprised of a hydrocarbyl moiety containing 2 to 14 carbon atoms and at least two fimctional groups, i.e., nucleophilic or electrophilic groups, depending on the component. For convenience, the term "polynucleophilic" will be used herein to refer to a compound having two or more nucleophilic moieties, and the term "polyelectrophilic" will be used to refer to a compound having two or more electrophilic moieties. The composition may also additionally comprise an optional third biocompatible and noniinmunogenic crosslinkable component C having at least one functional group selected from (i) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B and (ii) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A.
[0013] In yet another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for repairing damaged cartilage tissue in a patient, comprising the steps of: placing into contact with the damaged cartilage tissue a composition comprising the following components or a partial reaction product of the following components: (i) a first hydrophilic polymer; (ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m> 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m+ n> 4, and further wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, noniminunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
Within this aspect of the invention, the method has application where the cartilage is articular cartilage or more specifically where the cartilage is a tneniscus or labrum. Within this aspect, the composition may be placed into contact with the damaged tissue via arthroscopic techniques.
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m+ n> 4, and further wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, noniminunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
Within this aspect of the invention, the method has application where the cartilage is articular cartilage or more specifically where the cartilage is a tneniscus or labrum. Within this aspect, the composition may be placed into contact with the damaged tissue via arthroscopic techniques.
[0014] In yet another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for repairing damaged soft tissues in a patient, comprising the steps of: placing into contact with the connective tissue (such as tendon, ligament, fat or soft tissue implant - such as a breast or facial implant) a composition comprising the following components or a pai-tial reaction product of the following components: (i) a first hydrophilic polymer; (ii) a crosslinkable component A
having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m> 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m + n > 4, and further wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix. Within this aspect of the invention, the inethod has application where the connective tissue is articular ligament, tendon, muscle, fat or a soft tissue implant (such as a cosmetic breast or facial implant). Within this aspect, the composition may be placed into contact with the connective tissue or the underlying bone, periosteum or connective tissue via arthroscopic techniques. Examples of such procedures include facelifts, implantation of cosmetic facial implants (synthetic implants such as facial, clieek, and chin implants; tissue reconstructions using muscle and/or skin flaps; collagen injections;
fat/adipose tissue injections;
hyaluronic acid injections) and implantation of cosmetic breast implants.
having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m> 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m + n > 4, and further wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix. Within this aspect of the invention, the inethod has application where the connective tissue is articular ligament, tendon, muscle, fat or a soft tissue implant (such as a cosmetic breast or facial implant). Within this aspect, the composition may be placed into contact with the connective tissue or the underlying bone, periosteum or connective tissue via arthroscopic techniques. Examples of such procedures include facelifts, implantation of cosmetic facial implants (synthetic implants such as facial, clieek, and chin implants; tissue reconstructions using muscle and/or skin flaps; collagen injections;
fat/adipose tissue injections;
hyaluronic acid injections) and implantation of cosmetic breast implants.
[0015] In the method of repairing damaged tissue described above, the first hydrophilic polymer may be synthetic or naturally occurring. Naturally occurring hydrophilic polyiners contemplated within the present invention are selected from the group consisting of proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids and derivatives thereof. Examples of polysaccharides include without limitation, carboxylated polysaccharides, aminated polysaccharides, glycosaminoglycans, and activated polysaccharides.
Proteins that inay be used in the claimed metliod include collagens, such as for example, nonfibrillar collagen selected from the group consisting of: type IV collagen, type VI
collagen, and type VII
collagen or fibrillar collagen. Nonfibrillar collagen may be chemically modified collagen such as for example, methylated collagen. Coinbinations of nonfibrillar and fibrillar collagen are also contemplated within the invention as is a mixture of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen and noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen. An example of a particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen is glutaraldehyde-crosslinked collagen. Denatured collagen is also contemplated under the claimed method. In a preferred embodiment the composition may be comprised of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprising between about 25% to about 95% and the noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen comprising between about 5% to about 75% by weight of the composition.
Proteins that inay be used in the claimed metliod include collagens, such as for example, nonfibrillar collagen selected from the group consisting of: type IV collagen, type VI
collagen, and type VII
collagen or fibrillar collagen. Nonfibrillar collagen may be chemically modified collagen such as for example, methylated collagen. Coinbinations of nonfibrillar and fibrillar collagen are also contemplated within the invention as is a mixture of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen and noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen. An example of a particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen is glutaraldehyde-crosslinked collagen. Denatured collagen is also contemplated under the claimed method. In a preferred embodiment the composition may be comprised of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprising between about 25% to about 95% and the noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen comprising between about 5% to about 75% by weight of the composition.
[0016] The second hydrophilic polymer that may be used in the method for repairing damaged tissue as described above may be selected from the group consisting of polyalkeleneoxides, polyurethanes, polyesters, polyethers, polythioethers, polyamides, and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
[0017] The crosslinked components A and B of the method of repairing damaged tissue may both be a polyalkyleneoxide, such as, for example, poly(ethylene glycol) and the two components may be the same or different. The components may also be in admixture, which may be in liquid or solid form.
[0018] A third crosslinkable component C is also contemplated within the method of repairing damaged tissue of the present invention. Component C is preferably biocompatible and nonimmunogenic with at least one functional group selected from (a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B and, (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that in + n + p> 5.
[0019] In another embodiment of the method of repairing damaged tissue, component A has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (1) R'(-[Q'ln X)m (Il) Rz(-[Q2Ir-Y)n [0020] wherein R' and RZ are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of coinponent B; Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of coinponent B; Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
[0021] Where the composition u-cludes the third crosslinkable component C, component C has the structural formula (I11) (111) R3(-[Q;]5-Fn)p [0022] wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 llydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
[0023] Within the two embodiments of the invention described immediately above, at least one of R' and Rz may be a synthetic hydrophilic polymer. For example, under the claimed method it is contemplated that R' may be a first synthetic hydrophilic polymer; and RZ may be selected from the group consisting of (i) a second synthetic hydrophilic polymer that may or may not be the same as R' and (ii) C2 to C1~ hydrocarbyl groups containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, 0 and S. The synthetic hydrophilic polymer is of a linear, branched, dendrimeric, hyperbranched, or star polymer and may be selected from the group consisting of: polyalkylene oxides;
polyglycerols;
poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol; polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid;
polyaciylamides; poly(olefmic alcohol)s; poly(N-vinyl lactams);
polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines;
and copolymers thereof. Within this grouping, the polyalkylene oxide may be selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers. The poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol may be selected from the group consisting of mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted trimetliylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, and tri-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol. The poly(acrylic acid) may be selected from the group consisting of poly(methacrylic acid), poly(hydroxyethylmethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(metllylalkylsulfoxide acrylates), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylates), and copolymers thereof. The polyacrylamide may be selected from the group consisting of poly(methacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), poly(N-isopropylaciylamide), and copolymers thereof. The poly(olefinic alcohol) may include polyvinyl alcohol or a copolymer thereof. The poly(N-vinyl lactam) may be selected from the group consisting of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof.
polyglycerols;
poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol; polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid;
polyaciylamides; poly(olefmic alcohol)s; poly(N-vinyl lactams);
polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines;
and copolymers thereof. Within this grouping, the polyalkylene oxide may be selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers. The poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol may be selected from the group consisting of mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted trimetliylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, and tri-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol. The poly(acrylic acid) may be selected from the group consisting of poly(methacrylic acid), poly(hydroxyethylmethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(metllylalkylsulfoxide acrylates), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylates), and copolymers thereof. The polyacrylamide may be selected from the group consisting of poly(methacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), poly(N-isopropylaciylamide), and copolymers thereof. The poly(olefinic alcohol) may include polyvinyl alcohol or a copolymer thereof. The poly(N-vinyl lactam) may be selected from the group consisting of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof.
[0024] In another embodiment of the method of repairing damaged tissue, component A has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (I) Ri(-[Q']9 X)m (11) RZ(-[QzIr Y)n [0025] wherein Rl and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
[0026] Where the composition includes the third crosslinkable componentn C, component C has the structural formula (111) (III) R3(-[Q']S-Fn)p [0027] wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1. Within this embodiment, it is preferred for r and s to be zero or for at least one of r and s to be 1.
[0028] Within the two embodiments of the invention described immediately above, the nucleophilic groups on component A may be selected from the group consisting of -NHz, -NHR~, -N(R4)2, -SH, -OH, -COOH, -C6H4-OH, -PH2, -PHRS, -P(RS)Z, -NH-NH2, -CO-NH-NH2, and -C5H4N, wherein R4 and R5 are Ci-C12 hydrocarbyl. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleophilic groups are selected from -NH2 and -NHR4 and R4 is lower hydrocarbyl. The electrophilic groups on component B are preferably amino-reactive groups. In a preferred embodiment, the amino-reactive groups contain an electrophilically reactive carbonyl group susceptible to nucleophilic attack by a primary or secondary amine. Here, the amino-reactive groups may be carboxylic acid esters, carboxylic acids, or aldehydes.
[0029] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the composition comprises about 5-40%
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagenhnl aqueous solution). In a more preferred embodiinent, the composition comprises about 10-20% (w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B coinprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first liydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (methylated collagen/aqueous solution in mg/mL).
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagenhnl aqueous solution). In a more preferred embodiinent, the composition comprises about 10-20% (w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B coinprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first liydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (methylated collagen/aqueous solution in mg/mL).
[0030] I.n another embodiment of the method of repairing damaged tissue, the first or second hydrophilic polymer may comprise a tissue reactive group, wherein the tissue reactive group is capable of reacting with a moiety at a tissue surface to provide for immobilization of the composition at the tissue surface.
[0031] In another aspect of the invention, coinposition may be biodegradable or bioerodible. In a preferred embodiment, the composition has an initial volume prior to contact with the cartilage or other connective tissue and a fmal volume after contact with the cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the final volume is about 10% to about 200% of the initial volume.
[0032] In yet another aspect of the invention, the crosslinked matrix has an elastic modulus ranging from about 2 N/cmZ to about 40 N/cm2 and a tensile strength ranging from about 1.5 N/emz to about 70 N/cm2.
[0033] In a further aspect of the invention, the composition further comprises a biologically active agent, which may facilitate tissue healing and regeneration. The biologically active agent may be selected from the group consisting of enzymes, receptor antagonists, or agonists, hormones, growth factors, small molecules which stimulate cell inigration, adhesion and/or proliferation, autogenous bone marrow, antibiotics, antimicrobial agents, and antibodies. The small molecules may be selected from the group consisting of dexainethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-(3-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, dietliylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NAME (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase that has been used experimentally to induce hypertension), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof. The biologically active agent may also be a cytokine, which may be selected from the group consisting of TNFa, NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-(3, IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transforining growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), RGD
(Arg-Gly-Asp) peptide, connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, members of the TGF
supergene family, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the cytokine is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 g/mL to about 20 mg/mL. The biologically active agent may also be a bone morphogenic protein, which may be one of BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the bone morphogenic protein is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 g/mL to about 25 mg/mL. The biologically active agent may also be a growth factor, which may be selected from the group consisting of heparin-binding growth factors, inhibins, growth differentiating factors, and activins.
(Arg-Gly-Asp) peptide, connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, members of the TGF
supergene family, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the cytokine is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 g/mL to about 20 mg/mL. The biologically active agent may also be a bone morphogenic protein, which may be one of BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the bone morphogenic protein is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 g/mL to about 25 mg/mL. The biologically active agent may also be a growth factor, which may be selected from the group consisting of heparin-binding growth factors, inhibins, growth differentiating factors, and activins.
[0034] In another aspect of the invention, the composition may further comprise an agent that stimulates processes involving tissue regeneration. The agent may be, for example, a viable tissue cell. The agent may serve to stimulate cellular proliferation, cell migration, cell adhesion, or a combination thereof. Agents contemplated under the invention may be selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-0-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NANIE (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the agent is present in the coinposition at a concentration of about 0.1 g /mL to about 25 mg/mL.
[0035] In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue in a patient comprising (a) providing a flowable mixture comprising the following components or a partial reaction product of the following components: (i) a first hydrophilic polymer; (ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein in > 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m + n> 4;
wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B
is a second hydrophilic polymer; (b) applying the flowable mixture to damaged cartilage or other connective tissue; and (c) irrigating the applied mixture witli an aqueous initiating buffer, to form a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix. Within this aspect of the invention, the aqueous initiating buffer may be a basic buffer and the reaction mixture is applied to the damaged cartilage tissue as a viscous liquid, partially polymerized gel, suspension, or as a spray. Embodiments of this aspect of the invention will be the same as those described above for the related method. As in the previously described method, this method may also comprise a third crosslinkable component C that is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic and has at least one functional group selected from (a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B and, (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that in + n + p> 5.
wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B
is a second hydrophilic polymer; (b) applying the flowable mixture to damaged cartilage or other connective tissue; and (c) irrigating the applied mixture witli an aqueous initiating buffer, to form a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix. Within this aspect of the invention, the aqueous initiating buffer may be a basic buffer and the reaction mixture is applied to the damaged cartilage tissue as a viscous liquid, partially polymerized gel, suspension, or as a spray. Embodiments of this aspect of the invention will be the same as those described above for the related method. As in the previously described method, this method may also comprise a third crosslinkable component C that is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic and has at least one functional group selected from (a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B and, (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that in + n + p> 5.
[0036] Similarly, this method may include an embodiment wherein component A
has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (1) Rl(-[Q'ln X),n (IT) Rz(-[Q?]r'Y)n [0037] wherein R, and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
Where the method includes the third crosslinkable component C, component C has the structural formula (III) (1I1) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)P
has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (1) Rl(-[Q'ln X),n (IT) Rz(-[Q?]r'Y)n [0037] wherein R, and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
Where the method includes the third crosslinkable component C, component C has the structural formula (III) (1I1) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)P
[0038] wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of Cz to Ci4 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
[0039] Within the two embodiments described immediately above, Rt and R2 are as previously described. In a preferred embodiment, component A has the structural formula (I) and component B
has the structural forinula (IT) (I) Rl(-[Q']n X)n, (li) RZ(-[Q2]r-Y)n [0040] wherein R' and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C 14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1. Where the method includes the third crosslinkable component, component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q']s Fn)n [0041] wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of Cz to Q4 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1. Within these preferred embodiments, it is preferred for r and s to be zero and inore preferred for at least one of r and s to be 1. Further preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are comparable to those previously described.
has the structural forinula (IT) (I) Rl(-[Q']n X)n, (li) RZ(-[Q2]r-Y)n [0040] wherein R' and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C 14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A; Y
represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B; Ql and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1. Where the method includes the third crosslinkable component, component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q']s Fn)n [0041] wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of Cz to Q4 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers; Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1. Within these preferred embodiments, it is preferred for r and s to be zero and inore preferred for at least one of r and s to be 1. Further preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are comparable to those previously described.
[0042] In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue in a patient comprising the steps of:
placing into contact with the damaged tissue a coinposition comprising the following components or a partial reaction product of the following components: (i) methylated collagen; (ii) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[inercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, noniminunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
placing into contact with the damaged tissue a coinposition comprising the following components or a partial reaction product of the following components: (i) methylated collagen; (ii) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[inercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, noniminunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
[0043] In still another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue in a patient comprising the steps of placing into contact with the damaged tissue a composition comprising the following components or a partial reaction product of the following components: (i) metliylated collagen; (ii) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a bioconlpatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
[0044] In the aforementioned metliods for repairing dainaged cartilage tissue, damaged connective tissue, and/or damaged soft tissue in a patient, the compositions may comprise a biologically active agent, which may be delivered to the damaged cartilage tissue, damaged connective tissue, and/or damaged soft tissue in the patient. For delivery to the tissues, the composition may be in the form of microparticles, nanoparticles, microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles. A preferred biologically active agent for use in the methods of the present invention is an angiogenesis inhibitor.
Another preferred biologically active agent for use in the methods of the present invention is paclitaxel or an analogue or derivative tliereof. Additionally, other biologically active agents incorporated in the compositions of the present invention may facilitate tissue healing and regeneration.
Another preferred biologically active agent for use in the methods of the present invention is paclitaxel or an analogue or derivative tliereof. Additionally, other biologically active agents incorporated in the compositions of the present invention may facilitate tissue healing and regeneration.
[0045] In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wlierein the kit comprises: (a) a first hydrophilic polymer; (b) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m _ 2; and (c) a crosslinkable component B
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m + n > 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n> 2 and m + n > 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
[0046] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, each of coinponents A and B
comprise polyalkeleneoxide. In a more preferred einbodiinent, the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene oxide).
Within the kit, it is contemplated that components A and B may be the same or different.
Components A and B may also be in admixture in a liquid or a solid form.
comprise polyalkeleneoxide. In a more preferred einbodiinent, the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene oxide).
Within the kit, it is contemplated that components A and B may be the same or different.
Components A and B may also be in admixture in a liquid or a solid form.
[0047] In yet another aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises a device for mixing (a), (b), and (c) and delivering (a), (b), and (c) or a partial reaction product thereof to the damaged cartilage or other connective tissue. The device may be configured to spray material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage tissue, muscle, periosteum, ligament, tendon fat, and/or soft tissue implant. For example, the device may be configured to deliver material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage or other connective tissue as a liquid, gel, or suspension.
[0048] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen dissolved or suspended in aqueous solution of pH less than 7.
[0049] In still a further aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises an additional component (d), which comprises an aqueous solution of pH greater than 7.
[0050] In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the kit comprises: (a) an aqueous solution of methylated collagen, the solution having a pH of less than 7; (b) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyetliylene) ether]; and (c) pentaerythritol tetrakis [l-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein (b) and (c) are in admixture in solid form; and (d) an aqueous solution having a pH of greater than 7.
[0051] The ultimate goal in the surgical treatment of articular cartilage lesions is the reproduction of viable hyaline cartilage bound to a restored subchondral bone plate and to the surrounding hyaline cartilage and/or to restore a hyaline cartilage interface between torn meniscal or labral edges.
Traditionally, debridement has been performed mechanically with the use of rotary power shavers or other hand instruments. Any conventional surgical procedure may be used to access the injured cartilage tissue. For example, the composition may be applied into the cartilage defect (lesion) to cover all surfaces of the cartilage defects and fill the defect volume such that the composition provides a continuum between surfaces of the cartilage defect. Depending on the severity of the defect, the composition may be applied onto the subchondral bone and/or calcified cartilage. The method is applicable to a wide variety of cartilage types, including but not limited to, cartilage in the knee, elbow, ankle, shoulder, wrist, finger joint, and the like. In the case of the meniscus, cartilage tears in areas of vascular supply may undergo suturing or reapproximation of the torn edges with a devices such as a meniscal arrow, but tears in the avascular zone generally have no liope of repair and are cut out.
Traditionally, debridement has been performed mechanically with the use of rotary power shavers or other hand instruments. Any conventional surgical procedure may be used to access the injured cartilage tissue. For example, the composition may be applied into the cartilage defect (lesion) to cover all surfaces of the cartilage defects and fill the defect volume such that the composition provides a continuum between surfaces of the cartilage defect. Depending on the severity of the defect, the composition may be applied onto the subchondral bone and/or calcified cartilage. The method is applicable to a wide variety of cartilage types, including but not limited to, cartilage in the knee, elbow, ankle, shoulder, wrist, finger joint, and the like. In the case of the meniscus, cartilage tears in areas of vascular supply may undergo suturing or reapproximation of the torn edges with a devices such as a meniscal arrow, but tears in the avascular zone generally have no liope of repair and are cut out.
[0052] The ultimate goal in the surgical treatment of connective tissue lesions is the formation of strong, lasting bonds between the adjaceiit tissues. For example, tendons and ligaments need to graft to, and integrate witl-, muscle, bone tissue or other connective tissues;
cosmetic implants need to attach to and integrate with the chest wall or the facial bones; inuscle and soft tissue flaps must be attached to underlying bone or muscle during facelifts and other reconstructive procedures in plastic surgery. Any conventional surgical procedure may be used to access the injured connective tissue.
For example, the composition may be applied into the soft tissue defect (lesion) to cover all or only portions of surfaces of the defect or implant.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
cosmetic implants need to attach to and integrate with the chest wall or the facial bones; inuscle and soft tissue flaps must be attached to underlying bone or muscle during facelifts and other reconstructive procedures in plastic surgery. Any conventional surgical procedure may be used to access the injured connective tissue.
For example, the composition may be applied into the soft tissue defect (lesion) to cover all or only portions of surfaces of the defect or implant.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0053] FIGS. I to 10 schematically illustrate reaction of various polyelectrophilic components with substituted polyethylene glycol (PEG) as a representative polynucleophile. In FIGS. 1-10, the polyelectrophilic components are composed of a pentaerythritol core with each of the four hydroxyl groups substituted with PEG, and with each PEG branch terminated with a reactive electrophilic group.
[0054] FIG. 11 is a graph showing the effect of cyclosporin A on proliferation of human smooth muscle cells.
[0055] FIG. 12 is a graph showing the effect of dexamethasone on proliferation of human fibroblasts.
[0056] FIG. 13 is a graph showing the effect of all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA) on proliferation of human smooth muscle cells.
[0057] FIG. ] 4 is a graph showing the effect of isotretinoin on proliferation of human smooth muscle cells.
[0058] FIG. 15 is a graph showing the effect of 17-(3-estradiol on proliferation of human fibroblasts.
[0059] FIG. 16 is a graph showing the effect of 1a,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D3 on proliferation of human smooth muscle cells.
[0060] FIG. 17 is a graph showing the effect of PDGF-BB on smooth muscle cell migration.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE:
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE:
[0061] Before describing the present invention in detail, it is to be understood that unless otherwise indicated this invention is not limited to particular compositional forms, crosslinkable components, crosslinking techniques, or methods of use, as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.
[0062] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the"
include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, "a crosslinkable component" refers not only to a single crosslinkable component but also to a combination of two or more different crosslinkable components; "a hydrophilic polymer" refers to a combination of hydrophilic polymers as well as to a single hydrophilic polymer, and the like. Any concentration ranges recited herein are to be understood to include concentrations of any integer within that range and fractions thereof, such as one tenth and one hundredth of an integer, unless otherwise indicated. Also, any number range recited herein relating to any physical feature, such as polymer subunits, size or thickness, are to be understood to include any integer within the recited range, unless otherwise indicated. As used herein, the term "about" means ~:
15%. As used herein, the terms "average" or "mean" include the arithmetic mean as well as any appropriate weighted averages such as are used in the expression of polymeric molecular weight or particle size distributions.
include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, "a crosslinkable component" refers not only to a single crosslinkable component but also to a combination of two or more different crosslinkable components; "a hydrophilic polymer" refers to a combination of hydrophilic polymers as well as to a single hydrophilic polymer, and the like. Any concentration ranges recited herein are to be understood to include concentrations of any integer within that range and fractions thereof, such as one tenth and one hundredth of an integer, unless otherwise indicated. Also, any number range recited herein relating to any physical feature, such as polymer subunits, size or thickness, are to be understood to include any integer within the recited range, unless otherwise indicated. As used herein, the term "about" means ~:
15%. As used herein, the terms "average" or "mean" include the arithmetic mean as well as any appropriate weighted averages such as are used in the expression of polymeric molecular weight or particle size distributions.
[0063] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the meaning commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein may be useful in the practice or testing of the present invention, preferred methods and materials are described below. All patents, patent applications and other publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference.
Specific terminology of particular importance to the description of the present invention is defined below.
Specific terminology of particular importance to the description of the present invention is defined below.
[0064] As used herein, the terms "bioadhesive," "biological adhesive," and "surgical adhesive" are used interchangeably to refer to biocompatible compositions capable of effecting temporary or permanent attachment between the surfaces of two native tissues, or between a native tissue surface and either a non-native tissue surface or a surface of a synthetic implant.
[0065] The term "surgically acceptable" refers to those items, e.g., implants, that are biocompatible, and are otherwise acceptable for surgical use.
[0066] "Soft Tissue Implant" refers to a medical device or implant that includes a volume replacement material for augmentation or reconstruction to replace a whole or part of a living structure. Soft tissue implants are used for the reconstruction of surgically or traumatically created tissue voids, augmentation of tissues or organs, contouring of tissues, the restoration of bulk to aging tissues, and to correct soft tissue folds or wrinkles (rhytides). Soft tissue implants may be used for the augmentation of tissue for cosmetic (aesthetic) enhancement or in association with reconstructive surgery following disease or surgical resection. Representative examples of soft tissue implants include breast implants, chin implants, calf implants, cheek implants and other facial implants, buttocks implants, and nasal implants.
[0067] The term "crosslinked" herein refers to a composition containing intermolecular crosslinks and optionally intramolecular crosslinks as well, arising from the formation of covalent bonds.
Covalent bonding between two crosslinkable components may be direct, in which case an atom in one component is directly bound to an atom in the other component, or it may be indirect, tlu=ough a linking group. A crosslinked matrix may, in addition to covalent bonds, also include intermolecular and/or intramolecular noncovalent bonds such as hydrogen bonds and electrostatic (ionic) bonds. The term "crosslinkable" refers to a component or compound that is capable of undergoing reaction to form a crosslinked composition.
Covalent bonding between two crosslinkable components may be direct, in which case an atom in one component is directly bound to an atom in the other component, or it may be indirect, tlu=ough a linking group. A crosslinked matrix may, in addition to covalent bonds, also include intermolecular and/or intramolecular noncovalent bonds such as hydrogen bonds and electrostatic (ionic) bonds. The term "crosslinkable" refers to a component or compound that is capable of undergoing reaction to form a crosslinked composition.
[0068] The terms "nucleophile" and "nucleophilic" refer to a functional group that is electron rich, has an unshared pair of electrons acting as a reactive site, and reacts with a positively charged or electron-deficient site, generally present on another molecule.
[0069] The terms "electrophile" and "electrophilic" refer to a functional group that is susceptible to nucleophilic attack, i.e., susceptible to reaction with an incoming nucleophilic group. Electrophilic groups herein are positively charged or electron-deficient, typically electron-deficient.
[0070] The term "activated" refers to a modification of an existing functional group to generate or introduce a new reactive functional group from the prior existing functional group, wherein the new reactive functional group is capable of undergoing reaction with another functional group to form a covalent bond. For example, a component containing carboxylic acid (-COOH) groups can be activated by reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimide (also referred to as NHS) or N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide (also referred to as NHSS) using known procedures, to forin an activated carboxylate (which is a reactive electrophilic group), i.e., an N-hydroxysuccinimide ester or an N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester, respectively. In another example, carboxylic acid groups can be activated by reaction with an acyl halide, e.g., an acyl chloride, again using known procedures, to provide an activated electrophilic group in the form of an anhydride.
[0071] The terms "hydrophilic" and "hydrophobic" are generally defined in terms of a partition coefficient P, which is the ratio of the equilibrium concentration of a compound in an organic phase to that in an aqueous phase. A hydrophilic compound has a log P value less than 1.0, typically less than about -0.5, where P is the partition coefficient of the compound between octanol and water, while hydrophobic compounds will generally have a log P greater than about 3.0, typically greater than about 5Ø Preferred crosslinkable components herein are hydrophilic, although as long as the crosslinkable composition as a whole contains at least one hydrophilic coinponent, crosslinkable hydrophobic components may also be present. The terms "hydrophilic" and "hydrophobic" also may be defined in terins of an NLB value, i.e., a hydrophilic lipophilic balance.
A high HLB value indicates a hydrophilic compound, while a low H1,B value characterizes a liydrophobic compound.
HLB values are well known in the art, and generally range from 1 to 18.
Preferred crosslinkable components herein are hydrophilic, although as long as the crosslinkable composition as a whole contains at least one hydrophilic component, crosslinkable hydrophobic components may also be present.
A high HLB value indicates a hydrophilic compound, while a low H1,B value characterizes a liydrophobic compound.
HLB values are well known in the art, and generally range from 1 to 18.
Preferred crosslinkable components herein are hydrophilic, although as long as the crosslinkable composition as a whole contains at least one hydrophilic component, crosslinkable hydrophobic components may also be present.
[0072] The term "polymer" is used not only in the conventional sense to refer to inolecules composed of repeating monomer units, including hoinopolymers, block copolymers, random copolymers, and graft copolymers, but also, as indicated in commonly owned U.S. Patent No.
6,323,278 to Rhee et al.
to refer to polyfunctional small molecules that do not contain repeating monomer units but are "polyineric" in the sense of being "polyfunctional," i.e., containing two or more functional groups.
Accordingly, it will be appreciated that when the terin "polyiner" is used, difiinctional and polyfunctional small molecules are included. Such moieties include, by way of example: the difiinctional electrophiles disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate (BS), dithiobis(succiniinidylpropionate) (DSP), bis(2-succinimidooxy-carbonyloxy) ethyl sulfone (BSOCOES), 3,3'-dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidylpropionate (DTSSP); and the di- and polyfunctional nucleophiles ethylenediamine (H2N-CH2-CH2-NH2), tetrainethylene diamine (H2N-[CH2]4-NH2), pentamethylene diamine (cadaverine) (H2N-[CH2]5-N-H2), hexamethylene diamine (H2N-[CH2]6-NH2), bos(2-aminoethyl)amine (HN-[CH2-CH2-NH2]2), and tris (2-aminoethyl)amine (N-[CHz-CHZ-NH2]3).
All suitable polymers herein are nontoxic, non-inflammatory and nonimmunogenic, and will preferably be essentially nondegradable in vivo over a period of up to 30 days in vivo.
6,323,278 to Rhee et al.
to refer to polyfunctional small molecules that do not contain repeating monomer units but are "polyineric" in the sense of being "polyfunctional," i.e., containing two or more functional groups.
Accordingly, it will be appreciated that when the terin "polyiner" is used, difiinctional and polyfunctional small molecules are included. Such moieties include, by way of example: the difiinctional electrophiles disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate (BS), dithiobis(succiniinidylpropionate) (DSP), bis(2-succinimidooxy-carbonyloxy) ethyl sulfone (BSOCOES), 3,3'-dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidylpropionate (DTSSP); and the di- and polyfunctional nucleophiles ethylenediamine (H2N-CH2-CH2-NH2), tetrainethylene diamine (H2N-[CH2]4-NH2), pentamethylene diamine (cadaverine) (H2N-[CH2]5-N-H2), hexamethylene diamine (H2N-[CH2]6-NH2), bos(2-aminoethyl)amine (HN-[CH2-CH2-NH2]2), and tris (2-aminoethyl)amine (N-[CHz-CHZ-NH2]3).
All suitable polymers herein are nontoxic, non-inflammatory and nonimmunogenic, and will preferably be essentially nondegradable in vivo over a period of up to 30 days in vivo.
[0073] The term "synthetic" to refer to various polymers herein is intended to mean "chemically synthesized." Therefore, a synthetic polymer in the present compositions may have a molecular structure that is identical to a naturally occurring polymer, but the polymer, as incorporated in the compositions of the invention, has been cheinically synthesized in the laboratory or industrially.
"Synthetic" polymers also include semi-synthetic polymers, i.e., naturally occurring polymers, obtained from a natural source, that have been chemically modified in some way. Generally, however, the synthetic polymers herein are purely synthetic, i.e., they are neither semi-synthetic nor have a structure that is identical to that of a naturally occurring polymer.
"Synthetic" polymers also include semi-synthetic polymers, i.e., naturally occurring polymers, obtained from a natural source, that have been chemically modified in some way. Generally, however, the synthetic polymers herein are purely synthetic, i.e., they are neither semi-synthetic nor have a structure that is identical to that of a naturally occurring polymer.
[0074] The term "synthetic hydrophilic polymer" as used herein refers to a synthetic polymer coinposed of molecular segments that render the polymer as a whole "hydrophilic," as defined above.
Preferred polymers are highly pure or are purified to a highly pure state such that the polymer is or is treated to become pharniaceutically pure. Most hydrophilic polymers can be rendered water soluble by incorporating a sufficient number of oxygen (or less frequently nitrogen) atoms available for forming hydrogen bonds in aqueous solutions. Hydrophilic polyiners usefiil herein include, but are not limited to: polyalkylene oxides, particularly polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers, including block and random copolymers;
polyols such as glycerol, polyglycerol (particularly highly branched polyglycerol), propylene glycol and trimethylene glycol substituted with one or more polyalkylene oxides, e.g., mono-, di- and tri-polyoxyethylated glycerol, mono- and di-polyoxy-ethylated propylene glycol, and mono- and di-polyoxyethylated trimethylene glycol; polyoxyethylated sorbitol, polyoxyethylated glucose; acrylic acid polymers and analogues and copolymers thereof, such as polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, poly(hydroxyethylmethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylate) and copolyiners of any of the foregoing, and/or with additional acrylate species such as aminoethyl acrylate and mono-2-(acryloxy)-ethyl succinate; polyinaleic acid;
poly(acrylarnides) such as polyacrylamide, poly(inethacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), and poly(N-isopropyl-acrylamide); poly(olefinic alcohol)s such as poly(vinyl alcohol); poly(N-vinyl lactams) such as poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof;
polyoxazolines, including poly(methyloxazoline) and poly(ethyloxazoline); and polyvinylamines.
Preferred polymers are highly pure or are purified to a highly pure state such that the polymer is or is treated to become pharniaceutically pure. Most hydrophilic polymers can be rendered water soluble by incorporating a sufficient number of oxygen (or less frequently nitrogen) atoms available for forming hydrogen bonds in aqueous solutions. Hydrophilic polyiners usefiil herein include, but are not limited to: polyalkylene oxides, particularly polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers, including block and random copolymers;
polyols such as glycerol, polyglycerol (particularly highly branched polyglycerol), propylene glycol and trimethylene glycol substituted with one or more polyalkylene oxides, e.g., mono-, di- and tri-polyoxyethylated glycerol, mono- and di-polyoxy-ethylated propylene glycol, and mono- and di-polyoxyethylated trimethylene glycol; polyoxyethylated sorbitol, polyoxyethylated glucose; acrylic acid polymers and analogues and copolymers thereof, such as polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, poly(hydroxyethylmethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylate) and copolyiners of any of the foregoing, and/or with additional acrylate species such as aminoethyl acrylate and mono-2-(acryloxy)-ethyl succinate; polyinaleic acid;
poly(acrylarnides) such as polyacrylamide, poly(inethacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), and poly(N-isopropyl-acrylamide); poly(olefinic alcohol)s such as poly(vinyl alcohol); poly(N-vinyl lactams) such as poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof;
polyoxazolines, including poly(methyloxazoline) and poly(ethyloxazoline); and polyvinylamines.
[0075] Hydrophobic polymers, including low molecular weight polyfunctional species, can also be used in the crosslinkable compositions of the invention. Hydrophobic polymers preferably contain, or can be derivatized to contain, two or more electrophilic groups, such as succinimidyl groups, most preferably, two, three, or four electrophilic groups. Generally, "hydrophobic polymers" herein contain a relatively sinall proportion of oxygen and/or nitrogen atoms.
Preferred hydrophobic polymers for use in the invention generally have a carbon chain that is no longer than about 14 carbons. Polymers having carbon chains substantially longer than 14 carbons generally have very poor solubility in aqueous solutions and, as such, have very long reaction times when mixed with aqueous solutions of synthetic polymers containing multiple nucleophilic groups.
Preferred hydrophobic polymers for use in the invention generally have a carbon chain that is no longer than about 14 carbons. Polymers having carbon chains substantially longer than 14 carbons generally have very poor solubility in aqueous solutions and, as such, have very long reaction times when mixed with aqueous solutions of synthetic polymers containing multiple nucleophilic groups.
[0076] The term "collagen" as used herein refers to all forins of collagen, including those, which have been processed or otherwise modified. Preferred collagens do not posses telopeptide regions ("atelopeptide collagen"), are soluble, and may be in fibrillar or non-fibrillar form. Type I collagen is best suited to most applications involving bone or cartilage repair; however, other forms of collagen are also useful in the practice of the invention, and are not excluded from consideration here.
Collagen crosslinked using heat, radiation, or chemical agents such as glutaraldehyde may also be used to forin particularly rigid crosslinked compositions. Collagen used in connection with the preferred embodiments of the invention is in a pharinaceutically pure form such that it can be incorporated into a human body for the intended purpose.
Collagen crosslinked using heat, radiation, or chemical agents such as glutaraldehyde may also be used to forin particularly rigid crosslinked compositions. Collagen used in connection with the preferred embodiments of the invention is in a pharinaceutically pure form such that it can be incorporated into a human body for the intended purpose.
[0077] Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that synthetic polymers such as polyethylene glycol cannot be prepared practically to have exact molecular weights, and that the term "inolecular weight" as used herein refers to the weight average molecular weight of a number of molecules in any given sample, as commonly used in the art. Thus, a sample of PEG 2,000 might contain a statistical mixture of polymer molecules ranging in weight from, for example, 1,500 to 2,500 daltons with one molecule differing slightly from the next over a range. Specification of a range of molecular weights indicates that the average molecular weight may be any value between the limits specified, and may include molecules outside those limits. Thus, a molecular weight range of about 800 to about 20,000 indicates an average molecular weight of at least about 800, ranging up to about 20 kDa.
[0078] The term "cytokine" is used to describe biologically active molecules including growth factors and active peptides, which aid in healing or regrowth of normal tissue. The function of cytokines is two-fold: 1) they can incite local cells to produce new collagen or tissue, or 2) they can attract cells to the site in need of correction. As such, cytokines serve to encourage "biological anchoring" of the collagen iinplant within the host tissue. As previously described, the cytokines can either be admixed with the collagen-polymer conjugate or chemically coupled to the conjugate. For example, one may incorporate cytokines such as epidermal growth factor (EGF), transforming growth factor (TGF)-a, TGF-(3 (including any combination of TGF-(3s), TGF-01, TGF-02, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF-AA, PDGF-AB, PDGF-BB), acidic fibroblast growth factor (FGF), basic FGF, connective tissue activating peptides (CTAP), 0-throinboglobulin, insulin-like growth factors, tumor necrosis factors (TNF), interleukins, colony stimulating factors (CSFs), erythropoietin (EPO), RGD
(Arg-Gly-Asp) sequence, nerve growth factor (NGF), interferons (I.FN) bone morphogenic protein (BMP), osteogenic factors, and the like. Incorporation of cytokines and appropriate combinations of cytokines can facilitate the regrowth and remodeling of the implant into normal bone tissue, or may be used in the treatment of wounds.
(Arg-Gly-Asp) sequence, nerve growth factor (NGF), interferons (I.FN) bone morphogenic protein (BMP), osteogenic factors, and the like. Incorporation of cytokines and appropriate combinations of cytokines can facilitate the regrowth and remodeling of the implant into normal bone tissue, or may be used in the treatment of wounds.
[0079] The term "effective amount" refers to the amount of composition required in order to obtain the effect desired. Thus, a "tissue growth-promoting amount" of a composition refers to the amount needed in order to stimulate tissue growth to a detectable degree. Tissue, in this context, includes connective tissue, bone, car-tilage, epidermis and dermis, blood, and other tissues. The actual amount that is detennined to be an effective amount will vary depending on factors such as the size, condition, sex, and age of the patient and can be more readily determined by the caregiver.
[0080] The term "suitable fibrous material" as used herein, refers to a fibrous material which is substantially insoluble in water, non-immunogenic, biocompatible, and immiscible with the crosslinkable compositions of the invention. The fibrous material may comprise any of a variety of materials having these characteristics and may be combined with crosslinkable compositions herein in order to form and/or provide structural integrity to various implants or devices used in connection with medical and pharmaceutical uses. For exainple, the crosslinkable compositions of the invention can be coated on the "suitable fibrous material," which can then be wrapped around a bone to provide structural integrity to the bone. Thus, the "suitable fibrous material" is useful in forming "solid implants".
[0081] The term "in situ" as used herein means at the site of administration.
Thus, the injectable reaction mixture compositions are injected or otherwise applied to a specific site within a patient's body, e.g., the locus of the tissue defect, and allowed to crosslink at the site of injection or application.
Thus, the injectable reaction mixture compositions are injected or otherwise applied to a specific site within a patient's body, e.g., the locus of the tissue defect, and allowed to crosslink at the site of injection or application.
[0082] The terin "aqueous mediuin" includes solutions, suspensions, dispersions, colloids, and the like containing water.
[0083] The terms "active agent," "biologically active agent," and "therapeutic agent" are used interchangeably herein to refer generally to a chemical material or coinpound suitable for administration to a patient and that induces a desired effect. The terms include agents that are therapeutically effective as well as prophylactically effective. Also included are derivatives and analogues of those compounds or classes of compounds specifically mentioned that also induce the desired effect. The tenns refer more specifically to an organic molecule that exerts biological effects in vivo. Exainples of biologically active agents include, without limitation, enzymes, receptor antagonists, or agonists, hormones, growth factors, small molecules which stimulate cell migration, adhesion and/or proliferation, autogenous bone marrow, antibiotics, antimicrobial agents and antibodies. The terms are also intended to encompass various cell types and genes that can be incorporated into the compositions of the invention. In one aspect, the active agents, biologically active agents, and/or therapeutic agents are selected to improve the tissue regenerative function of the composition or to reduce side effects associated with the iinplantation of a composition.
[0084] The term "hydrogel" is used in the conventional sense to refer to water-swellable polyineric matrices that can absorb a substantial amount of water to form elastic gels, wherein "matrices" are three-dimensional networks of macromolecules held together by covalent or noncovalent crosslinks.
Upon placement in an aqueous environment, dry hydrogels swell to the extent allowed by the degree of cross-linking.
Upon placement in an aqueous environment, dry hydrogels swell to the extent allowed by the degree of cross-linking.
[0085] With regard to nomenclature pertinent to molecular structures, the following definitions apply:
[0086] The teim "alkyl" as used herein refers to a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group typically although not necessarily containing 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, octyl, decyl, and the like, as well as cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily, alkyl groups herein contain 1 to about 12 carbon atoms. The term "lower alkyl" intends an alkyl group of one to six carbon atoms, preferably one to four carbon atoms. "Substituted alkyl"
refers to alkyl substituted with one or more substituent groups. "Alkylene," "lower alkylene," and "substituted alkylene" refer to divalent alkyl, lower alkyl, and substituted alkyl groups, respectively.
refers to alkyl substituted with one or more substituent groups. "Alkylene," "lower alkylene," and "substituted alkylene" refer to divalent alkyl, lower alkyl, and substituted alkyl groups, respectively.
[0087] The term "aryl" as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to an aromatic substituent containing a single aromatic ring or multiple aromatic rings that are fiised together, linked covalently, or linked to a common group such as a methylene or ethylene moiety. The common linking group may also be a carbonyl as in benzophenone, an oxygen atom as in diphenylether, or a nitrogen atom as in diphenylamine. Preferred aryl groups contain one aromatic ring or two fused or linked aromatic rings, e.g., phenyl, napllthyl, biphenyl, diphenylether, diphenylamine, benzophenone, and the like. "Substituted aryl" refers to an aryl moiety substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms "heteroatom-containing aiyl" and "heteroaryl" refer to aryl in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. The terms "arylene" and "substituted arylene" refer to divalent aryl and substituted aryl groups as just defined.
[0088] The term "heteroatom-containing" as in a "heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl group" refers to a molecule or molecular fragment in which one or more carbon atoms is replaced with an atom other than carbon, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus or silicon.
[0089] "Hydrocarbyl" refers to univalent hydrocarbyl radicals containing I to about 30 carbon atoins, preferably 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, most preferably 1 to about 12 carbon atoins, including branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated species, such as alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aryl groups, and the like. The term "lower hydrocarbyl" intends a hydrocarbyl group of one to six carbon atoms, preferably one to four carbon atoms. The term "hydrocarbylene" intends a divalent hydrocarbyl inoiety containing 1 to about 30 carbon atoms, preferably I to about 24 carbon atoms, most preferably 1 to about 12 carbon atoins, including branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated species, or the like. The term "lower hydrocarbylene" intends a hydrocarbylene group of one to six carbon atoms, preferably one to four carbon atoms. "Substituted hydrocarbyl" refers to hydrocarbyl substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms "heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl" and "heterohydrocarbyl" refer to hydrocarbyl in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. Similarly, "substituted hydrocarbylene" refers to hydrocarbylene substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms "heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene" and "heterohydrocarbylene" refer to hydrocarbylene in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, "hydrocarbyl"
indicates unsubstituted hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl, and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "hydrocarbyl"
and "hydrocarbylene"
include substituted hydrocarbyl and substituted hydrocarbylene, heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl and heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene, and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene, respectively.
indicates unsubstituted hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl, and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "hydrocarbyl"
and "hydrocarbylene"
include substituted hydrocarbyl and substituted hydrocarbylene, heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl and heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene, and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl and substituted heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene, respectively.
[0090] By "substituted" as in "substituted hydrocarbyl," "substituted alkyl,"
and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the hydrocarbyl, alkyl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom is replaced witli one or more substituents that are functional groups such as alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, nitro, and the like. Unless otherwise indicated, it is to be understood that specified molecular segments can be substituted with one or more substituents that do not compromise a compound's utility. For example, "succinimidyl" is intended to include unsubstituted succinimidyl as well as sulfosuccinimidyl and other succinimidyl groups substituted on a ring carbon atom, e.g., with alkoxy substituents, polyether substituents, or the like.
II. REPAIR OF DAMAGED CONNECTIVE TISSUE:
1. CARTILAGE, TENDONS, AND LIGAMENTS
and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the hydrocarbyl, alkyl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom is replaced witli one or more substituents that are functional groups such as alkoxy, hydroxy, halo, nitro, and the like. Unless otherwise indicated, it is to be understood that specified molecular segments can be substituted with one or more substituents that do not compromise a compound's utility. For example, "succinimidyl" is intended to include unsubstituted succinimidyl as well as sulfosuccinimidyl and other succinimidyl groups substituted on a ring carbon atom, e.g., with alkoxy substituents, polyether substituents, or the like.
II. REPAIR OF DAMAGED CONNECTIVE TISSUE:
1. CARTILAGE, TENDONS, AND LIGAMENTS
[0091] The present compositions may be used to repair a variety of cartilage types. In one aspect, the use of the composition is in the repair of damaged (e.g., torn) cai-tilage (i.e., cartilage that covers the articular surfaces of the bones participating in a synovial joint) or meniscal cartilage which can sit on an articular cartilage surface (e.g., meniscal cartilage in the knee, the labrum in the hip and shoulder).
Although the methods are described for using the present compositions for the repair of cartilage, these compositions may be used to repair a variety of other connective tissue types, including ligaments, tendons, and bone. In any of the connective tissue injuries where of mechanical forces applied during body movement may effect the tissue healing and regeneration into its functional tissue phenotype (bone, cartilage, tendon), these compositions may be used to approximate tissue surfaces and provide a conduit for enhanced healing of the damaged connective tissue.
Although the methods are described for using the present compositions for the repair of cartilage, these compositions may be used to repair a variety of other connective tissue types, including ligaments, tendons, and bone. In any of the connective tissue injuries where of mechanical forces applied during body movement may effect the tissue healing and regeneration into its functional tissue phenotype (bone, cartilage, tendon), these compositions may be used to approximate tissue surfaces and provide a conduit for enhanced healing of the damaged connective tissue.
[0092] The present compositions may be also be used to repair a variety of connective tissue types.
In one aspect, the use of the composition is in the repair of damaged (e.g., torn) tendons, ligaments or inuscle tissue. In any of the connective tissue injuries where of inechanical forces applied during body movement may affect the tissue healing and regeneration into its functional tissue phenotype (bone, muscle, tendon, ligament), these compositions may be used to approximate tissue surfaces and provide a conduit for enhanced healing of the damaged connective tissue. The ultimate goal in the surgical treatment of connective tissue lesions is the formation of strong, lasting bonds between the adjacent tissues. For example, tendons and ligaments need to graft to, and integrate with, muscle, bone tissue or other connective tissues.
2. SOFT TISSUE IMPLANTS
In one aspect, the use of the composition is in the repair of damaged (e.g., torn) tendons, ligaments or inuscle tissue. In any of the connective tissue injuries where of inechanical forces applied during body movement may affect the tissue healing and regeneration into its functional tissue phenotype (bone, muscle, tendon, ligament), these compositions may be used to approximate tissue surfaces and provide a conduit for enhanced healing of the damaged connective tissue. The ultimate goal in the surgical treatment of connective tissue lesions is the formation of strong, lasting bonds between the adjacent tissues. For example, tendons and ligaments need to graft to, and integrate with, muscle, bone tissue or other connective tissues.
2. SOFT TISSUE IMPLANTS
[0093] A related problem is the correction of soft tissue defects. For example cosmetic implants need to attach to and integrate with the chest wall (breast implants) or the facial bones (cheek, chin, nasal implants); the correction of soft tissue defects also benefits from the formation of strong, lasting bonds between the implant and the underlying tissue. In reconstructive and cosmetic plastic surgery, muscle and soft tissue flaps must be attached to underlying bone or muscle, while facelifts require successful attachment of the superficial facial tissues to the suppoxting tissues.
[0094] Soft tissue implants are used in a variety of cosmetic, plastic, and reconstructive surgical procedures and may be delivered to many different parts of the body, including, without limitation, the face, nose, breast, chin, buttocks, chest, lip and cheek. Soft tissue implants are used for the reconstruction of surgically or traumatically created tissue voids, augmentation of tissues or organs, contouring of tissues, the restoration of bulk to aging tissues, and to correct soft tissue folds or wrinkles (rhytides). Soft tissue iinplants may be used for the augmentation of tissue for cosmetic (aesthetic) enhancement or in association witll reconstructive surgery following disease or surgical resection. Representative examples of soft tissue implants that can be coated with, or otherwise used in combination with the compositions described herein, include, e.g., saline breast implants, silicone breast implants, chin and mandibular implants, nasal implants, cheek implants, lip iinplants, and other facial implants, pectoral and chest implants, malar and submalar implants, and buttocks implants.
[0095] In one aspect, soft tissue iinplants include or are formed from silicone. Silicone implants can be solid, yet flexible and very durable. They are manufactured in different durometers (degrees of hardness) to be soft or quite hard. These implants are designed to enhance soft tissue areas rather than the underlying bone structure. Silicone implants can be used to augment tissue in a variety of locations in the body, including, for exainple, cheek, nasal, chin, mid-facial (e.g., cheek), and pectoral area. In certain aspects, silicone-based implants (e.g., chin implants) inay be affixed to the undcrlying bone by way of one or several titanium screws. Using the compositions described in this invention, it is possible to attach silicone facial implants to the underlying bone without the use of screws. In another aspect, soft tissue implants include or are formed from poly(tetrafluoroethylene) (PTFE). In certain aspects, the poly(tetrafluoroethylene) is expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE). These implants are porous and can become integrated into the surrounding tissue which aids in maintaining the implant in its appropriate anatomical location. The addition of the compositions described in this invention to the surface of the implant, or infiltrated into the area between the PTFE implant and the underlying bone can further enhance anchorage of the implant. PTFE implants generally are not as firm as silicone implants. Further, there is less bone resorption underneath ePTFE implants as opposed to silicone implants. In yet another aspect, soft tissue implants include or are formed from polyethylene. Polyethylene implants are frequently used, for example in chin augmentation.
Polyethylene implants can be porous, such that they may become integrated into the surrounding tissue, which provides an alternative to using titanium screws for stability.
In the same manner as described above, utilizing the compositions described in this invention it is possible to attach polyetliylene facial implants to the underlying bone without the use of titanium screws.
Polyethylene implants can be porous, such that they may become integrated into the surrounding tissue, which provides an alternative to using titanium screws for stability.
In the same manner as described above, utilizing the compositions described in this invention it is possible to attach polyetliylene facial implants to the underlying bone without the use of titanium screws.
[0096] Examples commercially available polymeric soft tissue implants suitable for use in combination with a fibrosis-inhibitor include silicone iinplants from Surgiforin Technology, Ltd.
(Columbia Station, Ohio); ImplantTech Associates (Ventura, CA); Inamed Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA); Mentor Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA); and Allied Biomedical (Ventura, CA).
(Columbia Station, Ohio); ImplantTech Associates (Ventura, CA); Inamed Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA); Mentor Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA); and Allied Biomedical (Ventura, CA).
[0097] Commerically available breast iinplant implants suitable for use witli the compositions of the present invention include: those from Inamed Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA) which sells both Saline-Filled and Silicone-Filled Breast Iinplants. Inamed's Saline-Filled Breast Implants include the Style 68 Saline Matrix and Style 363LF as well as others in a variety of models, contours, shapes and sizes. Inamed's Silicone-Filled Breast Implants include the Style 10, Style 20 and Style 40 as well as others in a variety of shapes, contours, and sizes. Inained also sells breast tissue expanders, such as the Inamed Style 133 V series tissue expanders, which are used to encourage rapid tissue adherence to maximize expander immobility. Mentor Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA) sells the saline-filled CONTOUR PROFILEO Style Breast Implant (available in a variety of models, shapes, contours and sizes) and the SPECTRUMO Postoperatively Adjustable Breast Implant which allows adjustment of breast size by adding or removing saline witll a simple office procedure for six months post-surgery.
Mentor also produces the CONTOUR PROFILEO Gel (silicone) breast implant in a variety of models, shapes, contours, and sizes.
Mentor also produces the CONTOUR PROFILEO Gel (silicone) breast implant in a variety of models, shapes, contours, and sizes.
[0098] Commercially available poly(tetrafluoroethylene) facial iinplants suitable for use in coinbination with the compositions of the present invention include poly(tetrafluoroethylene) cheek, chin, and nasal implants from from W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. (Newark, DE) such as the preformed TRIMENSIONALO 3-D Implants. Commercially available polyethylene soft tissue implants suitable for use in combination with the compositions of the present invention include polyethylene implants from Porex Surgical Inc. (Newnan, GA) sold under the tradename MEDPORO
Biomaterial. MEDPORO Biomaterial is composed of porous, high-density polyethylene material with an omni-directional latticework of interconnecting pores, which allows for integration into host tissues. Other facial iinplants suitable for the practice of this invention include: Tissue Technologies, Inc. (San Francisco, CA) which sells the ULTRASOFT-RCTM Facial Implant made of soft, pliable synthetic e-PTFE used for soft tissue augmentation of the face. Tissue Technologies, Inc. also sells the ULTRASOFTTM which is made of tubular e-PTFE indicated for soft tissue augmentation of the facial area and is particularly well suited for use in the lip border and the nasolabial folds. A variety of facial implants are available from ImplanTech Associates (Ventura, CA) including the BINDER
SUBMALAROu facial implant, the BINDER SUBMALARO II Facial Implant, the TERINO
MALAR
SHELLO, the COMBINED SUBMALAR SHELLTM, the FLOWERS TEAR TROUGHTM implant;
solid silicone facial and malar implants from Allied Biomedical; the Subcutaneous Augmentation Material (S.A.M.), made from microporous ePTFE.
Biomaterial. MEDPORO Biomaterial is composed of porous, high-density polyethylene material with an omni-directional latticework of interconnecting pores, which allows for integration into host tissues. Other facial iinplants suitable for the practice of this invention include: Tissue Technologies, Inc. (San Francisco, CA) which sells the ULTRASOFT-RCTM Facial Implant made of soft, pliable synthetic e-PTFE used for soft tissue augmentation of the face. Tissue Technologies, Inc. also sells the ULTRASOFTTM which is made of tubular e-PTFE indicated for soft tissue augmentation of the facial area and is particularly well suited for use in the lip border and the nasolabial folds. A variety of facial implants are available from ImplanTech Associates (Ventura, CA) including the BINDER
SUBMALAROu facial implant, the BINDER SUBMALARO II Facial Implant, the TERINO
MALAR
SHELLO, the COMBINED SUBMALAR SHELLTM, the FLOWERS TEAR TROUGHTM implant;
solid silicone facial and malar implants from Allied Biomedical; the Subcutaneous Augmentation Material (S.A.M.), made from microporous ePTFE.
[0099] The compositions described in the present invention can be infiltrated into the space (surgically created pocket) where the breast, facial, or soft tissue implant will be implanted. This can be accomplished by applying the composition: (a) to the breast or facial implant surface during the implantation procedure; (b) to the surface of the tissue of the implantation pocket immediately prior to, or during, iinplantation of the breast or facial implant; (c) to the surface of the breast or facial implant and/or the tissue surrounding the implant immediately after to the implantation of the soft tissue implant; (d) by topical application of the composition into the anatomical space where the soft tissue iinplant will be placed; (e) via percutaneous injection into the tissue surrounding the implant;
and/or (f) by any combination of the aforementioned methods.
and/or (f) by any combination of the aforementioned methods.
[0100] For all soft tissue implants, implant malposition (movement or migration of the implant after placement) can lead to a variety of complications such as asymmetry and is a leading cause of patient dissatisfaction and revision surgery. In particular, facial implants can migrate following surgery and it is important to achieve attachment of the implant to the underlying periosteum and bone tissue. In a preferred embodiment the breast or facial implant is coated on the inferior surface (i.e., the surface facing the pectoralis muscle for subglandular breast implants or the surface facing the chest wall for subpectoral breast implants; or the surface facing the periosteum or bone tissue for facial implants) with the compositions of the present invention. This embodiment has the advantage of encouraging anchorage and fixation of the breast or facial implant into the anatomical location into which it was placed (preventing implant migration). As an alternative to, or in addition to, coating the inferior surface of the breast or facial implant, the compositions can be infiltrated into the space (the base of the surgically created pocket) where the breast or facial implant will be apposed to the underlying tissue.
[0101] Administration of the present compositions agent can reduce the incidence of migration, asymmetry and repeat surgical interventions (e.g., revisions and removal of the implants) and improve patient satisfaction.
[0102] It should be apparent to one of skill in the art that the same techniques can be applied to the application of the compositions to facial tissues during a facelift or to muscle or skin tissue during placement of a muscle or skin flap. Briefly, autogenous tissue implants may be composed of pedicle flaps that typically originate from the back (e.g., latissimus dorsi inyocutaneous flap) or the abdomen (e.g., transverse rectus abdominus inyocutaneous or TRAM flap). Pedicle flaps inay also come from the buttocks, thigh, or groin. These flaps are detached from the body and then transplanted by reattaching blood vessels using microsurgical procedures. These muscular tissue flaps are most frequently used for post-masectomy closure and reconstruction. Some other common closure applications for muscular tissue flaps include coverage of defects in the head and neck area, especially defects created from major head and neck cancer resection; additional applications include coverage of chest wall defects other than inastectomy deformities. The latissimus dorsi may also be used as a reverse flap, based upon its lumbar perforators, to close congenital defects of the spine such as spina bifida or meningomyelocele. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,765,567 to Knowlton describes methodology of using an autogenous tissue implant in the form of a tissue flap having a cutaneous skin island that may be used for contour correction and enlargement for the reconstruction of breast tissue. The tissue flap may be a free flap or a flap attached via a native vascular pedicle. In a preferred embodiment, the autogenous tissue implant is coated on the inferior surface (i.e., the surface facing the attachment site) with the compositions of the present invention. As an alternative to, or in addition to, coating the inferior surface of the autogenous tissue implant, the compositions can be infiltrated into the space (the base of the surgically created pocket) where the autogenous tissue implant will be apposed to the underlying tissue.
[0103] A similar method occurs in facelift procedures. In a preferred embodiinent, the facial tissues are coated on the inferior surface (i.e., the surface facing the attachment site) with the compositions of the present invention. As an alternative to, or in addition to, coating the inferior surface of the facial tissues, the compositions can be infiltrated into the space (the base of the surgically created pocket) where the facial tissue will be apposed to the underlying tissue.
[0104] A facelift may be performed under general anaesthesia or under local anaesthesia. For intravenous sedation, diazepam or midazolam may be used. The amount of drug used should be sufficient to ensure that the patient is in a state of slurred speech but without any compromise of vital functions. Most patients will require 10 mg of valium, but an initial dose of I to 2.5 mg is often used.
Regardless of anaesthesia selection, 0.5% lidocaine with epinephrine (1:200,000) may be used for local infiltration. Approximately 60 inL of solution is required on one side of the face and neck. In the case of general anesthesia, maintaining a systolic blood pressure between 100 mm Hg and 120 mm Hg is ideal. Attention to the airway is critical given all the facial manipulation involved in the procedure. Facelifts can be perforined in the subcutaneous plane or in a deep plane (i.e., the sub-superficial musculoponeurotic system also called "sub-SAM.S"). In the case of simple skin laxity, a supercial approach is appropriate. Before the administration of the anesthesia, the planned incisions are marked. Generally, the facelift incision begins in the temporal scalp 5 cm about the ear and 5 cm behind the hairline and curves down parallel to the hairline toward the superior root of the helix and continues caudally in the natural preauricluar skin crease. The incision follows the crus of the helix into the incisura anterior then to the tragus and continues inferiorly in the natural skin crease. After initiation of the dissection with a scalpel, the remaining flap is elevated by scissor dissection and rotation flaps and excessive skin is excised. See, Skoog T., PLASTIC SURGERY -NEW METHODS AND
REFINEMENTS (W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1974). During the procedure, hemostasis is critical and obtained with pricise forceps electrocautery using long insulated forceps.
Upon reapproximation of tissue and closure, a very thin layer of CHONDROGELTM (Angiotech Biomaterials Corp., Palo Alto, CA) less than 1 min in thickness, is sprayed over the tissue before approximation, in order to assure hemostatsis, prevent tissue separation between tissues due to seroma formation, and to facilitate proper approxiination or glueing of tissue in place. CHONDROGELTM
is the tradename for a combination of a four-armed thiol PEG (10K), a four-armed NHS-PEG(I OK), and methylated collagen. In the case of a patient with more extensive problems, such as submental fat deposits, submandibular fat deposits, or jowls, a SMAS/Platysma facelift is more appropriate. The nature of the platysma surgery is individualized, depending on a number of factors, such as anantomy and amount of submental, submandibular, and subplatysmal fat. The platysma muscle is thin and flat and lies just under the skin. Deep within the platysma muscle lies the superficial layer of the deep cei-vical fascial; the plane between the two is relatively avascular and easily dissected. After the debulking or alterations are perforined, all tissue planes before reapproximation are sprayed with a thin layer of CHONDROGELTM, less than 1 mm in thickness. In a preferred embodiment, the dissected tissues are coated with the compositions of the present invention. As an alternative to, or in addition to, coating the dissected surface of the facial tissues, the compositions can be infiltrated into the space (the base of the surgically created pocket) where the facial tissue will be apposed to the underlying tissue.
3. APPLICATION OF THE COMPOSITIONS
Regardless of anaesthesia selection, 0.5% lidocaine with epinephrine (1:200,000) may be used for local infiltration. Approximately 60 inL of solution is required on one side of the face and neck. In the case of general anesthesia, maintaining a systolic blood pressure between 100 mm Hg and 120 mm Hg is ideal. Attention to the airway is critical given all the facial manipulation involved in the procedure. Facelifts can be perforined in the subcutaneous plane or in a deep plane (i.e., the sub-superficial musculoponeurotic system also called "sub-SAM.S"). In the case of simple skin laxity, a supercial approach is appropriate. Before the administration of the anesthesia, the planned incisions are marked. Generally, the facelift incision begins in the temporal scalp 5 cm about the ear and 5 cm behind the hairline and curves down parallel to the hairline toward the superior root of the helix and continues caudally in the natural preauricluar skin crease. The incision follows the crus of the helix into the incisura anterior then to the tragus and continues inferiorly in the natural skin crease. After initiation of the dissection with a scalpel, the remaining flap is elevated by scissor dissection and rotation flaps and excessive skin is excised. See, Skoog T., PLASTIC SURGERY -NEW METHODS AND
REFINEMENTS (W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1974). During the procedure, hemostasis is critical and obtained with pricise forceps electrocautery using long insulated forceps.
Upon reapproximation of tissue and closure, a very thin layer of CHONDROGELTM (Angiotech Biomaterials Corp., Palo Alto, CA) less than 1 min in thickness, is sprayed over the tissue before approximation, in order to assure hemostatsis, prevent tissue separation between tissues due to seroma formation, and to facilitate proper approxiination or glueing of tissue in place. CHONDROGELTM
is the tradename for a combination of a four-armed thiol PEG (10K), a four-armed NHS-PEG(I OK), and methylated collagen. In the case of a patient with more extensive problems, such as submental fat deposits, submandibular fat deposits, or jowls, a SMAS/Platysma facelift is more appropriate. The nature of the platysma surgery is individualized, depending on a number of factors, such as anantomy and amount of submental, submandibular, and subplatysmal fat. The platysma muscle is thin and flat and lies just under the skin. Deep within the platysma muscle lies the superficial layer of the deep cei-vical fascial; the plane between the two is relatively avascular and easily dissected. After the debulking or alterations are perforined, all tissue planes before reapproximation are sprayed with a thin layer of CHONDROGELTM, less than 1 mm in thickness. In a preferred embodiment, the dissected tissues are coated with the compositions of the present invention. As an alternative to, or in addition to, coating the dissected surface of the facial tissues, the compositions can be infiltrated into the space (the base of the surgically created pocket) where the facial tissue will be apposed to the underlying tissue.
3. APPLICATION OF THE COMPOSITIONS
[0105] For all of the indications described above, the repair of damaged tissue may be carried out within the context of any standard surgical process allowing access to and repair of the tissue, including open surgery and arthroscopic techniques. Once the damaged tissue is accessed, the composition of the invention is placed in contact with the damaged tissue along with any surgically acceptable implant (e.g., breast implants, facial iinplants, autogenous tissue implants, joint replacements, clips, screws, staples, pins, and the like), if needed. When used to repair lacerated or separated tissue, such as by joining two or more tissue surfaces, the composition is applied to one or more of the tissue surfaces and then the surfaces are placed in contact witli each other and adhesion occurs therebetween.
[0106] Preferably, all reactive components of the composition are first mixed to initiate crosslinking, then delivered to the desired tissue or surface before substantial crosslinking has occurred. The surface or tissue to which the composition containing the components or a partial reaction mixture thereof (i.e., where any two or more components have started to react with each other) has been applied is then contacted with the remaining surface, i.e., another tissue surface or implant surface, preferably iinmediately, to provide an intermediate layer between the tissues.
[0107] Crosslinking is typically sufficiently complete within about 5 to 60 seconds after mixing the components of the composition; however, the time required for complete crosslinking to occur is dependent on a number of factors, including the type and molecular weight of each reactive component, the degree of functionalization, and the concentration of the components in the crosslinkable compositions (e.g., higher component concentrations result in faster crosslinking times).
[0108] Alternatively, all reactive components of the composition are first mixed at a pH that does not initiate the reaction, for example, in an aqueuous acidic buffer having a pH
of less than 7, then delivered to the desired tissue or surface. Once the composition has its desired shape and consistency, an activating (i.e., initating) buffer is sprayed on its surface. The initiating buffer, such as a basic buffer (e.g., an aqueous solution having a pH of more than 7) initiates the reaction and crosslinking of the biomaterial. The crosslinking starts immedieately and substantial crosslinking occurs within minutes.
III. ADMINISTRATION AND USE:
of less than 7, then delivered to the desired tissue or surface. Once the composition has its desired shape and consistency, an activating (i.e., initating) buffer is sprayed on its surface. The initiating buffer, such as a basic buffer (e.g., an aqueous solution having a pH of more than 7) initiates the reaction and crosslinking of the biomaterial. The crosslinking starts immedieately and substantial crosslinking occurs within minutes.
III. ADMINISTRATION AND USE:
[0109] The compositions of the present invention may be applied to any tissue surface and may be used in any customary method of tissue repair. The composition, as discussed below, is preferably applied before crosslinking of the various components. The coinpositions of the present invention are generally delivered to the site of administration in such a way that the individual components of the composition come into contact with one another for the first tiine at the site of administration, or within one hour preceding administration.
[0110] Specifically, the compositions may be applied in the form of viscous liquid, partially polymerized gel, suspension, or applied onto the target site by spraying. In one of the embodiments the mixed, but uncrosslinked components of the composition, may be applied in the form of a flow able liquid to the target site, and subsequently the composition may be crosslinked by irrigating the applied composition with a crosslinking-initiating buffer. The compositions may be introduced onto/into the target site by using delivery systems designed to deliver separate liquid reactive components.
[0111] Thus, in one embodiment the compositions of the present invention are delivered to the site of administration using an apparatus that allows the components to be delivered separately. Such delivery systems usually involve a multi-compartment spray device.
Alternatively, the components can be delivered separately using any type of controllable extrusion system, or they can be delivered manually in the form of separate pastes, liquids or dry powders, and mixed together manually at the site of administration. Many devices that are adapted for delivery of multi-component tissue sealants/hemostatic agents are well known in the art and can also be used in the practice of the present invention.
Alternatively, the components can be delivered separately using any type of controllable extrusion system, or they can be delivered manually in the form of separate pastes, liquids or dry powders, and mixed together manually at the site of administration. Many devices that are adapted for delivery of multi-component tissue sealants/hemostatic agents are well known in the art and can also be used in the practice of the present invention.
[0112] In another embodiment of the invention, the compositions of the present invention, may be used as a bioadhesive, a biological adhesive, and/or a surgical adhesive to effect temporary or permanent attachment between the surfaces of two native tissues, or between a native tissue surface and either a non-native tissue surface or a surface of a synthetic implant.
[0113] Yet another way of delivering the compositions of the present invention is to prepare the reactive components in inactive form as a solution, liquid or powder. Such compositions can then be activated after application to the tissue site, or immediately beforehand, by applyuig an activator. In one embodiment, the activator is a buffer solution having a pH that will activate the coinposition once mixed therewith. Still another way of delivering the compositions is to prepare preformed sheets, and apply the sheets as such to the site of administration. One of skill in the art can easily detennine the appropriate administration protocol to use with any particular composition having a known gel strength and gelation time. A more detailed description of the composition is given below.
IV. COMPOSITIONS FOR CARTILAGE AND SOFT TISSUE REPAIR:
IV. COMPOSITIONS FOR CARTILAGE AND SOFT TISSUE REPAIR:
[0114] The present invention provides an iinplantable biomaterial for use in the repair of connective tissues such as cartilage, muscle, bone, ligaments and tendons. A related problein is the correction of soft tissue defects including the placement of cosmetic implants (such as breast implants and facial implants), muscle flaps, soft tissue flaps, and lifts (e.g., facelifts, muscle flaps, brow lifts, excess skin removal, tummy tucks, and the like). The described compositions are biocompatible and biodegradable and can promote tissue regeneration at the implantation site into a tissue specific structure (i.e., bone, cartilage, scar tissue, or a ligament-like structure).
The characteristics and properties of the composition are chosen to provide for bioresorbability which may stimulate repopulation of the implanted material with tissue specific cells (osteoblasts, chondrocytes, fibroblasts, mesenchimal cells). In one aspect, the compositions are hydrogels which are capable of swelling in the pliysiological environment at the implantation site in the range between 10% and 200 % of their original volume. Hydrogel coinpositions are structurally resistant to repeated physical forces found at the tissue site, which makes them conducive to the in growth of connective tissue cells from adjacent tissue into the material. Further, the presence of inigration and proliferation promoting moieties (e.g., methylated collagen) in the biomaterial matrix may foster remodeling of the implant at the injured site into a functional connective tissue (e.g., llyaline cartilage). Thus, in one aspect, the composition functions as a scaffold that is capable of promoting proliferation, differentiation, and migration of tissue cells adjacent to the material and cells within the material into the phenotypic tissue cells characteristic to for the surrounding tissue.
The characteristics and properties of the composition are chosen to provide for bioresorbability which may stimulate repopulation of the implanted material with tissue specific cells (osteoblasts, chondrocytes, fibroblasts, mesenchimal cells). In one aspect, the compositions are hydrogels which are capable of swelling in the pliysiological environment at the implantation site in the range between 10% and 200 % of their original volume. Hydrogel coinpositions are structurally resistant to repeated physical forces found at the tissue site, which makes them conducive to the in growth of connective tissue cells from adjacent tissue into the material. Further, the presence of inigration and proliferation promoting moieties (e.g., methylated collagen) in the biomaterial matrix may foster remodeling of the implant at the injured site into a functional connective tissue (e.g., llyaline cartilage). Thus, in one aspect, the composition functions as a scaffold that is capable of promoting proliferation, differentiation, and migration of tissue cells adjacent to the material and cells within the material into the phenotypic tissue cells characteristic to for the surrounding tissue.
[0115] The composition has a hydrophilic polyiner component and a plurality of crosslinkable components. The various components of the composition may crosslink with each other and may additionally crosslink with reactive moieties in the surrounding tissue.
Additionally, other components may also be present. A discussion of each of these components is presented below.
V. THE HYDROPHILIC POLYMER COMPONENT:
Additionally, other components may also be present. A discussion of each of these components is presented below.
V. THE HYDROPHILIC POLYMER COMPONENT:
[0116] The hydrophilic polymer component may be a synthetic or naturally occurring hydrophilic polymer. Naturally occurring hydrophilic polymers include, but are not limited to: proteins such as collagen and derivatives therof, fibronectin, albumins, globulins, fibrinogen, and fibrin, with collagen particularly preferred; carboxylated polysaccharides such as polymannuronic acid and polygalacturonic acid; aminated polysaccharides, particularly the glycosaminoglycans, e.g., hyaluronic acid, chitin, chondroitin sulfate A, B, or C, keratin sulfate, keratosulfate and heparin; and activated polysaccharides such as dextran and starch derivatives. Collagen (e.g., methylated collagen) and glycosaininoglycans are preferred naturally occurring hydrophilic polymers for use herein.
[0117] In general, collagen from any source may be used in the composition of the method; for example, collagen may be extracted and purified from human or other mammalian source, such as bovine or porcine corium and human placenta, or may be recombinantly or otherwise produced. The preparation of purified, substantially non-antigenic collagen in solution from bovine skin is well known in the art. Cominonly owned U.S. Patent No. 5,428,022, to Palefsky et al., discloses methods of extracting and purifying collagen from the human placenta. Commonly owned U.S. Patent No.
5,667,839, to Berg, discloses methods of producing recombinant human collagen in the milk of transgenic animals, including transgenic cows. The terin "collagen" or "collagen material" as used herein refers to all forms of collagen, including those that have been processed or otherwise modified.
5,667,839, to Berg, discloses methods of producing recombinant human collagen in the milk of transgenic animals, including transgenic cows. The terin "collagen" or "collagen material" as used herein refers to all forms of collagen, including those that have been processed or otherwise modified.
[0118] Collagen of any type, including, but not limited to, types I, II, III, IV, or any combination thereof, may be used in the compositions of the invention, although type I is generally preferred.
Either atelopeptide or telopeptide-containing collagen may be used; however, when collagen from a source, such as bovine collagen, is used, atelopeptide collagen is generally preferred, because of its reduced immunogenicity compared to telopeptide-containing collagen.
Either atelopeptide or telopeptide-containing collagen may be used; however, when collagen from a source, such as bovine collagen, is used, atelopeptide collagen is generally preferred, because of its reduced immunogenicity compared to telopeptide-containing collagen.
[0119] Collagen that has not been previously crosslinked by methods such as heat, irradiation, or cheinical crosslinking agents is preferred for use in the compositions of the invention, although previously crosslinked collagen may be used. Non-crosslinked atelopeptide fibrillar collagen is commercially available from McGhan Medical Corporation (Santa Barbara, CA) at collagen concentrations of 35 mg/inl and 65 mg/ml under the trademarks ZYDERMOO I
Collagen and ZYDERM II Collagen, respectively. Glutaraldehyde-crosslinked atelopeptide fibrillar collagen is commercially available from McGhan Medical Corporation at a collagen concentration of 35 mg/ml under the trademark ZYPLAST .
Collagen and ZYDERM II Collagen, respectively. Glutaraldehyde-crosslinked atelopeptide fibrillar collagen is commercially available from McGhan Medical Corporation at a collagen concentration of 35 mg/ml under the trademark ZYPLAST .
[0120] Collagens for use in the present invention are generally, although not necessarily, in aqueous suspension at a concentration between about 20 mg/ml to about 120 mg/ml, preferably between about 30 mg/ml to about 90 mg/ml.
[0121] Although intact collagen is preferred, denatured collagen, commonly known as gelatin, can also be used in the compositions of the invention. Gelatin may have the added benefit of being degradable faster than collagen.
[0122] Because of its greater surface area and greater concentration of reactive groups, nonfibrillar collagen is generally preferred. The term "nonfibrillar collagen" refers to any modified or unmodified collagen material that is in substantially nonfibrillar form at pH 7, as indicated by optical clarity of an aqueous suspension of the collagen.
[0123] Collagen that is already in nonfibrillar form may be used in the compositions of the invention.
As used herein, the term "nonfibrillar collagen" is intended to encompass collagen types that are nonfibrillar in native form, as well as collagens that have been chemically modified such that they are in nonfibrillar form at or around neutral pH. Collagen types that are nonfibrillar (or inicrofibrillar) in native form include types IV, VI, and VII.
As used herein, the term "nonfibrillar collagen" is intended to encompass collagen types that are nonfibrillar in native form, as well as collagens that have been chemically modified such that they are in nonfibrillar form at or around neutral pH. Collagen types that are nonfibrillar (or inicrofibrillar) in native form include types IV, VI, and VII.
[0124] Chemically modified collagens that are in nonfibrillar form at neutral pH include succinylated collagen, propylated collagen, ethylated collagen, methylated collagen, and the like, both of which can be prepared according to the methods described in U.S. Patent No. 4,164,559, to Miyata et al., which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Due to its inherent tackiness, methylated collagen is particularly preferred, as disclosed in commonly owned U.S. Patent No.
5,614,587 to Rllee et al.
5,614,587 to Rllee et al.
[0125] Collagens for use in the crosslinkable compositions of the present invention may start out in fibrillar form and then become rendered nonfibrillar by the addition of one or more fiber disassembly agents. The fiber disassembly agent must be present in an amount sufficient to render the collagen substantially nonfibrillar at pH 7, as described above. Fiber disassembly agents for use in the present invention include, without limitation, various biocompatible alcohols, amino acids, inorganic salts, and carbohydrates, with biocompatible alcohols being particularly preferred.
Preferred biocompatible alcohols include glycerol and propylene glycol. Non-biocompatible alcohols, such as ethanol, methanol, and isopropanol, are not preferred for use in the present invention, due to their potentially deleterious effects on the body of the patient receiving them. Preferred amino acids include arginine.
Preferred inorganic salts include sodium chloride and potassium chloride.
Although carboliydrates, such as various sugars including sucrose, may be used in the practice of the present invention, they are not as preferred as other types of fiber disassembly agents because they can have cytotoxic effects in vivo.
Preferred biocompatible alcohols include glycerol and propylene glycol. Non-biocompatible alcohols, such as ethanol, methanol, and isopropanol, are not preferred for use in the present invention, due to their potentially deleterious effects on the body of the patient receiving them. Preferred amino acids include arginine.
Preferred inorganic salts include sodium chloride and potassium chloride.
Although carboliydrates, such as various sugars including sucrose, may be used in the practice of the present invention, they are not as preferred as other types of fiber disassembly agents because they can have cytotoxic effects in vivo.
[0126] As fibrillar collagen has less surface area and a lower concentration of reactive groups than nonfibrillar, fibrillar collagen is less preferred; however, as disclosed in commonly owned, U.S.
Patent No. 5,614,587 to Rhee et al. fibrillar collagen, or mixtures of nonfibrillar and fibrillar collagen, may be preferred for use in compositions intended for long-term persistence in vivo, if optical clarity is not a requirement.
Patent No. 5,614,587 to Rhee et al. fibrillar collagen, or mixtures of nonfibrillar and fibrillar collagen, may be preferred for use in compositions intended for long-term persistence in vivo, if optical clarity is not a requirement.
[0127] Synthetic hydrophilic polymers may also be used in the present invention. Useful synthetic hydrophilic polymers include, but are not limited to: polyalkylene oxides, particularly polyetllylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers, including block and random copolymers; polyols such as glycerol, polyglycerol (particularly highly branched polyglycerol), propylene glycol and trimethylene glycol substituted with one or more polyalkylene oxides, e.g., mono-, di- and tri-polyoxyetliylated glycerol, mono- and di-polyoxyethylated propylene glycol, and mono- and di-polyoxyethylated trimethylene glycol; polyoxyethylated sorbitol, polyoxyethylated glucose; acrylic acid polymers and analogues and copolymers thereof, such as polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, poly(hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylate) and copolymers of any of the foregoing, and/or with additional acrylate species such as aminoethyl acrylate and mono-2-(acryloxy)-ethyl succinate; polymaleic acid; poly(acrylamides) such as polyaciylamide, poly(methacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), and poly(N-isopropyl-acrylamide); poly(olefinic alcohol)s such as poly(vinyl alcohol); poly(N-vinyl lactams) such as poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof; polyoxazolines, including poly(metliyloxazoline) and poly(ethyloxazoline); and polyvinylamines. It must be emphasized that the aforementioned list of polymers is not exhaustive, and a variety of otller synthetic hydrophilic polymers may be used, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
VI. THE CROSSLINKABLE COMPONENTS:
VI. THE CROSSLINKABLE COMPONENTS:
[0128] The compositions of the invention also comprise a plurality of crosslinkable components.
Each of the crosslinkable components participates in a reaction that results in a crosslinked matrix.
Each of the crosslinkable components participates in a reaction that results in a crosslinked matrix.
[0129] The crosslinkable components are selected so that crosslinking gives rise to a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic matrix useful in a variety of contexts including biologically active agent delivery, tissue augmentation, angiogenesis inhibition, and other applications. The crosslinkable components of the invention comprise: a component A, which has m nucleophilic groups, wherein m > 2 and a component B, which has n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups, wherein n> 2 and m+ n> 4. An optional third component, optional component C, which has at least one functional group that is either electrophilic and capable of reaction with the nucleophilic groups of component A or nucleophilic and capable of reaction with the electrophilic groups of component B
may also be present. Thus, the total number of functional groups present on coinponents A, B and C, when present, in combination is > 5; that is, the total functional groups given by m + n + p must be >
5, where p is the number of functional groups on component C and; as indicated, is > 1. Each of the components is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one component is comprised of a hydrophilic polymer. Also, as will be appreciated, the composition may contain additional crosslinkable components D, E, F, etc., having one or more reactive nucleophilic or electrophilic groups and thereby participate in formation of the crosslinked biomaterial via covalent bonding to other components.
may also be present. Thus, the total number of functional groups present on coinponents A, B and C, when present, in combination is > 5; that is, the total functional groups given by m + n + p must be >
5, where p is the number of functional groups on component C and; as indicated, is > 1. Each of the components is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one component is comprised of a hydrophilic polymer. Also, as will be appreciated, the composition may contain additional crosslinkable components D, E, F, etc., having one or more reactive nucleophilic or electrophilic groups and thereby participate in formation of the crosslinked biomaterial via covalent bonding to other components.
[0130] The m nucleophilic groups on component A may all be the same, or, alternatively, A may contain two or more different nucleophilic groups. Similarly, the n electrophilic groups on component B may all be the same, or two or more different electrophilic groups may be present. The functional group(s) on optional component C, if nucleophilic, may or may not be the same as the nucleophilic groups on component A, and, conversely, if electrophilic, the functional group(s) on optional component C may or may not be the same as the electrophilic groups on component B.
[0131] Accordingly, the components may be represented by the structural formulae (I) R'(-[Q']q-X),n (component A), (II) R2(-[Q2]r Y)õ (component B), and (lII) R-(-[Q']5-Fn)p (optional component C), [0132] wherein:
[0133] R', Rz and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers, providing that at least one of Rl, R2 and R3 is a hydrophilic polymer, preferably a synthetic hydrophilic polymer;
[0134] X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A, and the various X moieties on A may be the saine or different;
[0135] Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B, and the various Y moieties on A may be the same or different;
[0136] Fn represents a functional group on optional component C;
[0137] Q', Q2 and Q3 are linking groups;
[0138] m> 2, n> 2, m + n is _ 4, q, and r are independently zeroor 1, and when optional component C is present, p> 1, and s is independently zero or 1.
VII. REACTIVE GROUPS:
VII. REACTIVE GROUPS:
[0139] X may be virtually any nucleophilic group, so long as reaction can occur with the electrophilic group Y. Analogously, Y may be virtually any electrophilic group, so long as reaction can take place with X. The only limitation is a practical one, in that reaction between X and Y should be fairly rapid and take place automatically upon admixture with an aqueous medium, without need for heat or potentially toxic or non-biodegradable reaction catalysts or other chemical reagents. It is also preferred although not essential that reaction occur without need for ultraviolet or other radiation.
Ideally, the reactions between X and Y should be complete in under 60 minutes, preferably under 30 minutes. Most preferably, the reaction occurs in about 5 to 15 minutes or less.
Ideally, the reactions between X and Y should be complete in under 60 minutes, preferably under 30 minutes. Most preferably, the reaction occurs in about 5 to 15 minutes or less.
[0140] Examples of nucleophilic groups suitable as X include, but are not liinited to, -NH2, -NHR4, -N(R4)2, -SH, -OH, -COOH, -C6H4-OH, -PH~2, -PHRS, -P(RS)2, -NH-NH2, -CO-NH-NH2, -C5H4N, etc.
wherein R4 and RS are hydrocarbyl, typically alkyl or monocyclic aryl, preferably alkyl, and most preferably lower alkyl. Organometallic moieties are also useful nucleophilic groups for the purposes of the invention, particularly those that act as carbanion donors.
Organometallic nucleophiles are not, however, preferred. Examples of organometallic moieties include: Grignard fiinctionalities -R~MgHal wherein R6 is a carbon atom (substituted or unsubstituted), and Hal is halo, typically bromo, iodo or chloro, preferably bromo; and lithium-containing functionalities, typically alkyllithium groups;
sodium-containing functionalities.
wherein R4 and RS are hydrocarbyl, typically alkyl or monocyclic aryl, preferably alkyl, and most preferably lower alkyl. Organometallic moieties are also useful nucleophilic groups for the purposes of the invention, particularly those that act as carbanion donors.
Organometallic nucleophiles are not, however, preferred. Examples of organometallic moieties include: Grignard fiinctionalities -R~MgHal wherein R6 is a carbon atom (substituted or unsubstituted), and Hal is halo, typically bromo, iodo or chloro, preferably bromo; and lithium-containing functionalities, typically alkyllithium groups;
sodium-containing functionalities.
[0141] It will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that certain nucleophilic groups must be activated with a base so as to be capable of reaction with an electrophile.
For example, when there are nucleophilic sulfhydiyl and hydroxyl groups in the crosslinkable composition, the composition must be admixed with an aqueous base in order to remove a proton and provide an -S" or -O- species to enable reaction with an electrophile. Unless it is desirable for the base to participate in the crosslinking reaction, a nonnucleophilic base is preferred. In some embodiinents, the base may be present as a component of a buffer solution. Suitable bases and corresponding crosslinking reactions are described if~fi a in Section E.
For example, when there are nucleophilic sulfhydiyl and hydroxyl groups in the crosslinkable composition, the composition must be admixed with an aqueous base in order to remove a proton and provide an -S" or -O- species to enable reaction with an electrophile. Unless it is desirable for the base to participate in the crosslinking reaction, a nonnucleophilic base is preferred. In some embodiinents, the base may be present as a component of a buffer solution. Suitable bases and corresponding crosslinking reactions are described if~fi a in Section E.
[0142] The selection of electrophilic groups provided within the crosslinkable composition, i.e., on component B, must be made so that reaction is possible with the specific nucleophilic groups. Thus, when the X moieties are amino groups, the Y groups are selected so as to react with amino groups.
Analogously, when the X moieties are sulfhydryl moieties, the corresponding electrophilic groups are sulfhydryl-reactive groups, and the like.
Analogously, when the X moieties are sulfhydryl moieties, the corresponding electrophilic groups are sulfhydryl-reactive groups, and the like.
[0143] By way of exainple, when X is amino (generally although not necessarily primary amino), the electrophilic groups present on Y are ainino reactive groups such as, but not limited to: (1) carboxylic acid esters, including cyclic esters and "activated" esters; (2) acid chloride groups (-CO-CI); (3) anhydrides (-(CO)-O-(CO)-R); (4) ketones and aldehydes, including a,(3-unsaturated aldehydes and ketones such as -CH=CH-CH=O and -CH=CH-C(CH3)=O; (5) halides; (6) isocyanate (-N=C=O); (7) isothiocyanate (-N=C=S); (8) epoxides; (9) activated hydroxyl groups (e.g., activated with conventional activating agents such as carbonyldiimidazole or sulfonyl chloride); and (10) olefins, including conjugated olefins, such as ethenesulfonyl (-SOzCH=CHz) and analogous functional groups, including acrylate (-C02-C=CH2), methacrylate (-CO-,-C(CH3)=CH2)), ethyl acrylate (-C02-C(CH2CH3)=CH2), and ethyleneimino (-CH=CH-C=NH). Since a carboxylic acid group is not susceptible to reaction with a nucleophilic amine, components containing carboxylic acid groups must be activated so as to be amine-reactive. Activation may be accomplished in a variety of ways, but often involves reaction with a suitable hydroxyl-containing compound in the presence of a dehydrating agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or dicyclohexylurea (DHU). For example, a carboxylic acid can be reacted with an alkoxy-substituted N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) or N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide (NHSS) in the presence of DCC to form reactive electrophilic groups, the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester and the N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide ester, respectively. Carboxylic acids may also be activated by reaction with an acyl halide such as an acyl chloride (e.g., acetyl chloride), to provide a reactive anhydride group. In a ftirther example, a carboxylic acid may be converted to an acid chloride group using, e.g., thionyl chloride or an acyl chloride capable of an exchange reaction.
Specific reagents and procedures used to carry out such activation reactions will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are described in the pertinent texts and literature.
Specific reagents and procedures used to carry out such activation reactions will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are described in the pertinent texts and literature.
[0144] Analogously, when X is sulfliydryl, the electrophilic groups present on Y are groups that react with a sulfhydryl moiety. Such reactive groups include those that form thioester linkages upon reaction with a sulfhydryl group, such as those described in applicants' Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO
00/62827 to Wallace et al. As explained in detail therein, such "sulfllydiyl reactive" groups include, but are not limited to: mixed anhydrides; ester derivatives of phosphorus;
ester derivatives of p-nitrophenol, p-nitrothiophenol and pentafluorophenol; esters of substituted hydroxylamines, including N-hydroxyphthalimide esters, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide esters, and N-hydroxyglutarimide esters; esters of 1-lrydroxybenzotriazole; 3-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-benzotriazin-4-one; 3-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-quinazoline-4-one; carbonylimidazole derivatives;
acid chlorides;
ketenes; and isocyanates. With these sulfbydryl reactive groups, auxiliary reagents can also be used to facilitate bond formation, e.g., 1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide can be used to facilitate coupling of sulfhydryl groups to carboxyl-containing groups.
00/62827 to Wallace et al. As explained in detail therein, such "sulfllydiyl reactive" groups include, but are not limited to: mixed anhydrides; ester derivatives of phosphorus;
ester derivatives of p-nitrophenol, p-nitrothiophenol and pentafluorophenol; esters of substituted hydroxylamines, including N-hydroxyphthalimide esters, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide esters, and N-hydroxyglutarimide esters; esters of 1-lrydroxybenzotriazole; 3-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-benzotriazin-4-one; 3-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-quinazoline-4-one; carbonylimidazole derivatives;
acid chlorides;
ketenes; and isocyanates. With these sulfbydryl reactive groups, auxiliary reagents can also be used to facilitate bond formation, e.g., 1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide can be used to facilitate coupling of sulfhydryl groups to carboxyl-containing groups.
[0145] In addition to the sulfbydryl reactive groups that form thioester linkages, various other sulfliydryl reactive functionalities can be utilized that form other types of linkages. For example, compounds that contain methyl imidate derivatives form imido-thioester linkages with sulfbydryl groups. Alternatively, sulfbydryl reactive groups can be employed that form disulfide bonds with sulfbydryl groups; such groups generally have the structure -S-S-Ar where Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic moiety or a non-heterocyclic aromatic group substituted with an electron-withdrawing moiety, such that Ar may be, for example, 4-pyridinyl, o-nitrophenyl, m-nitrophenyl, p-nitrophenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, 2-nitro-4-benzoic acid, 2-nitro-4-pyridinyl, etc. In such instances, auxiliary reagents, i.e., mild oxidizing agents such as liydrogen peroxide, can be used to facilitate disulfide bond formation.
[0146] Yet another class of sulfbydryl reactive groups forms tllioether bonds with sulfliydryl groups.
Such groups include, inter alia, inaleimido, substituted maleimido, haloalkyl, epoxy, imino, and aziridino, as well as olefins (including conjugated olefins) such as ethenesulfonyl, etheneimino, acrylate, methacrylate, and a,(3-unsaturated aldehydes and ketones. This class of sulfllydryl reactive groups is particularly preferred as the thioether bonds may provide faster crosslinking and longer in vivo stability.
Such groups include, inter alia, inaleimido, substituted maleimido, haloalkyl, epoxy, imino, and aziridino, as well as olefins (including conjugated olefins) such as ethenesulfonyl, etheneimino, acrylate, methacrylate, and a,(3-unsaturated aldehydes and ketones. This class of sulfllydryl reactive groups is particularly preferred as the thioether bonds may provide faster crosslinking and longer in vivo stability.
[0147] When X is -OH, the electrophilic functional groups on the remaining coinponent(s) must react with hydroxyl groups. The hydroxyl group may be activated as described above with respect to carboxylic acid groups, or it may react directly in the presence of base with a sufficiently reactive electrophile such as an epoxide group, an aziridine group, an acyl halide, or an anhydride.
[0148] When X is an organometallic nucleophile such as a Grignard functionality or an alkyllithium group, suitable electrophilic functional groups for reaction therewith are those containing carbonyl groups, including, by way of example, ketones and aldehydes.
[0149] It will also be appreciated that certain functional groups can react as nucleophiles or as electrophiles, depending on the selected reaction partner and/or the reaction conditions. For example, a carboxylic acid group can act as a nucleophile in the presence of a fairly strong base, but generally acts as an electrophile allowing nucleophilic attack at the carbonyl carbon and concomitant replaceinent of the hydroxyl group with the incoming nucleophile.
[0150] The covalent linkages in the crosslinked structure that result upon covalent binding of specific nucleophilic components to specific electrophilic components in the crosslinkable composition include, solely by way of example, the following (the optional linking groups Q' and Q2 are omitted for clarity):
REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHILIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-NHz RZ-O-(CO)-O-N(COCHz) R'-NH-(CO)-O-RZ
(succiniinidyl carbonate terminus) R'-SH R2-O-(CO)-O-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-O=R2 R'-OH Rz-O-(CO)-O-N(COCHz) R'-O-(CO)-Rz R'-NH2 Rz-O(CO)-CH=CH2 R'-NH-CH.2CH2-(CO)-O-R2 (acrylate terminus) R'-SH Rz-O-(CO)-CH=CH, R'-S-CH2CH2-(CO)-O-R2 R'-OH RZ-O-(CO)-CH=CHz R'-O-CH2CH,-(CO)-O-R2 R'-NH, RZ-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH,) R'-NH-(CO)-(CHZ)3-(CO)-ORZ
(succinimidyl glutarate terminus) R'-SH RZ-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-(CHI-)3-(CO)-ORZ
REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHiLIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-OH Rz-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-(CH2)3-(CO)-ORZ
R'-NH2 R2-O-CH2-COZ-N(COCHz) R'-NH-(CO)-CH2-OR2 (succinimidyl acetate terminus) R1-SH. Rz-O-CH2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-CH,-ORZ
R'-OH R2-O-CH2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-CH~,-ORZ
R'-NH2 R2-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R1-NH-(CO)-(CH,)2-(CO)-NH-ORz (succinimidyl succinamide terniinus) R'-SH Rz-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-(C.H2)2-(CO)-NH-ORZ
R'-OH R2-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-(CH2)2-(CO)-NH-ORz R'-NH2 R'-O- (CH2)2-CHO R'-NH-(CO)-(CH,)z-ORZ
(propionaldehyde teiminus) R'-NH2 0 R2-O-CH2-CH/ \CH2 R'-NH-CHz-CH(OH)-CHz-OR' and R'-N [CH~,-CH.(OH)-CH2-ORZ]Z
(glycidyl etl-ier tei7ninus) R'-NH2 RZ-O-(CHz)z-N=C=O R'-NH-(CO)-NH-CHZ-ORZ
(isocyanate terminus) R'-NH2 R'-SOz-CH=CHZ R'-NH-CHZCI Iz-SOI--RZ
(vinyl sulfone terminus) REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHILIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-SH R2-SO2-CH=CHZ R'-S-CHzCHz-SOz-Rz VIII. LINKING GROUPS:
REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHILIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-NHz RZ-O-(CO)-O-N(COCHz) R'-NH-(CO)-O-RZ
(succiniinidyl carbonate terminus) R'-SH R2-O-(CO)-O-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-O=R2 R'-OH Rz-O-(CO)-O-N(COCHz) R'-O-(CO)-Rz R'-NH2 Rz-O(CO)-CH=CH2 R'-NH-CH.2CH2-(CO)-O-R2 (acrylate terminus) R'-SH Rz-O-(CO)-CH=CH, R'-S-CH2CH2-(CO)-O-R2 R'-OH RZ-O-(CO)-CH=CHz R'-O-CH2CH,-(CO)-O-R2 R'-NH, RZ-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH,) R'-NH-(CO)-(CHZ)3-(CO)-ORZ
(succinimidyl glutarate terminus) R'-SH RZ-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-(CHI-)3-(CO)-ORZ
REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHiLIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-OH Rz-O(CO)-(CH2)3-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-(CH2)3-(CO)-ORZ
R'-NH2 R2-O-CH2-COZ-N(COCHz) R'-NH-(CO)-CH2-OR2 (succinimidyl acetate terminus) R1-SH. Rz-O-CH2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-CH,-ORZ
R'-OH R2-O-CH2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-CH~,-ORZ
R'-NH2 R2-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R1-NH-(CO)-(CH,)2-(CO)-NH-ORz (succinimidyl succinamide terniinus) R'-SH Rz-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-S-(CO)-(C.H2)2-(CO)-NH-ORZ
R'-OH R2-O-NH(CO)-(CH2)2-CO2-N(COCH2) R'-O-(CO)-(CH2)2-(CO)-NH-ORz R'-NH2 R'-O- (CH2)2-CHO R'-NH-(CO)-(CH,)z-ORZ
(propionaldehyde teiminus) R'-NH2 0 R2-O-CH2-CH/ \CH2 R'-NH-CHz-CH(OH)-CHz-OR' and R'-N [CH~,-CH.(OH)-CH2-ORZ]Z
(glycidyl etl-ier tei7ninus) R'-NH2 RZ-O-(CHz)z-N=C=O R'-NH-(CO)-NH-CHZ-ORZ
(isocyanate terminus) R'-NH2 R'-SOz-CH=CHZ R'-NH-CHZCI Iz-SOI--RZ
(vinyl sulfone terminus) REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE RESULTING LINKAGE
NUCLEOPHILIC ELECTROPHILIC COMPONENT
COMPONENT (B, FNEL) (A, optional component C element FNNU) R'-SH R2-SO2-CH=CHZ R'-S-CHzCHz-SOz-Rz VIII. LINKING GROUPS:
[0151] The functional groups X and Y and FN on optional component C may be directly attached to the compound core (R', Rz or W on optional component C, respectively), or they may be indirectly attached througli a linking group, with longer linking groups also termed "chain extenders." In structural fonnulae (I), (II) and (III), the optional linking groups are represented by Q', Q2 and Q3, wherein the linking groups are present when q, r and s are equal to 1(with R, X, Y, Fn, m n and p as defined previously).
[0152] Suitable linking groups are well known in the art. See, for example, Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO
97/22371. Linking groups are useful to avoid steric hindrance problems that are soinetimes associated with the formation of direct linkages between molecules. Linking groups may additionally be used to link several multifunctionally activated compounds together to make larger molecules. In a preferred embodiment, a linking group can be used to alter the degradative properties of the compositions after administration and resultant gel formation. For example, linking groups can be incorporated into components A, B, or optional component C to promote hydrolysis, to discourage hydrolysis, or to provide a site for enzymatic degradation.
97/22371. Linking groups are useful to avoid steric hindrance problems that are soinetimes associated with the formation of direct linkages between molecules. Linking groups may additionally be used to link several multifunctionally activated compounds together to make larger molecules. In a preferred embodiment, a linking group can be used to alter the degradative properties of the compositions after administration and resultant gel formation. For example, linking groups can be incorporated into components A, B, or optional component C to promote hydrolysis, to discourage hydrolysis, or to provide a site for enzymatic degradation.
[0153] Examples of linking groups that provide hydrolyzable sites, include, inter alia, ester linkages;
anhydride linkages, such as obtained by incorporation of glutarate and succinate; ortho ester linkages;
ortho carbonate linkages such as trimethylene carbonate; amide linkages;
phosphoester linkages; a-hydroxy acid linkages, such as may be obtained by incorporation of lactic acid and glycolic acid;
lactone-based linkages, such as may be obtained by incorporation of caprolactone, valerolactone, y-butyrolactone and p-dioxanone; and amide linkages such as in a dimeric, oligomeric, or poly(amino acid) segment. Examples of non-degradable linking groups include succiniinide, propionic acid and carboxymethylate linkages. See, for example, Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 99/07417.
Examples of enzymatically degradable linkages include Leu-Gly-Pro-Ala, which is degraded by collagenase; and Gly-Pro-Lys, which is degraded by plasmin.
anhydride linkages, such as obtained by incorporation of glutarate and succinate; ortho ester linkages;
ortho carbonate linkages such as trimethylene carbonate; amide linkages;
phosphoester linkages; a-hydroxy acid linkages, such as may be obtained by incorporation of lactic acid and glycolic acid;
lactone-based linkages, such as may be obtained by incorporation of caprolactone, valerolactone, y-butyrolactone and p-dioxanone; and amide linkages such as in a dimeric, oligomeric, or poly(amino acid) segment. Examples of non-degradable linking groups include succiniinide, propionic acid and carboxymethylate linkages. See, for example, Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 99/07417.
Examples of enzymatically degradable linkages include Leu-Gly-Pro-Ala, which is degraded by collagenase; and Gly-Pro-Lys, which is degraded by plasmin.
[0154] Linking groups can also enhance or suppress the reactivity of the various nucleophilic and electrophilic groups. For example, electron-withdrawing groups within one or two carbons of a sulfliydryl group would be expected to diminish its effectiveness in coupling, due to a lowering of nucleophilicity. Carbon-carbon double bonds and carbonyl groups will also have such an effect.
Conversely, electron-withdrawing groups adjacent to a carbonyl group (e.g., the reactive carbonyl of glutaryl-N-hydroxysucciniinidyl) would increase the reactivity of the carbonyl carbon with respect to an incoming nucleophile. By contrast, sterically bulky groups in the vicinity of a functional group can be used to diminish reactivity and thus coupling rate as a result of steric hindrance.
Conversely, electron-withdrawing groups adjacent to a carbonyl group (e.g., the reactive carbonyl of glutaryl-N-hydroxysucciniinidyl) would increase the reactivity of the carbonyl carbon with respect to an incoming nucleophile. By contrast, sterically bulky groups in the vicinity of a functional group can be used to diminish reactivity and thus coupling rate as a result of steric hindrance.
[0155] By way of example, particular linking groups and corresponding component structure are indicated in Table 2:
LINKING GROUP COMPONENT STRUCTURE
Component A: R'-O-(CHZ)õX
-O-(CHz)õ Component B: Rz-O-(CHZ)n Y
Optional Component C: W-O-(CH2)n Z
-S-(CH2)õ Component A: R'-S-(CH2)n-X
Component B: RZ-S-(CH,)õ-Y
Optional Component C: R3-S-(CHz)n Z
-NH-(CHz)p Component A: R'-NN-(CH2)õ-X
Component B: R2-NH-(CH2)õ-Y
Optional Component C: W-NH-(CH2)n Z
-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õ- Component A: R'-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õ-X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-NH-(CHZ)õY
Optional Component C: R3-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õZ
-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õ- Component A: R'-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õ-X
Component B: R2-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õY
Optional Component C: R--NH-(CO)-O-(CH2)õZ
-O-(CO)-(CHz)õ- Component A: R1-O-(CO)-(CH2)R X
Component B: RZ-O-(CO)-(CH2)n Y
Optional Component C: R-'-O-(CO)-(CHZ)õZ
LINKING GROUP COMPONENT STRUCTURE
-(CO)-O-(CHz)õ- Component A: Rj-(CO)-O-(CH2)õX
Component B: RZ-(CO)-O-(CH2)õ-Y
Optional Component C: W-(CO)-O-(CH,-)n-Z
-O-(CO)-O-(CHz)õ- Component A: RI-O-(CO)-O-(CH2)n X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-O-(CH2),,-Y
Optional Component C: R3-O-(CO)-O-(CH-I)õZ
-O-(CO)-CHR7- Coinponent A: R'-O-(CO)-CHR7-X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-CHR7-Y
Optional Component C: R'-O-(CO)-CHR!-Z
-O-RB-(CO)-NH- Component A: RI-O-R$-(CO)-NH-X
Component B: RZ- O-RB-(CO)-NH-Y
Optional Component C: W- O-RB-(CO)-NH-Z
LINKING GROUP COMPONENT STRUCTURE
Component A: R'-O-(CHZ)õX
-O-(CHz)õ Component B: Rz-O-(CHZ)n Y
Optional Component C: W-O-(CH2)n Z
-S-(CH2)õ Component A: R'-S-(CH2)n-X
Component B: RZ-S-(CH,)õ-Y
Optional Component C: R3-S-(CHz)n Z
-NH-(CHz)p Component A: R'-NN-(CH2)õ-X
Component B: R2-NH-(CH2)õ-Y
Optional Component C: W-NH-(CH2)n Z
-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õ- Component A: R'-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õ-X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-NH-(CHZ)õY
Optional Component C: R3-O-(CO)-NH-(CH2)õZ
-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õ- Component A: R'-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õ-X
Component B: R2-NH-(CO)-O-(CHZ)õY
Optional Component C: R--NH-(CO)-O-(CH2)õZ
-O-(CO)-(CHz)õ- Component A: R1-O-(CO)-(CH2)R X
Component B: RZ-O-(CO)-(CH2)n Y
Optional Component C: R-'-O-(CO)-(CHZ)õZ
LINKING GROUP COMPONENT STRUCTURE
-(CO)-O-(CHz)õ- Component A: Rj-(CO)-O-(CH2)õX
Component B: RZ-(CO)-O-(CH2)õ-Y
Optional Component C: W-(CO)-O-(CH,-)n-Z
-O-(CO)-O-(CHz)õ- Component A: RI-O-(CO)-O-(CH2)n X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-O-(CH2),,-Y
Optional Component C: R3-O-(CO)-O-(CH-I)õZ
-O-(CO)-CHR7- Coinponent A: R'-O-(CO)-CHR7-X
Component B: R2-O-(CO)-CHR7-Y
Optional Component C: R'-O-(CO)-CHR!-Z
-O-RB-(CO)-NH- Component A: RI-O-R$-(CO)-NH-X
Component B: RZ- O-RB-(CO)-NH-Y
Optional Component C: W- O-RB-(CO)-NH-Z
[0156] In Table 2, n is generally in the range of Ito about 10, R7 is generally hydrocarbyl, typically alkyl or aryl, preferably alkyl, and most preferably lower alkyl, and R8 is hydrocarbylene, heteroatom-containing hydrocarbylene, substituted hydrocarbylene, or substituted heteroatom-containing liydrocarbylene) typically alkylene or aiylene (again, optionally substituted and/or containing a heteroatom), preferably lower alkylene (e.g., methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, n-butylene, etc.), phenylene, or amidoalkylene (e.g., -(CO)-NH-CHZ).
[0157] Other general principles that should be considered with respect to linking groups are as follows: If higher molecular weight components are to be used, they preferably have biodegradable linkages as described above, so that fragments larger than 20,000 MW are not generated during resorption in the body. In addition, to promote water miscibility and/or solubility, it may be desired to add sufficient electric charge or hydrophilicity. Hydrophilic groups can be easily introduced using known chemical synthesis, so long as they do not give rise to unwanted swelling or an undesirable decrease in compressive strength. In particular, polyalkoxy segments may weaken gel strength.
VIII. THE COMPONENT CORE:
VIII. THE COMPONENT CORE:
[0158] The "core" of each crosslinkable component is comprised of the molecular structure to which the nucleophilic or electrophilic groups are bound. Using the formulae (I) Rl-[Q']q-X),,,, for coinponent A, (II) RZ(-[QZ]r Y)õ for component B, and (III) W(-[Q3]5 Fn)p for optional component C, the "core" groups are R1, RZ and W. Each molecular core of the reactive components of the crosslinkable composition is generally selected from synthetic and naturally occurring liydrophilic polymers, hydrophobic polymers, and C2-C14 hydrocarbyl groups zero to two heteroatoms selected from N, 0 and S, with the proviso that at least one of the crosslinkable components A, B, and optionally C, comprises ainolecular core of a synthetic hydrophilic polymer.
In a preferred embodiment, at least one of A and B comprises a molecular core of a synthetic hydrophilic polyiner.
IX. HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND "ACTIVATION" THEREOF:
In a preferred embodiment, at least one of A and B comprises a molecular core of a synthetic hydrophilic polyiner.
IX. HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND "ACTIVATION" THEREOF:
[0159] A "hydrophilic polymer" as used herein refers to a synthetic polymer having an average molecular weight and composition effective to render the polymer "hydrophilic"
as defined above. As discussed above, synthetic hydrophilic polymers useful herein include, but are not limited to:
polyalkylene oxides, particularly polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers, including block and random copolyiners; polyols such as glycerol, polyglycerol (particularly highly branched polyglycerol), propylene glycol and trimethylene glycol substituted with one or more polyalkylene oxides, e.g., mono-, di- and tri-polyoxyetliylated glycerol, mono- and di-polyoxyethylated propylene glycol, and mono- and di-polyoxyethylated trimethylene glycol;
polyoxyethylated sorbitol, polyoxyethylated glucose; acrylic acid polymers and analogues and copolymers thereof, such as polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, poly(hydroxyethyl-methaciylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylate) and copolymers of any of the foregoing, and/or with additional acrylate species such as aminoethyl acrylate and mono-2-(acryloxy)-ethyl succinate; polymaleic acid;
poly(acrylamides) such as,polyacrylamide, poly(methaciylamide), poly(dimethylaciylamide), and poly(N-isopropyl-acrylamide); poly(olefinic alcohol)s such as poly(vinyl alcohol); poly(N-vinyl lactams) such as poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof;
polyoxazolines, including poly(inethyloxazoline) and poly(ethyloxazoline); and polyvinylamines. It must be emphasized that the aforementioned list of polymers is not exhaustive, and a variety of other synthetic hydrophilic polymers may be used, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
as defined above. As discussed above, synthetic hydrophilic polymers useful herein include, but are not limited to:
polyalkylene oxides, particularly polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers, including block and random copolyiners; polyols such as glycerol, polyglycerol (particularly highly branched polyglycerol), propylene glycol and trimethylene glycol substituted with one or more polyalkylene oxides, e.g., mono-, di- and tri-polyoxyetliylated glycerol, mono- and di-polyoxyethylated propylene glycol, and mono- and di-polyoxyethylated trimethylene glycol;
polyoxyethylated sorbitol, polyoxyethylated glucose; acrylic acid polymers and analogues and copolymers thereof, such as polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, poly(hydroxyethyl-methaciylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylate) and copolymers of any of the foregoing, and/or with additional acrylate species such as aminoethyl acrylate and mono-2-(acryloxy)-ethyl succinate; polymaleic acid;
poly(acrylamides) such as,polyacrylamide, poly(methaciylamide), poly(dimethylaciylamide), and poly(N-isopropyl-acrylamide); poly(olefinic alcohol)s such as poly(vinyl alcohol); poly(N-vinyl lactams) such as poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(N-vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof;
polyoxazolines, including poly(inethyloxazoline) and poly(ethyloxazoline); and polyvinylamines. It must be emphasized that the aforementioned list of polymers is not exhaustive, and a variety of other synthetic hydrophilic polymers may be used, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
[0160] The synthetic hydrophilic polymer may be a homopolymer, a block copolyiner, a random copolymer, or a graft copolymer. In addition, the polymer may be linear or branched, and if branched, may be minimally to highly branched, dendrimeric, hyperbranched, or a star polyiner. The polymer may include biodegradable segments and blocks, either distributed throughout the polymer's molecular structure or present as a single block, as in a block copolymer.
Biodegradable segments are those that degrade so as to break covalent bonds. Typically, biodegradable segments are segments that are hydrolyzed in the presence of water and/or enzymatically cleaved in situ. Biodegradable segments may be composed of small molecular segments such as ester linkages, anhydride linkages, ortho ester linkages, ortho carbonate linkages, amide linkages, phosphonate linkages, etc. Larger biodegradable "blocks" will generally be composed of oligomeric or polymeric segments incorporated within the hydrophilic polymer. Illustrative oligomeric and polymeric segments that are biodegradable include, by way of example, poly(amino acid) segments, poly(orthoester) segments, poly(orthocarbonate) segments, and the like.
Biodegradable segments are those that degrade so as to break covalent bonds. Typically, biodegradable segments are segments that are hydrolyzed in the presence of water and/or enzymatically cleaved in situ. Biodegradable segments may be composed of small molecular segments such as ester linkages, anhydride linkages, ortho ester linkages, ortho carbonate linkages, amide linkages, phosphonate linkages, etc. Larger biodegradable "blocks" will generally be composed of oligomeric or polymeric segments incorporated within the hydrophilic polymer. Illustrative oligomeric and polymeric segments that are biodegradable include, by way of example, poly(amino acid) segments, poly(orthoester) segments, poly(orthocarbonate) segments, and the like.
[0161] Other suitable synthetic hydrophilic polymers include chemically synthesized polypeptides, particularly polynucleophilic polypeptides that have been synthesized to incorporate amino acids containing primary amino groups (such as lysine) and/or amino acids containing thiol groups (such as cysteine). Poly(lysine), a synthetically produced polymer of the amino acid lysine (145 MW), is particularly preferred. Poly(lysine)s have been prepared having anywhere from 6 to about 4,000 primary amino groups, corresponding to molecular weights of about 870 to about 580,000.
Poly(lysine)s for use in the present invention preferably have a molecular weight within the range of about 1,000 to about 300,000, more preferably within the range of about 5,000 to about 100,000, and most preferably, within the range of about 8,000 to about 15,000.
Poly(lysine)s of varying molecular weights are commercially available from Peninsula Laboratories Inc. (Belmont, CA).
Poly(lysine)s for use in the present invention preferably have a molecular weight within the range of about 1,000 to about 300,000, more preferably within the range of about 5,000 to about 100,000, and most preferably, within the range of about 8,000 to about 15,000.
Poly(lysine)s of varying molecular weights are commercially available from Peninsula Laboratories Inc. (Belmont, CA).
[0162] The synthetic hydrophilic polymer may be a homopolymer, a block copolymer, a random copolymer, or a graft copolymer. In addition, the polymer may be linear or branched, and if branched, may be minimally to highly branched, dendrimeric, hyperbranched, or a star polymer. The polymer may include biodegradable segments and blocks, either distributed throughout the polymer's molecular structure or present as a single block, as in a block copolymer.
Biodegradable segments are those that degrade so as to break covalent bonds. Typically, biodegradable segments are segments that are hydrolyzed in the presence of water and/or enzymatically cleaved in situ. Biodegradable segments may be composed of small molecular segments such as ester linkages, anhydride linkages, ortho ester linkages, ortho carbonate linkages, amide linkages, phosphonate linkages, etc. Larger biodegradable "blocks" will generally be composed of oligoineric or polymeric segments incorporated within the hydrophilic polymer. Illustrative oligomeric and polymeric segments that are biodegradable include, by way of example, poly(amino acid) segments, poly(orthoester) segments, poly(orthocarbonate) segments, and the like.
Biodegradable segments are those that degrade so as to break covalent bonds. Typically, biodegradable segments are segments that are hydrolyzed in the presence of water and/or enzymatically cleaved in situ. Biodegradable segments may be composed of small molecular segments such as ester linkages, anhydride linkages, ortho ester linkages, ortho carbonate linkages, amide linkages, phosphonate linkages, etc. Larger biodegradable "blocks" will generally be composed of oligoineric or polymeric segments incorporated within the hydrophilic polymer. Illustrative oligomeric and polymeric segments that are biodegradable include, by way of example, poly(amino acid) segments, poly(orthoester) segments, poly(orthocarbonate) segments, and the like.
[0163] Although a variety of different synthetic hydrophilic polymers can be used in the present compositions, as indicated above, preferred synthetic hydrophilic polymers are polyetliylene glycol (PEG) and polyglycerol (PG), particularly highly branched polyglycerol.
Various forms of PEG are extensively used in the modification of biologically active molecules because PEG lacks toxicity, antigenicity, and immunogenicity (i.e., is biocompatible), can be formulated so as to have a wide range of solubilities, and does not typically interfere with the enzymatic activities and/or conformations of peptides. A particularly preferred synthetic hydrophilic polymer for certain applications is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) having a molecular weight within the range of about 100 to about 100,000 MW, although for highly branched PEG, far higher molecular weight polymers can be employed -- up to 1,000,000 or more -- providing that biodegradable sites are incorporated ensuring that all degradation products will have a molecular weight of less than about 30,000. For most PEGs, however, the preferred molecular weight is about 1,000 to about 20,000 MW, more preferably within the range of about 7,500 to about 20,000 MW Most preferably, the polyethylene glycol has ainolecular weight of approximately 10,000 MW
Various forms of PEG are extensively used in the modification of biologically active molecules because PEG lacks toxicity, antigenicity, and immunogenicity (i.e., is biocompatible), can be formulated so as to have a wide range of solubilities, and does not typically interfere with the enzymatic activities and/or conformations of peptides. A particularly preferred synthetic hydrophilic polymer for certain applications is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) having a molecular weight within the range of about 100 to about 100,000 MW, although for highly branched PEG, far higher molecular weight polymers can be employed -- up to 1,000,000 or more -- providing that biodegradable sites are incorporated ensuring that all degradation products will have a molecular weight of less than about 30,000. For most PEGs, however, the preferred molecular weight is about 1,000 to about 20,000 MW, more preferably within the range of about 7,500 to about 20,000 MW Most preferably, the polyethylene glycol has ainolecular weight of approximately 10,000 MW
[0164] Naturally occurring hydrophilic polymers include, but are not limited to: proteins such as collagen, fibronectin, albumins, globulins, fibrinogen, and fibrin, with collagen particularly preferred;
carboxylated polysaccharides such as polymannuronic acid and polygalacturonic acid; aminated polysaccharides, particularly the glycosaminoglycans, e.g., hyaluronic acid, chitin, chondroitin sulfate A, B, or C, keratin sulfate, keratosulfate and heparin; and activated polysaccharides such as dextran and starch derivatives. Collagen and glycosaminoglycans are examples of naturally occurring hydrophilic polymers for use herein, with methylated collagen being a preferred hydrophilic polymer.
carboxylated polysaccharides such as polymannuronic acid and polygalacturonic acid; aminated polysaccharides, particularly the glycosaminoglycans, e.g., hyaluronic acid, chitin, chondroitin sulfate A, B, or C, keratin sulfate, keratosulfate and heparin; and activated polysaccharides such as dextran and starch derivatives. Collagen and glycosaminoglycans are examples of naturally occurring hydrophilic polymers for use herein, with methylated collagen being a preferred hydrophilic polymer.
[0165] Any of the hydrophilic polymers herein must contain, or be activated to contain, functional groups, i.e., nucleophilic or electrophilic groups, which enable crosslinking.
Activation of PEG is discussed below; it is to be understood, however, that the following discussion is for purposes of illustration and analogous techniques may be employed with other polymers.
Activation of PEG is discussed below; it is to be understood, however, that the following discussion is for purposes of illustration and analogous techniques may be employed with other polymers.
[0166] With respect to PEG, first of all, various functionalized polyethylene glycols have been used effectively in fields such as protein modification (see, Abuchowski et al., ENZYMES AS DRUGS, pp.
367-383 (John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y. 1981); and Dreborg et al., CRIT.
REV. TUIERAP. DRUG
CARRTER SYST. 6:315 (1990)), peptide chemistry (see, Mutter et al., THE
PEPTIDES 2:285-332 (Academic Press, New York, N.Y); and Zalipsky et al., INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEiN
RES. 30:740 (1987)), and the synthesis of polymeric drugs (see, Zalipsky et al., EUR. POLYM. J.
19:1177 (1983); and Ouchi et al., J. MACROMOL. SCL CHEM. A24:1011 (1987)).
367-383 (John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y. 1981); and Dreborg et al., CRIT.
REV. TUIERAP. DRUG
CARRTER SYST. 6:315 (1990)), peptide chemistry (see, Mutter et al., THE
PEPTIDES 2:285-332 (Academic Press, New York, N.Y); and Zalipsky et al., INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEiN
RES. 30:740 (1987)), and the synthesis of polymeric drugs (see, Zalipsky et al., EUR. POLYM. J.
19:1177 (1983); and Ouchi et al., J. MACROMOL. SCL CHEM. A24:1011 (1987)).
[0167] Activated forms of PEG, including multifunctionally activated PEG, are commercially available, and are also easily prepared using known methods. For example, see Chapter 22 of POLY(ETHYLENE GLYCOL) CHEMISTRY: BIOTECHNICAL AND BIOMEDICAL APPLICATIONS (J.
Milton Harris, ed., Plenum Press, NY 1992); and Shearwater Polymers, Inc. Catalog, POLYETHYLENE
GLYCOL DERIVATIVES, Huntsville, Alabama (1997-1998).
Milton Harris, ed., Plenum Press, NY 1992); and Shearwater Polymers, Inc. Catalog, POLYETHYLENE
GLYCOL DERIVATIVES, Huntsville, Alabama (1997-1998).
[0168] Structures for some specific, tetrafunctionally-activated forms of PEG
are shown in FIGS. I
to 10, as are generalized reaction products that are obtained througli reaction of the activated PEGs with multi-amino PEGs, i.e., a PEG with two or more primary amino groups. The activated PEGs illustrated have a pentaerythritol (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol) core. Such activated PEGs, as will be appreciated by those in the art, are readily prepared by conversion of the exposed hydroxyl groups in the PEGylated polyol (i.e., the terminal hydroxyl groups on the PEG chains) to carboxylic acid groups (typically by reaction with an anhydride in the presence of a nitrogenous base), followed by esterification with N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide, or the like, to give the polyfunctionally activated PEG.
are shown in FIGS. I
to 10, as are generalized reaction products that are obtained througli reaction of the activated PEGs with multi-amino PEGs, i.e., a PEG with two or more primary amino groups. The activated PEGs illustrated have a pentaerythritol (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol) core. Such activated PEGs, as will be appreciated by those in the art, are readily prepared by conversion of the exposed hydroxyl groups in the PEGylated polyol (i.e., the terminal hydroxyl groups on the PEG chains) to carboxylic acid groups (typically by reaction with an anhydride in the presence of a nitrogenous base), followed by esterification with N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide, or the like, to give the polyfunctionally activated PEG.
[0169] FIG. 1 shows the reaction of tetrafunctionally activated PEG
succinimidyl glutarate, referred to herein as "SG-PEG," with multi-amino PEG, and the reaction product obtained thereby.
[01701 Another activated form of PEG is PEG succinimidyl propionate ("SE-PEG"). The structural formula for tetrafunctionally activated SE-PEG and the reaction product obtained upon reaction with multi-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 2.
[0171] Analogous activated forms of PEG are PEG succinimidyl butylate and PEG
succinimidyl acetate, the structures of which are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, respectively, along with the reaction products obtained upon reaction with multi-amino PEG. SE-PEG, PEG succinimidyl butylate, and PEG succiniinidyl acetate are sometimes referred to as "PEG succinimidyl" (PEG-S); see U.S. Patent No. 5,328,955 to Rhee et al.
[0172] Another functionally activated form of PEG is referred to as "PEG
succinimidyl succinamide"
(SSA-PEG). The structural formula for the tetrafunctionally activated form of this compound and the reaction product obtained by reacting it with inulti-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 5. In the structure of FIG. 5, an ethylene (-CH2CH2-) group is shown adjacent to the succinimidyl ester; it is to be understood, however, that as with the PEG succinimidyl compounds, related structures containing a methylene linkage, an n-propylene linkage, or the like, are also possible.
[0173] Yet another activated form of PEG is PEG succinimidyl carbonate (SC-PEG). The structural formula of tetrafunctionally activated SC-PEG and the conjugate formed by reacting it with multi-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 6.
[0174] PEG can also be derivatized to form functionally activated PEG
propionaldehyde (A-PEG), the tetrafunctionally activated form of wliich is shown in FIG. 7, as is the conjugate formed by the reaction of A-PEG with multi-amino PEG.
[0175] Yet another form of activated polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG glycidyl ether (E-PEG), of wliich the tetrafunctionally activated compound is shown in FIG.
8, as is the conjugate formed by reacting such with inulti-amino PEG.
[0176] Another activated derivative of polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG-isocyanate (I-PEG), which is sliown in FIG. 9, along with the conjugate fonned by reacting such witli multi-amino PEG.
[0177] Another activated derivative of polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG-vinylsulfone (V-PEG), which is shown in FIG. 10, along with the conjugate formed by reacting such with multi-amino PEG.
[0178] Activation with succinimidyl groups to convert terminal carboxylic acid groups to reactive esters is one technique for preparing a synthetic hydrophilic polymer with electrophilic moieties suitable for reaction with nucleophiles such as primary amines, thiols, and liydroxyl groups. Other activating agents for hydroxyl groups include carbonyldiimidazole and sulfonyl chloride; however, as discussed in part (B) of this section, a wide variety of electrophilic groups may be advantageously employed for reaction witli corresponding nucleophiles. Exainples of such electrophilic groups include acid chloride groups; anhydrides, ketones, aldehydes, isocyanate, isotliiocyanate, epoxides, and olefins, including conjugated olefins such as ethenesulfonyl(-SOZCH=CHz) and analogous functional groups.
[0179] Hydrophilic di- or poly-nucleophilic polymers of the present composition are exemplified in FIGS. 1-10 by multi-amino PEG. Various forms of multi-amino PEG are commercially available fi=om Shearwater Polymers (Huntsville, AL) and from Texaco Chemical Company (Houston, TX) under the name "Jeffamine." Multi-ainino PEGs useful in the present invention include Texaco's Jeffamine diamines ("D" series) and triamines ("T" series), which contain two and three primary amino groups per molecule. Analogous poly(sulfhydryl) PEGs are also available from Shearwater Polymers, e.g., in the form of pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) ether tetra-sulfhydryl (molecular weight 10,000).
X. HYDROPHOBIC POLYMERS:
[0180] The crosslinkable compositions of the invention can also include hydrophobic polyiners, although for most uses hydrophilic polymers are preferred. Polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid are examples of two hydrophobic polymers that can be used. With other hydrophobic polymers, only short-chain oligomers should be used, containing at most about 14 carbon atoms, to avoid solubility-related problems during reaction.
XI. Low MOLECULAR WEIGHT COMPONENTS:
[0181] As indicated above, the molecular core of one or more of the crosslinkable components can also be a low molecular weight compound, i.e., a C2-C 14 hydrocarbyl group containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S, and combinations thereof. Such a molecular core can be substituted with nucleophilic groups or with electrophilic groups.
[0182] When the low molecular weight molecular core is substituted with primary amino groups, the component may be, for example, ethylenediamine (H2N-CH2CH2-NH2), tetrametllylenediamine (H2N-(CH4)-NH2), pentamethylenediamine (cadaverine) (H2N-(CH5)-NH2), hexamethylenediamine (H2N-(CH6)-NH2), bis(2-aminoethyl)amine (HN-[CH2CH2-NH2]2), or tris(2-aminoethyl)amine (N-[CH2CH2-NH2]3).
[0183] Low molecular weight diols and polyols include trimethylolpropane, di(trimethylol propane), pentaerythritol, and diglycerol, all of which require activation with a base in order to facilitate their reaction as nucleophiles. Such diols and polyols may also be functionalized to provide di- and poly-carboxylic acids, functional groups that are, as noted earlier herein, also useful as nucleophiles under certain conditions. Polyacids for use in the present compositions include, without liinitation, trimethylolpropane-based tricarboxylic acid, di(trimethylol propane)-based tetracarboxylic acid, heptanedioic acid, octanedioic acid (suberic acid), and hexadecanedioic acid (thapsic acid), all of which are commercially available and/or readily synthesized using known techniques.
[0184] Low molecular weight di- and poly-electrophiles include, for example, disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate (BS3), dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate) (DSP), bis(2-succinimidooxycarbonyloxy) ethyl sulfone (BSOCOES), and 3,3'-dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidylpropionate (DTSPP), and their analogues and derivatives. The aforementioned compounds are commercially available from Pierce (Rockford, I11.). Such di- and poly-electrophiles can also be synthesized from di- and polyacids, for example by reaction with an appropriate molar amount of N-Ilydroxysuccinimide in the presence of DCC.
Polyols such as trimethylolpropane and di(trimethylol propane) can be converted to carboxylic acid form using various known techniques, then further derivatized by reaction with NHS in the presence of DCC to produce trifunctionally and tetrafunctionally activated polymers.
XII. COMPOSITIONS FOR THE DELIVERY OF THERAPEUTiC AGENTS:
[0185] The compositions of the present invention may be used for the delivery of desired therapeutic agents. The therapeutic agents can be delivered, for example, by polymeric carriers, which are discussed in further detail below. The therapeutic agents may be admixed with, blended with, conjugated to, or, otherwise modified to be contained within the compositions of the present invention, which may include biodegradable or non-biodegradable hydrophilic or hydrophobic polymers. Such therapeutic agents may include, for example, fibrosis-inhibiting agents and anti-angiogenic factors.
[0186] Representative examples of biodegradable polymers suitable for the delivery of therapeutic agents include albumin, collagen, gelatin, hyaluronic acid, starch, cellulose and cellulose derivatives (e.g., regenerated cellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate succinate, hydroxypropyhnethylcellulose phthalate), casein, dextrans, polysaccharides, fibrinogen, poly(ether ester) multiblock copolymers, based on poly(ethylene glycol) and poly(butylene terephthalate), tyrosine-derived polycarbonates (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,120,491), poly(hydroxyl acids), poly(D,L-lactide), poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide), poly(glycolide), poly(hydroxybutyrate), polydioxanone, poly(alkylcarbonate) and poly(orthoesters), polyesters, poly(hydroxyvaleric acid), polydioxanone, polyesters, poly(malic acid), poly(tartronic acid), poly(acrylamides), polyanhydrides, polyphosphazenes, poly(amino acids), poly(alkylene oxide)-poly(ester) block copolymers (e.g., X-Y, X-Y-X, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, or R-(X-Y)n, where X is a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(etliylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONICO and PLURONICOK R series of polyiners from BASF Corporation, Mount Olive, NJ) and Y is a polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or inore of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, 7-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or l,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLGA, PLA, PCL, polydioxanone and copolymers thereof) and R is a multifunctional initiator), and the copolymers as well as blends thereof. See e.g., Ilium, L., Davids, S.S. (eds.) POLYMERS IN
CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY (Wright, Bristol 1987); Arshady, J., CONTROLLED
RELEASE 17:1-22 (1991); Pitt, INT. J. PHAR. 59:173-196 (1990); Holland et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 4:155-0180 (1986).
[0187] Representative examples of non-degradable polyiners suitable for the delivery of the aforementioned therapeutic agents include poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) (EVA) copolymers, aromatic polyesters, such as poly(ethylene terephthalate), silicone rubber, acrylic polymers (polyacrylate, polyacrylic acid, polymethylacrylic acid, polyinethylinethacrylate, poly(butyl methaciylate)), poly(alkylcynoacrylate) (e.g., poly(ethylcyanoacrylate), poly(butylcyanoacrylate) poly(hexylcyanoacrylate) poly(octylcyanoacrylate)), acrylic resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamides (nylon 6,6), polyurethanes (e.g., CHRONOFLEXOO AL and CHRONOFLEXOK
AR (both from CardioTech International, Inc., Woburn, MA), TECOFLEX , and BIONATEO
(Polymer Technology Group, Inc., Emeryville, CA), poly(ester urethanes), poly(ether urethanes), poly(ester-urea), polyethers (poly(ethylene oxide), poly(propylene oxide), polyoxyalkylene ether block copolymers based on ethylene oxide and propylene oxide such as the PLURONICO
polyiners (e.g., F-127 or F-87) and poly(tetramethylene glycol), styrene-based polymers (polystyrene, poly(styrene sulfonic acid), poly(styrene)-block-poly(isobutylene)-block-poly(styrene), poly(styrene)-poly(isoprene) block copolymers), and vinyl polymers (polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinyl acetate phthalate) as well as copolymers and blends thereof.
Polymers may also be developed which are either anionic (e.g., alginate, carrageenan, carboxymethyl cellulose, poly(acrylamido-2-methyl propane sulfonic acid) and copolymers thereof, poly(methacrylic acid and copolymers thereof and poly(acrylic acid) and copolymers thereof, as well as blends thereof, or cationic (e.g., chitosan, poly-L-lysine, polyethylenimine, and poly(allyl amine)) and blends thereof.
See e.g., Dunn et al., J. APPLIED POLYMER SCI. 50:353-365 (1993); Cascone et al., J. MATERIALS
SCI.: MATERIALS INMEDICINE 5:770-774 (1994); Shiraishi et al., BIOL. PHARM.
BULL. 16(11):1164-1168 (1993); Thacharodi and Rao, INT'L J. PHARM. 120:115-118 (1995); Miyazaki et al., INT'L J.
PHA2M. 118:257-263 (1995).
[0188] Some examples of preferred polymeric carriers for use with the compositions of the present invention for the delivery of therapeutic agents include poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), polyurethanes, poly (D,L-lactic acid) oligomers and polymers, poly (L-lactic acid) oligoiners and polyiners, poly (glycolic acid), copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid, copolymers of lactide and glycolide, poly (caprolactone), poly (valerolactone), polyanhydrides, copolymers of poly (caprolactone) or poly (lactic acid) with a polyethylene glycol (e.g., MePEG), block copolymers of the form X-Y, X-Y-X, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, or R-(X-Y)n, where X is a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONICOQ R series ofpolyiners) and Y is a polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the inonomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one and R is a multifunctional initiator), silicone rubbers, poly(styrene)block-poly(isobutylene)-block-poly(styrene), poly(acrylate) polymers and blends, admixtures, or co-polyiners of any of the above. Other preferred polymers include collagen, poly(alkylene oxide)-based polymers, polysaccharides such as hyaluronic acid, chitosan and fucans, and copolymers of polysaccharides with degradable polymers.
[0189] Other representative polymers capable of sustained localized delivery therapeutic agents include carboxylic polymers, polyacetates, polycarbonates, polyethers, polyethylenes, polyvinylbutyrals, polysilanes, polyureas, polyoxides, polystyrenes, polysulfides, polysulfones, polysulfonides, polyvinylhalides, pyrrolidones, rubbers, thermal-setting polymers, cross-linkable acrylic and methacrylic polymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers, styrene aciylic copolymers, vinyl acetate polymers and copolymers, vinyl acetal polymers and copolymers, epoxies, melamines, other ainino resins, phenolic polymers, and copolyiners thereof, water-insoluble cellulose ester polymers (including cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and mixtures thereof), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycols, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethers, polysaccharides, hydrophilic polyurethane, polyhydroxyacrylate, dextran, xanthan, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and homopolymers and copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinyllactam, N-vinyl butyrolactam, N-vinyl caprolactam, other vinyl compounds having polar pendant groups, acrylate and methacrylate having hydrophilic esterifying groups, hydroxyacrylate, and acrylic acid, and combinations thereof; cellulose esters and ethers, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, natural and synthetic elastoiners, rubber, acetal, styrene polybutadiene, acrylic resin, polyvinylidene chloride, polycarbonate, homopolymers and copolymers of vinyl compounds, polyvinylchloride, and polyvinylchloride acetate.
[0190] Representative examples of patents and publications relating to drug-delivery polyiners and their preparation include Int'1 Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 98/19713, WO 01/17575, WO
01/41821, WO
01/41822, and WO 01/15526 (as well as the corresponding U.S. applications), U.S. Patent Nos.
4,500,676; 4,582,865; 4,629,623; 4,636,524; 4,713,448; 4,795,741; 4,913,743;
5,069,899; 5,099,013;
5,128,326; 5,143,724; 5,153,174; 5,246,698; 5,266,563; 5,399,351; 5,525,348;
5,800,412; 5,837,226;
5,942,555; 5,997,517; 6,007,833; 6,071,447; 6,090,995; 6,106,473; 6,110,483;
6,121,027; 6,156,345;
6,214,901; 6,368,611; 6,630,155; 6,528,080; RE37,950; 6,46,1631; 6,143,314;
5,990,194; 5,792,469;
5,780,044; 5,759,563; 5,744,153; 5,739,176; 5,733,950; 5,681,873; 5,599,552;
5,340,849; 5,278,202;
5,278,201; 6,589,549; 6,287,588; 6,201,072; 6,117,949; 6,004,573; 5,702,717;
6,413,539; 5,714,159;
5,612,052, and U.S. Patent App.Pub. Nos. 2003/0068377, 2002/0192286, 2002/0076441, and 2002/0090398.
[0191] It should be obvious to one of skill in the art that the polymers as described herein can also be blended or copolymerized in various compositions as required to deliver therapeutic doses of biologically active agents.
[0192] Polymeric carriers can be fashioned in a variety of foims, with desired release characteristics and/or with specific properties depending upon the composition being utilized.
For example, polymeric carriers may be fashioned to release a therapeutic agent upon exposure to a specific triggering event such as pH (see e.g., Heller et al., Chemically Self-Regulated Drug Delivery Systetns in POLYMERS IN MEDICINE III 175-188 (Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam, 1988); Kang et al., J. APPLIED POLYMER SCI. 48:343-354 (1993); Dong et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 19:171-178 (1992); Dong and Hoffman, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 15:141-152 (1991); Kim et al., J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 28:143-152 (1994); Cornejo-Bravo et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 33:223-229 (1995); Wu and Lee, PHARM. RES. 10(10):1544-1547 (1993); Serres et al., PEIARM. RES.
13(2):196-201 (1996); Peppas, Fundamezztals ofpH- and Temperature-Sensitive Delivery Systeins, in PULSATILE DRUG DELIVERY 41-55 (Gurny et al. eds. Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart, 1993); Doelker, Cellztlose Derivatives in BIOPOLYMERS I (Peppas and Langer, eds., Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1993,). Representative examples of pH-sensitive polymers include poly (acrylic acid) and its derivatives, including for example, homopolymers such as poly(aminocarboxylic acid), poly(acrylic acid), poly(methyl acrylic acid), copolymers of such hoinopolymers, and copolymers of poly(acrylic acid), acrylate, and/or acrylamide monomers such as those discussed above. Other pH sensitive polymers include polysaccharides such as cellulose acetate pllthalate, liydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, cellulose acetate trimellilate, and chitosan. Yet other pH sensitive polymers include any mixture of a pH
sensitive polymer and a water-soluble polymer.
[0193] Therapeutic agents can be delivered via polymeric carriers that are temperature sensitive (see e.g., Chen et al., Novel Hydrogels of a Temperature-Sensitive PL URONIC 1z Grafted to a Bioadhesive Polyacrylic Acid Backborze for Vaginal Drug Delivery, in PROCEED. INTERN.
SYMP. CONTROL. REL.
BIOACT. MATER. 22:167-168 (Controlled Release Society, Inc. 1995); Okano, Molecular Design of Stimuli-Responsive Hydf ogels for Temporal Controlled Df=ug Delivery, in PROCEED. INTERN. SYMP.
CONTROL. REL. BIOACT. MATER. 22:111-112 (Controlled Release Society, Inc.
1995); Johnston et al., PHARM. RES. 9(3):425-433 (1992); Tung, INT'L J. PHARM. 107:85-90 (1994); Harsh and Gehrke, J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 17:175-186 (1991); Bae et al., PHARM. RES. 8(4):531-537 (1991); Dinarvand and D'Einanuele, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 36:221-227 (1995); Yu and Grainger, NOVEL THERMO-SENSITIVE AMPHIPHILIC GELS: POLY N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE-CO-SODIUM ACRYLATE-CO-N-N-(Dept. of Chemical & Biological Sci., Oregon Graduate Institute of Science &
Technology, Beaverton, OR);,Zhou and Smid, PHYSICAL HYDROGELS OF ASSOCIATIVE STAR POLYMERS
(Polymer Research Institute, Dept. of Chemistry, College of Environmental Science and Forestry, State Univ. of New York, Syracuse, NY); Hoffman et al., CHARACTERIZING PORE
SIZES AND WATER
'STRUCTURE' IN STIMULI-RESPONSIVE HYDROGELS 828 (Center for Bioengineering, Univ. of Washington, Seattle, WA); Yu and Grainger, THERMO-SENSITIVE SWELLING BEHAVIOR
IN
CROSSLINKED N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE NETWORKS: CATIONIC, ANIONIC AND AMPHOLYTIC
HYDROGELS 829-830 (Dept. of Chemical & Biological Sci., Oregon Graduate Institute of Science &
Technology, Beaverton, OR); Kiin et al., PHARM. RES. 9(3):283-290 (1992); Bae et al., PHARM. RES.
8(5):624-628 (1991); Kono et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 3 0:69-75 (1994);
Yoshida et al., J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 32:97-102 (1994); Okano et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE
36:125-133 (1995);
Chun and Kim, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 38:39-47 (1996); D'Emanuele and Dinarvand, INT'L J.
PHARM. 118:237-242 (1995); Katono et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 16:215-228 (1991); Hoffman, Thernaally Reversible Hydrogels Containing Biologically Active Species, in POLYMERS IN .M:EDICINE
IlI 161-167 (Migliaresi et al. eds., Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam, 1988); Hoffman, Applications of Thef=mally Reversible Polytyaers and Hydrogels in Therapeutics and Diagnostics, in (Salt Lake City, UT, Feb. 24-27, 1987); Gutowska et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE
22:95-104 (1992);
Palasis and Gehrke, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 18:1-12 (1992); Paavola et al., PHARM. RES.
12(12):1997-2002 (1995).
[0194] Representative examples of thermogelling polymers, and the gelatin temperature (LCST ( C)) incltide homopolymers such as poly(N-methyl-N-n-propylacrylamide), 19.8;
poly(N-n-propylaciylamide), 21.5; poly(N-methyl-N-isopropylacrylamide), 22.3;
poly(N-n-propylmethacrylamide), 28.0; poly(N-isopropylacrylamide), 30.9;
poly(N, n-diethylacrylamide), 32.0; poly(N-isopropylmethacrylamide), 44.0; poly(N-cyclopropylacrylamide), 45.5; poly(N-ethylinethyacrylamide), 50.0; poly(N-methyl-N-ethylacrylamide), 56.0;
poly(N-cyclopropylmethacrylamide), 59.0; poly(N-ethylacrylamide), 72Ø
Moreover thermogelling polymers may be made by preparing copolyiners between (i.e., among) monomers of the above or by combining such homopolymers with other water-soluble polyiners such as acrylmonomers (e.g., acrylic acid and derivatives thereof, such as methylacrylic acid, acrylate inonomers, and derivatives thereof, such as butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, and acrylamide monomers and derivatives thereof, such as N-butyl acrylamide and acrylamide).
[0195] Other representative examples of thermogelling polymers include cellulose ether derivatives such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, 41 C; methyl cellulose, 55 C;
hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, 66 C; and ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, polyalkylene oxide-polyester block copolymers of the structure X-Y, Y-X-Y and X-Y-X where X in a polyalkylene oxide and Y is a biodegradable polyester (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG) and PLURONIC polymers such as F-127, 10 - 15 C; L-122, 19 C; L-92, 26 C; L-81, 20 C; and L-61, 24 C.
[0196] Representative examples of patents relating to thermally gelling polymers and the preparation include U.S. Patent Nos. 6,451,346; 6,201,072; 6,117,949; 6,004,573;
5,702,717; and 5,484,610, and Int'1 Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 99/07343, WO 99/18142, WO 03/17972, WO 01/82970, WO
00/18821, WO
97/15287, WO 01/41735, WO 00/00222, and WO 00/38651.
[0197] Therapeutic agents inay be linked by occlusion in the polymer, dissolution in the polymer, bound by covalent linkages, bound by ionic interactions, or encapsulated in microcapsules. Within certain embodiments of the invention, therapeutic compositions are provided in non-capsular formulations such as microspheres (ranging from nanometers to micrometers in size), pastes, threads of various size, films, or sprays. In one aspect, the therapeutic agent may be incorporated into biodegradable magnetic nanospheres.
[0198] Within certain aspects of the present invention, therapeutic compositions may be fashioned in the form of microspheres, microparticles, and/or nanoparticles having any size ranging from 50 nm to 500 m, depending upon the particular use. These compositions can be. These compositions can be formed by spray-drying methods, milling methods, coacervation methods, W/O
emulsion methods, W/O/W emulsion methods, and solvent evaporation methods. In other aspects, these compositions can include microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles. Alternatively, such compositions may also be readily applied as a "spray," which solidifies into a film or coating for use as a device/implant surface coating or to line the tissues of the implantation site. Such sprays may be prepared from microspheres of a wide array of sizes, including for example, from 0.1 m to 3 m, from 10 gm to 30 m, and from 30 m to 100 m.
[0199] Therapeutic compositioils may also be prepared in a variety of "paste"
or gel forms. For exainple, within one embodiment of the invention, therapeutic compositions are provided which are liquid at one temperature (e.g., temperature greater than 37 C, such as 40 C, 45 C, 50 C, 55 C, or 60 C), and solid or semi-solid at another temperature (e.g., ambient body temperature, or any temperature lower than 37 C). Such "thermopastes" may be readily made utilizing a variety of techniques (see, e.g., Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 98/24427). Other pastes may be applied as a liquid, which solidify in vivo due to dissolution of a water-soluble component of the paste and precipitation of encapsulated drug into the aqueous body environment. These "pastes" and "gels" containing therapeutic agents are particularly useful for application to the surface of tissues that will be in contact with an implant or device.
[0200] Within further aspects of the present invention, polymeric carriers are provided which are adapted to contain and release a hydrophobic compound, and/or the carrier containing the hydrophobic compound in coinbination with a carbohydrate, protein, or polypeptide. Within certain embodiments, the polymeric carrier contains or comprises regions, pockets, or granules of one or more hydrophobic compounds. For example, within one einbodiment of the invention, hydrophobic compounds may be incorporated within a matrix that contains the hydrophobic therapeutic compound, followed by incoi-poration of the inatrix within the polymeric carrier. A
variety of matrices can be utilized in this regard, including for example, carbohydrates and polysaccharides such as starch, cellulose, dextran, methylcellulose, sodium alginate, heparin, chitosan and hyaluronic acid, proteins or polypeptides such as albuinin, collagen, and gelatin. Within alternative embodiments, hydrophobic compounds may be contained within a hydrophobic core, and this core contained within a hydrophilic shell.
[0201] The therapeutic agent may be delivered as a solution. The therapeutic agent can be incorporated directly into the solution to provide a homogeneous solution or dispersion. In cei-tain embodiments, the solution is an aqueous solution. The aqueous solution may fiirther include buffer salts, as well as viscosity modifying agents (e.g., hyaluronic acid, alginates, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and the like). In another aspect of the invention, the solution can include a biocompatible solvent or liquid oligomers and/or polymers, such as ethanol, DMSO, glycerol, PEG-200, PEG-300 or NMP. These compositions may further comprise a polymer such a degradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one, or block copolymers of the form X-Y, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, R-(X-Y)n and X-Y-X (where X in a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONIC R series of polymers) and Y is a biodegradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, 8-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG) and R is a multifunctional initiator).
[0202] Within another aspect of the invention, the therapeutic agent can further coinprise a secondary carrier. The secondary carrier can be in the form of microspheres (e.g., PLGA, PLLA, PDLLA, PCL, gelatin, polydioxanone, poly(alkylcyanoacrylate)), nanospheres (PLGA, PLLA, PDLLA, PCL, gelatin, polydioxanone, poly(alkylcyanoacrylate)), liposomes, emulsions, microemulsions, micelles (SDS, block copolymers of the fonn X-Y, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, R-(X-Y)n, and X-Y-X
(where X in a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONIC
R series of polymers) and Y is a biodegradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone,,y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, 8-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG), and R is a multifunctional initiator), zeolites, or cyclodextrins.
[0203] Other carriers that may likewise be utilized to contain and deliver therapeutic agents described herein include: hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (Cserhati and Hollo, INT.
J. PHARM. 108:69-75 (1994)), liposomes (see, e.g., Sharma et al., CANCERRES. 53:5877-5881 (1993);
Sharma and Straubinger, PHARM. RES. 11.(60):889-896 (1994); Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO
93/18751; U.S. Patent No.
5,242,073), liposome/gel (Int'1 Pat. Pub. No. WO 94/26254), nanocapsules (Bartoli et al., J.
MICROENCAPSULATION 7(2):191-197 (1990)), micelles (Alkan-Onyuksel et al., PHARM. RES.
11(2):206-212 (1994)), implants (Jainpel et al., INVEST. OPHTHALM. ViS.
SCIENCE 34(11):3076-3083 (1993); Walter et al., CANCERRES. 54:22017-2212 (1994)), nanoparticles (Violante and Lanzafame PAACR), nanoparticles - modified (U.S. Patent No. 5,145,684), nanoparticles (surface modified) (U.S. Patent No. 5,399,363), micelle (surfactant) (U.S. Patent No. 5,403,858), synthetic phospholipid compounds (U.S. Patent No. 4,534,899), gas borne dispersion (U.S. Patent No.
5,301,664), liquid emulsions, foain, spray, gel, lotion, cream, ointment, dispersed vesicles, particles or droplets, solid or liquid aerosols, microemulsions (U.S. Patent No. 5,330,756), polymeric shell (nano and microcapsule) (U.S. Patent No. 5,439,686), emulsion (Tarr et al., PHARM RES. 4: 62-165 (1987)), nanospheres (Hagan et al., PROC. INTERN. SYMP. CONTROL REL. BIOACT. MATER. 22 (1995); Kwon et al., PHARM
RES. 12(2):192-195; Kwon et al., PHARM RES. 10(7):970-974; Yokoyaina et al., J. CONTR. REL.
32:269-277 (1994); Gref et al., SCIENCE 263:1600-1603 (1994); Bazile et al., J. PHARM. SCI. 84:493-498 (1994)) and implants (U.S. Patent No. 4,882,168).
[0204] Within another aspect of the present invention, polymeric carriers can be materials that are formed in situ. In one embodiment, the precursors can be monomers or macroiners that contain unsaturated groups that can be polymerized and/or cross-linked. The monomers or macromers can then, for example, be injected into the treatment area or onto the surface of the treatment area and polymerized in situ using a radiation source (e.g., visible or UV light) or a free radical system (e.g., potassium persulfate and ascorbic acid or iron and hydrogen peroxide). The polymerization step can be performed immediately prior to, simultaneously to or post injection of the reagents into the treatment site. Representative examples of compositions that undergo free radical polymerization reactions are described in Int'l Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 01/44307, WO 01/68720, WO
02/072166, WO
03/043552, WO 93/17669, and WO 00/64977,U.S. Patent Nos. 5,900,245; 6,051,248;
6,083,524;
6,177,095; 6,201,065; 6,217,894; 6,639,014; 6,352,710; 6,410,645; 6,531,147;
5,567,435; 5,986,043;
6,602,975. and U.S. Patent App. Pub. Nos. 2002/012796A1, 2002/0127266A1, 2002/0151650A1, 2003/0104032A1, 2002/0091229A1, and 2003/0059906A1.
[0205] In certain aspects, it is desirable to use compositions that can be administered as liquids, but subsequently form hydrogels at the site of adininistration. Such in situ hydrogel forming compositions can be administered as liquids from a variety of different devices, and are more adaptable for administration to any site, since they are not preformed.
Examples of in situ forming hydrogels include photoactivatable mixtures of water-soluble co-polyester prepolymers and polyethylene glycol to create hydrogel barriers. Block copolymers of polyalkylene oxide polymers (e.g., PLURONICOK compounds) and poloxamers have been designed that are soluble in cold water, but form insoluble hydrogels that adhere to tissues at body temperature (see e.g., Leach, et al., AM. J.
OssTET. GYNECOL. 162:1317-1319 (1990)).
[0206] Using the foregoing polymeric carriers, the present uivention provides for the delivery of therapeutic agents via polymeric crosslinked matrices that may be used to assist in repair of cartilgage tissue. Such polymeric materials may be prepared from, e.g., (a) synthetic materials, (b) naturally-occurring inaterials, or (c) mixtures of synthetic and naturally occurring materials. The matrix may be prepared from, e.g., (a) a one-component, i.e., self-reactive, compound, or (b) two or more compounds that are reactive with one another. Typically, these materials are fluid prior to delivery, and thus can be sprayed or otherwise extruded from a delivery device (e.g., a syringe) in order to deliver the composition. After delivery, the component materials react with each other, and/or with the body, to provide the desired affect. In some instances, materials that are reactive with one another must be kept separated prior to delivery to the patient, and are mixed together just prior to being delivered to the patient, in order that they maintain a fluid form prior to delivery. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the components of the matrix are delivered in a liquid state to the desired site in the body, whereupon in situ polymerization occurs.
XIII. DELIVERY SYSTEMS:
[0207] Suitable delivery systeins for the homogeneous dry powder composition and the two buffer solutions may involve a multi-compartment spray device, where one or more compartments contains the powder and one or more compartments contain the buffer solutions needed to provide for the aqueous environment, so that the composition is exposed to the aqueous environment as it leaves the compartment. Many devices that are adapted for delivery of multi-coinponent tissue sealants/hemostatic agents are well known in the art and can also be used in the practice of the present invention. Alternatively, the composition can be delivered using any type of controllable extrusion system, or it can be delivered manually in the form of a dry powder, and exposed to the aqueous environment at the site of administration. The homogeneous dry powder composition and the two buffer solutions may be conveniently formed under aseptic conditions by placing each of the three ingredients (dry powder, acidic buffer solution, and basic buffer solution) into separate syringe barrels. For example, the composition, first buffer solution, and second buffer solution can be housed separately in a multiple-compartment syringe system having a multiple barrels, a mixing head, and an exit orifice. The first buffer solution can be added to the barrel housing the composition to dissolve the composition and form a homogeneous solution, which is then extruded into the mixing head. The second buffer solution can be simultaneously extruded into the mixing head.
Finally, the resulting composition can then be extruded through the orifice onto a surface.
[0208] For exainple, the syringe barrels holding the dry powder and the basic buffer may be part of a dual-syringe systein, e.g., a double barrel syringe as described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,359,049 to Redl et al. In this embodiment, the acid buffer can be added to the syringe barrel that also holds the dry powder, so as to produce the homogeneous solution. In other words, the acid buffer may be added (e.g., injected) into the syringe barrel holding the dry powder to thereby produce a homogeneous solution of the first and second components. This homogeneous solution can then be extruded into a mixing head, while the basic buffer is simultaneously extruded into the mixing head. Within the mixing head, the homogeneous solution and the basic buffer are mixed together to thereby form a reactive mixture. Thereafter, the reactive mixture is extruded through an orifice and onto a surface (e.g., tissue), where a film is formed, which can function as a sealant or a barrier, or the like. The reactive mixture begins forming a three-dimensional matrix immediately upon being formed by the mixing of the homogeneous solution and the basic buffer in the mixing head.
Accordingly, the reactive mixture is preferably extruded from the mixing head onto the tissue very quickly after it is formed so that the three-dimensional matrix forms on, and is able to adhere to, the tissue.
[0209] Other systems for coinbining two reactive liquids are well known in the art, and include the systems described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,454,786 to.Holm et al.; 6,461,325 to Delmotte et al.;
5,585,007 to Antanavich et al.; 5,116,315 to Capozzi et al.; and 4,631,055 to Redl et al.
XIV. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
[0210] Because crosslinkable coinponents containing electrophilic groups react with water, the electrophilic component or components are generally stored and used in sterile, dry form to prevent hydrolysis. Processes for preparing synthetic hydrophilic polymers containing multiple electrophilic groups in sterile, dry form are set forth in commonly assigned U.S. Patent No.
5,643,464 to Rhee et al.
For example, the dry synthetic polymer may be compression molded into a thin sheet or membrane, wllich can then be sterilized using gainma or, preferably, e-beam irradiation.
The resulting dry membrane or sheet can be cut to the desired size or cliopped into smaller size particulates.
[0211] Components containing multiple nucleophilic groups are generally not water-reactive and can therefore be stored either dry or in aqueous solution. If stored as a dry, particulate, solid, the various components of the crosslinkable composition may be blended and stored in a single container.
Admixture of all components with water, saline, or other aqueous media should not occur until immediately prior to use.
[0212] In an alternative embodiment, the crosslinking components can be mixed together in a single aqueous medium in which they are both unreactive, i.e., such as in a low pH
buffer. Thereafter, they can be sprayed onto the targeted tissue site along with a high pH buffer, after which they will rapidly react and foim a gel.
[0213] Suitable liquid media for storage of crosslinkable coinpositions include aqueous buffer solutions such as monobasic sodium phosphate/dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium carbonate/sodium bicarbonate, glutamate or acetate, at a concentration of 0.5 to 300 mM. In general, a sulfhydryl-reactive component such as PEG substituted with maleimido groups or succinimidyl esters is prepared in water or a dilute buffer, with a pH. of between around 5 to 6. Buffers with pKs between about 8 and 10.5 for preparing a polysulfhydryl component such as sulfhydryl-PEG are useful to achieve fast gelation time of compositions containing mixtures of sulfhydryl-PEG and SG-PEG. These include carbonate, borate and AMPSO (3-[(1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amino]2-hydroxy-propane-sulfonic acid). In contrast, using a combination of maleimidyl PEG and sulfhydryl-PEG, a pH of around 5 to 9 is preferred for the liquid medium used to prepare the sulfhydryl PEG.
XV. OTHER COMPONENTS:
[0214] In order to enhance adhesive strength, it may be generally desirable to add a "tensile strength enhancer" to the composition. Such tensile strength enhancers preferably comprise micron-size (preferably 5 to 40 microns in diameter and 20 to 5000 microns in length), high tensile strength fibers, usually with glass transition temperatures well above 37 C.
[0215] Suitable tensile strength enhancers for use in the present invention include collagen fibers, polyglycolide and polylactide fibers, as well as other organic tensile strength enhancers and inorganic tensile strength enhancers. Suitable tensile strength enhancers are those that have inherent high tensile strength and also can interact by covalent or non-covalent bonds with the polymerized gel network. The tensile strength enhancer should bond to the gel, either mechanically or covalently, in order to provide tensile support.
[0216] The compositions of the invention may also be used for localized delivery of various drugs and other biologically active agents in conjunction with the repair of damaged cartilage tissue.
Biologically active agents may be delivered froin the composition to a local tissue site in order to facilitate tissue healing and regeneration. Preferred biologically active agents useful for the method of the present invention include angiogenesis inhibitors (also referred to as anti-angiogenic factors) and paclitaxel, its analogues and derivatives.
1. ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITORS
[0217] In one embodiment of the present invention, the pharmacologically active agent for use with the compositions of the present invention is an angiogenesis inhibitor (e.g., 2-ME (NSC-659853), PI-88 (D-mannose, 0-6-O-phosphono-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3)-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3 )-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3 )-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-2)- hydrogen sulfate), thalidomide (1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidinyl)-), CDC-394, CC-5079, ENMD-0995 (S-3-amino-phthalidoglutarimide), AVE-8062A, vatalanib, SH-268, halofuginone hydrobromide, atiprimod dimaleate (2-azaspivo(4.5)decane-2-propanamine, N,N-diethyl-8,8-dipropyl, dimaleate), ATN-224, CHIR-258, combretastatin A-4 (phenol, 2-methoxy-5-(2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl)-, (Z)-), GCS- I OOLE, or an analogue or derivative thereof). Additional examples of angiogenesis inhibitors include AG-12,958 (Pfizer), ATN-161 (Attenuon LLC), neovastat, an angiogenesis inhibitor from Jerina AG (Germany), NM-3 (Mercian), (Taisho), FCE-26644 (Pfizer), FCE-26950 (Pfizer), FPMA (Meiji Daries), FR-111142 (Fujisawa), GGTI-298, GM-1306 (Ligand), GPA-1 734 (Novartis), NNC-47-0011 (Novo Nordisk) , herbamycin (Nippon Kayaku), lenalidomide (Celegene), IP-10 (NIH), ABT-828 (Abbott), KIN-841 (Tokushima University, Japan), SF- 1126 (Semafore Pharmaceuticals), laminin technology (NIH), CHIR-25 8 (Chiron), NVP-AEW541 (Novartis), NVP-AEW541 (Novartis), Vt16907 (Alchemia), (Oxigene), EG-3306 (Ark Therapeutics), Maspin (Arriva), ABT-567 (Abbott), PPI-2458 (Praecis Pharmaceuticals), CC-5079, CC-4089 (Celgene), HIF-lalpha inhibitors (Xenova), S-247 (Pfizer), AP-23573 (Ariad), AZD-9935 (Astra Zeneca), mebendazole (Introgen Therapeutics), MetAP-2 inhibitors (G1axoSmithKline), AG-615 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals), Tie-2 antagonists (Hybrigenics), NC-381, CYC-381, NC-169, NC-219, NC-383, NC-384, NC-407 (Lorus Therapeutics), ATN-224 (Attenuon), ON-01370 (Onconova), Vitronectin antagonists (Amgen), SDX-103 (Salmedix), Vitronectin antagonists (Shire), CHP (Riemser), TEK (Amgen), Anecortave acetate (Alcon), T46.2 (Matrix Therapeutics), HG-2 (Heptagen), TEM antagonists (Genzyme), Oxi-4500 (Oxigene), (Attenuon), WX-293 (Wilex), M-2025 (Metris Therapeutics), Alphastatin (BioActa), YH-16 (Yantai Rongchang), BIBF-1120 (Boehringer Ingelheim), BAY-57-9352 (Bayer), AS-1404 (Cancer Research Technology), SC-77964 (Pfizer), glycoinimetics (BioTie Therapies), TIE-2 Inhibitors (Ontogen), DIMI, Octamer (Octamer), ABR-215050 (Active Biotech), ABT-518 (Abbott), KDR
inhibitors (Abbott), BSF-466895 (Abbott), SCH-221153 (Schering-Plough), DAC:antiangiogenic (ConjuChem), TFPI (EntreMed), AZD-2171 (Astra-Zenaca), CDC-394 (Celgene), LY290293 (Eli Lilly), IDN-5390 (Indena), Kdr Kinase Inhibitors (Merck), CT-113020, CT-116433, CT-116563, CT-31890, CT-32228) (Cell Therapeutics), A-299620 (Abbott), TWEAK Inhibitor (Amgen), VEGF
modulators (Johnson and Johnson), Tum-N53, turnstatin (Genzyme), Thios-1, Thios-2 (Thios Pharmaceuticals), MV-6401 (Miravant Medical Technologies), Spisulosine (PharmaMar), CEP-7055 (Cephalon), (Auvation), LM-609 (Eli Lilly), SKF-106615 (AnorMED), Oglufanide disodium (Cytran), BW-114 (Pharminox), Calreticulin (NIH), WX-678 (Wilex), SD-7784 (Pfizer), WX-UKl (Wilex), SH-268 (Schering AG), 2-Me-PGA (Celgene), S-137 (Pfizer), ZD-6126 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals), SG-292 (SignalGen), Benefin (Lane Labs), A6, A36 (Angstrom), SB-2723005 (G1axoSinithKline), SC-7 (Cell Therapeutics), ZEN-0 14 (AEterna Zentaris), 2-methoxyestradiol (EntreMed), NK-130119 (Nippon Kayaku), CC-10004 (Celgene), AVE-8062A (Ajinomoto), Tacedinaline (Pfizer), Actinonin (Tokyo Metropolitan Institute of Medical Science), Lenalidomide (Celgene), VGA-1155, BTO-956 (SRI International), ER-68203-00 (Eisai), CT-6685 (UCB), JKC-362 (Phoenix Pharmaceuticals), DMI-3798 (DMI Biosciences, Angiomate (Ipsen), ZD-6474 (AstraZeneca), CEP-5214 (Cephalon), Canstatin (Genzyme), NM-3 (Mercian), Oridigm (MediQuest Therapeutics), Exherin (Adherex), BLS-0597 (Boston Life Sciences), PTC-299 (PTC Therapeutics), NPI-2358 (Nereus Pharmaceuticals), CGP-79787 (Novartis), AEE-788 (Novartis), CKD-732 (Chong Kun Dang), CP-564959 (OSI Pharmaceuticals), CM-101 (CarboMed), CT-2584, CT3501 (Cell Therapeutics), combretastatin and analogues and derivatives thereof (such as combretastatin A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, D-1, D-2, and combretastatin A-4 phosphate (Oxigene)), Rebimastat (Bristol-Meyers Squibb), Dextrin 2-sulfate (ML Laboratories), Cilengitide (Merk KGaA), NSC-706704 (Pharminox), KRN-951 (Kirin Brewery), Ukrain, NSC-631570 (Nowicky Pharma), Tecogalan sodium (Daiichi Pharmaceutical), Tz-93 (Tsumura), TBC-1635 (Encysive Pharmaceuticals), TAN-1 120 (Takeda), Semaxanib (Pfizer), BDI-7800 (Biopharmacopae), SD-186, SD-983 (Bristol-Meyers Squibb), SB-223245 (G1axoSmithKline), SC-236 (Pfizer), (Johnson and Johnson), ILX-1850 (Genzyme), SC-68488, S-836 (Pfizer), CG-55069-11 (CuraGen), Ki-23057 (Kirin Brewery), CCX-700 (Chemoentryx), Pegaptanib octasodium (Giled Sciences), or an analogue or derivative thereof). In other embodiments, the angiogenesis inhibitor may be a recombinant anti-angiogenic compound such as ANGIOCOLTM (available from Biostratum Inc., Durliam, NC).
[0218] Other examples of angiogenesis inhibitors for use in the present compositions include mycophenolic acid, clotrimazole, doxorubicin, camptothecin, halofiiginone, epothilones, parthenolide, vinka alkaloids (vinblastine and vincristine), suramin, cephalomannine, paclitaxel, paclitaxel derivatives and analogues (e.g., 7-epipaclitaxel and 10-deacetylbaccatin).
2. PACLITAXEL AND ANALOGUES AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF
[0219] In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmacologically active agent for use with the coinpositions of the present invention is paclitaxel, a compound that disrupts mitosis (M-phase) by binding to tubulin to form abnormal mitotic spindles or an analogue or derivative tliereo~
Briefly, paclitaxel is a highly derivatized diterpenoid (Wani et al., J. AM.
CHEM. SOC. 93 :2325 (1971)) obtained from the harvested and dried bark of Taxus brevifolia (Pacific Yew) and Taxomyces Andreanae and Endophytic Fungus of the Pacific Yew (Stierle et al., SCIENCE
60:214-216 (1993)).
"Paclitaxel" (which should be understood herein to include formulations, prodrugs, analogues and derivatives such as, for example, TAXOL (Bristol Myers Squibb, New York, NY), TAXOTERE
(Aventis Pharmaceuticals, France), docetaxel, 10-desacetyl analogues of paclitaxel and 3'N-desbenzoyl-3'N-t-butoxy carbonyl analogues of paclitaxel) may be readily prepared utilizing techniques known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Schiff et al., NATURE
277:665-667 (1979);
Long and Fairchild, CANCER RESEARCH 54:4355-4361 (1994); Ringel and Horwitz, J. NAT'L CANCER
INST. 83(4):288-291 (1991); Pazdur et al., CANCER TREAT. REV. 19(4):351-386 (1993);
TETRAHEDRON LETTERS 35(52):9709-9712 (1994); J. Med. Chem. 35:4230-4237 (1992); J. MED.
Ci-IEM. 34:992-998 (1991); J. NATURAL PROD. 57(10):1404-1410 (1994); J.
NATURAL PROD.
57(11):1580-1583 (1994); J. Alvt. CHEM. Soc. 110:6558-6560 (1988); Int'l Pat.
Pub. Nos. WO
94/07882, WO 94/07881, WO 94/07880, WO 94/07876, WO 93/23555, WO 93/10076, W094/00156, WO 93/24476, ; WO 94/20089; Eur. Pat. Pub. No. 590267; U.S. Patent Nos.
5,294,637; 5,283,253;
5,279,949; 5,274,137; 5,202,448; 5,200,534; 5,229,529; 5,254,580; 5,412,092;
5,395,850; 5,380,751;
5,350,866; 4,857,653; 5,272,171; 5,411,984; 5,248,796; 5,248,796; 5,422,364;
5,300,638; 5,294,637;
5,362,831; 5,440,056; 4,814,470; 5,278,324; 5,352,805; 5,411,984; 5,059,699;
4,942,184,, or paclitaxel may be obtained from a variety of commercial sources, including for example, Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Missouri (T7402 - from Taxus brevifolia).
[0220] Representative examples of paclitaxel derivatives or analogues include 7-deoxy-docetaxol, 7,8-cyclopropataxanes, N-substituted 2-azetidones, 6,7-epoxy paclitaxels, 6,7-modified paclitaxels, 10-desacetoxytaxol, 10-deacetyltaxol (from 10-deacetylbaccatin I.II), phosphonooxy and carbonate derivatives of taxol, taxol 2',7-di(sodium 1,2-benzenedicarboxylate, 10-desacetoxy-11,12-dihydrotaxol-10,12(18)-diene derivatives, I 0-desacetoxytaxol, Protaxol (2'-and/or 7-0-ester derivatives), (2'-and/or 7-0-carbonate derivatives), asymmetric synthesis of taxol side chain, fluoro taxols, 9-deoxotaxane, (13-acetyl-9-deoxobaccatine tII, 9-deoxotaxol, 7-deoxy-9-deoxotaxol, 10-desacetoxy-7-deoxy-9-deoxotaxol, Derivatives containing hydrogen or acetyl group and a hydroxy and tert-butoxycarbonylamino, sulfonated 2'-acryloyltaxol and sulfonated 2'-O-acyl acid taxol derivatives, succinyltaxol, 2'-y-aminobutyryltaxol formate, 2'-acetyl taxol, 7-acetyl taxol, 7-glycine carbamate taxol, 2'-OH-7-PEG(5000) carbamate taxol, 2'-benzoyl and 2',7-dibenzoyl taxol derivatives, other prodrugs (2'-acetyltaxol; 2',7-diacetyltaxol;
2'succinyltaxol; 2'-(beta-alanyl)-taxol); 2'gainma-aminobutyryltaxol formate; ethylene glycol derivatives of 2'-succinyltaxol; 2'-glutaryltaxol; 2'-(N,N-dimethylglycyl) taxol; 2'-(2-(N,N-dimethylamino)propionyl)taxol;
2'orthocarboxybenzoyl taxol; 2'aliphatic carboxylic acid derivatives of taxol, Prodrugs {2'(N,N-diethylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2'(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 7(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 2',7-di-(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 7(N,N-diethylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2',7-di(N,N-dietlrylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2'-(L-glycyl)taxol, 7-(L-glycyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-glycyl)taxol, 2'-(L-alanyl)taxol, 7-(L-alanyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-alanyl)taxol, 2'-(L-leucyl)taxol, 7-(L-leucyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-leucyl)taxol, 2'-(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 7-(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 2'-(L-valyl)taxol, 7-(L-valyl)taxol, 2'7-di(L-valyl)taxol, 2'-(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 7-(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 2'-(L-prolyl)taxol, 7-(L-prolyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-prolyl)taxol, 2'-(L-lysyl)taxol, 7-(L-lysyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-lysyl)taxol, 2'-(L-glutamyl)taxol, 7-(L-glutarnyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-glutamyl)taxol, 2'-(L-arginyl)taxol, 7-(L-arginyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-arginyl)taxol}, taxol analogues with modified phenylisoser'vle side chains, TAXOTEREO, (N-debenzoyl-N-tert-(butoxycaronyl)-10-deacetyltaxol, and taxanes (e.g., baccatin III, cephalomannine, 10-deacetylbaccatin III, brevifoliol, yunantaxusin and taxusin); and other taxane analogues and derivatives, including 14-beta-hydroxy-10 deacetybaccatin III, debenzoyl-2-acyl paclitaxel derivatives, benzoate paclitaxel derivatives, phosphonooxy and carbonate paclitaxel derivatives, sulfonated 2'-acryloyltaxol; sulfonated 2'-O-acyl acid paclitaxel derivatives, 18-site-substituted paclitaxel derivatives, chlorinated paclitaxel analogues, C4 methoxy ether paclitaxel derivatives, sulfenamide taxane derivatives, brominated paclitaxel analogues, Girard taxane derivatives, nitrophenyl paclitaxel, l0-deacetylated substituted paclitaxel derivatives, 14- beta -hydroxy- 10 deacetylbaccatin III taxane derivatives, C7 taxane derivatives, C10 taxane derivatives, 2-debenzoyl-2-acyl taxane derivatives, 2-debenzoyl and -2-acyl paclitaxel derivatives, taxane and baccatin III analogues bearing new C2 and C4 functional groups, n-acyl paclitaxel analogues, 10-deacetylbaccatin III and 7-protected-l0-deacetylbaccatin III derivatives from 10-deacetyl taxol A, 10-deacetyl taxol B, and 10-deacetyl taxol, benzoate derivatives of taxol, 2-aroyl-4-acyl paclitaxel analogues, orthro-ester paclitaxel analogues, 2-aroyl-4-acyl paclitaxel analogues and 1-deoxy paclitaxel and 1-deoxy paclitaxel analogues.
[02211 In one aspect, the cell cycle inhibitor is a taxane having the formula (IV):
H
H3C ~ CH3 I / NH, Rlg 0 I I ~ ~ HO
(IV).
[0222] A side-chain (labeled "A" in the diagram) is desirably present in order for the compound to have good activity as a cell cycle inhibitor. Examples of compounds having this structure include paclitaxel (Merck Index entry 7117), docetaxol (TAXOTEREO, Merck Index entry 3458), and 3'-desphenyl-3'-(4-ntirophenyl)-N-debenzoyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol.
Suitable taxanes such as paclitaxel and its analogues and derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,440,056 as having the structure (V):
~~
~I3C'~
R1 0~1\\ _ - , O
R6 = H
R50 ~
(V), [0223] wherein X may be oxygen (paclitaxel), liydrogen (9-deoxy derivatives), thioacyl, or dihydroxyl precursors; RI is selected fi=oin paclitaxel or TAXOTEREOO side chains or alkanoyl of the formula (VI) O
R7 )~NH 0 (VI), [0224] wherein R7 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, alkoxy, amino, phenoxy (substituted or unsubstituted); R8 is selected froin hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, phenyl (substituted or unsubstituted), alpha or beta-naphthyl; and R9 is selected from hydrogen, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl, and aminoalkanoyl; where substitutions refer to hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, allalkoxyl, carboxyl, halogen, thioalkoxyl, N,N-dimethylainino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, and -OSO3H, and/or may refer to groups containing such substitutions; R2 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy; R3 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy, and may further be a silyl containing group or a sulphur containing group; R4 is selected from acyl, alkyl, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl, peptidylalkanoyl and aroyl; R5 is selected from acyl, alkyl, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl, peptidylalkanoyl and aroyl; R6 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy.
[0225] In another aspect, the paclitaxel analogues and derivatives useful as cell cycle inhibitors are disclosed in Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 93/10076. As disclosed in this publication, the analogue or derivative should have a side chain attached to the taxane nucleus at C 13, as shown in the structure below (formula VII), in order to confer antitumor activity to the taxane.
]0 9 7 (VII).
[0226] Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 93/10076 discloses that the taxane nucleus may be substituted at any position with the exception of the existing methyl groups. The substitutions may include, for example, hydrogen, alkanoyloxy, alkenoyloxy, aryloyloxy. In addition, oxo groups may be attached to carbons labeled 2, 4, 9, and/or 10. As well, an oxetane ring may be attaclled at carbons 4 and 5. As well, an oxirane ring may be attached to the carbon labeled 4.
[0227] In a further aspect, a taxane-based cell cycle inhibitor useful for use with the compositiosn of the present invention is disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,440,056, which discloses 9-deoxo taxanes. These are compounds lacking an oxo group at the carbon labeled 9 in the taxane structure shown above (fonnula VII). The taxane ring may be substituted at the carbons labeled 1, 7, and 10 (independently) with H, OH, O-R, or O-CO-R where R is an alkyl or an aminoalkyl. As well, it may be substituted at carbons labeled 2 and 4 (independently) with aryol, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl or alkyl groups. The side chain of formula (VI) may be substituted at R7 and R8 (independently) with phenyl rings, substituted phenyl rings, linear alkanes/alkenes, and groups containing H, 0 or N. R9 may be substituted with H, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl group.
[0228] Taxanes in general and paclitaxel in particular, are considered to function as cell cycle inhibitors by acting as an anti-microtubule agent, and more specifically as stabilizers. These compounds have been shown useful in the treatinent of proliferative disorders, including: non-small cell (NSC) lung, small cell lung, breast, prostate, cervical, endoinetrial, head, and neck cancers.
3. DOSAGES
[0229] Drug doses administered from the compositions of the present invention for the repair of cartilage depends on a variety of factors, including the type of formulation and treatment site;
however, certain principles can be applied in the application of this art.
Drug dose can be calculated as a function of dose per unit area (of the treatment site); using this calculation, thetotal drug dose administered can be measured and appropriate surface concentrations of active drug can be determined. For local application (such as intra-articular or endoscopic administration), drugs are to be used at concentrations that range from several times more than to 50%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or even less than 1% of the concentration typically used in a single systeinic dose application. in certain aspects, the agent is released from the composition in effective concentrations in a time period that may be measured from the time of infiltration into tissue, which ranges from about less than 1 day to about 180 days. Release tiine may also be from about 7 days to about 14 days;
froin about 14 days to about 28 days; from about 28 days to about 56 days; from about 56 days to about 90 days; or from about 90 days to about 180 days. In one aspect, the drug is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-90 days.
[0230] Therapeutic agents, used alone or in coinbination, may be administered under the following dosing guidelines. The total amount (dose) of therapeutic agent in the composition can be in the range of about 0.01 g-l0 g;10 g-10 mg;10 mg-250 mg; 250 mg-1000 mg; or 1000 mg-2500 mg.
The dose (i.e., amount) of therapeutic agent per unit area of surface to which the agent is applied may be in the range of about 0.01 g/min'-1 g/mm2; I g/mmZ-10 g/mm2; 10 g/mmz-250 g/mmZ; 250 g/min2-1000 g/mmz; or 1000 g/mm2 -2500 g/mm2.
[0231] Provided below are exemplary dosage ranges for angiogenesis inhibitors and paclitaxel and analogues and derivatives thereof, i.e., preferred therapeutic agents that can be used in conjunction with compositions of the present invention for the repair of cartilage. (A) Angiogenesis inhibitors include without limitation, alphastatin, ZD-6474, IDN-5390, SB-2723005, ABT-518, coinbretastatin, anecortane, and analogues and derivatives thereof. The total dose of angiogenesis inhibitors in the composition is typically not to exceed 200 mg (range of 0.1 g to 200 mg), with a preferred total dose in the range of 1 g to 100 mg. The dose per unit area (e.g., when used on a tissue or implant surface) of angiogenesis inhibitors is typically in the range of 0.01 g-100 g per mm2, with a preferred dose per unit area in the range of 0.1 g/ mmZ-20 gg/ mm2. (B) Paclitaxel and analogues and derivatives (e.g., docetaxel) typically have a total dose in the composition not to exceed 10 mg (range of 0.1 g to mg), with a preferred total dose in the range of of 1 g to 3 mg. The dose per unit area (e.g., when used on a tissue or implant surface) of paclitaxel, its analogues and derivatives, is typically in the range of 0.1 .g-10 g per mm2, with a preferred dose per unit area in the range of 0.25 g/ mmZ-5 .g/
inm2.
[0232] Other active agents for use in the compositions of the present invention are small molecules including but not limited to dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-0-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NAME (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof, cytokines, such as TNFa, NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-(3, IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transfoi-ming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives of such growth factors.
Members of the TGF supergene family include the beta transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF-(31, TGF-[32, TGF-P3); bone morphogenetic proteins (e.g., BMP-1, BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7, BMP-8, BMP-9); heparin-binding growth factors (e.g., fibroblast growth factor (FGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF)); inhibins (e.g., inhibin A, inhibin B); growth differentiating factors (e.g., GDF-1); and activins (e.g., activin A, activin B, activin AB). Growth factors can be isolated from native or natural sources, such as from mammalian cells, or can be prepared synthetically, such as by recombinant DNA techniques or by various chemical processes. In addition, analogues, fragments, or derivatives of these factors can be used, provided that they exhibit at least some of the biological activity of the native molecule. For example, analogues can be prepared by expression of genes altered by site-specific mutagenesis or other genetic engineering techniques.
[0233] Bone morpllogenic proteins (e.g., BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof) are to be used in formulations at concentrations that range from 0.0001 g/mL to approximately 25 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, formulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, type of medical device interface and formulation volume and or surface area coverage required. Preferably, the bone morphogenic protein is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days. The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 30 mg (range of 0.001 g to 30 mg); preferred 1 g to 20 mg and the dose per unit area of tissue is in the range of 0.001 .g-1000 g per mm2; with a preferred dose of 0.01 gg/mm2-200 gg/mm2. Minimum concentration of 10-9-10-' M
of bone morphogenic protein is to be maintained on the device surface.
[0234] Cytokines useful in the method of the present invention include without limitation, cytokines such as TNFa, NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-(3, IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transforming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, and biologically active analogues, fraginents, and derivatives of such growth factors, members of the TGF
supergene family including the beta transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF-(31, TGF-02, TGF-(33).
Cytokines are preferably used in the compositions of the present invention at concentrations that range from 0.0001 g/mL to approximately 20 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, foirnulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, and formulation volume and/or surface area coverage required.
Preferably, the cytokine and/or growth factor is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days.
The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 100 mg (range of 0.0001 .g to 100 mg); preferred 0.00 1 g to 30 mg. When used on a tissue or implant surface, the dose per unit area is in the range of 0.0001 gg-500 g per mmz; with a preferred dose of 0.001 g/mmz-200 g/mm2. The minimum concentration of inflammatory cytokine to be maintained on a tissue or implant surface is in the range of 10-10-10-4 g/mL.
[0235] Furthermore, the composition may alone or additionally comprise an agent that stimulates processes involving tissue regeneration including but not limited to cellular proliferation, cell migration, and/or cell adhesion. Examples include: dexamethasone, RGD (Arg-Gly-Asp) sequence, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-(3-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NAME (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof. Doses used are those concentrations which are demonstrated to stimulate cell proliferation (see, Examples 8-13), migration (see, Example 14) and/or cell adhesion and/or other processes involved in tissue regeneration. The agents are to be used in formulations at concentrations that range from 0.1 .g to 25 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, formulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, type of medical device interface and formulation volume and or surface area coverage required. Preferably, the agent is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days. The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 200 ing (range of 0.0001 g to 200 mg); preferred 0.001 g to 100 mg. When used on a tissue or implant surface, the dose is per unit area is in the range of 0.00001 g-500 g per mmz; with a preferred dose in the range of 0.0001 g/mm2-200 g/mm2. The minimum concentration of proliferative agent to be maintained on a tissue or implant surface is in the range of 10"11-10"6 M.
[0236] Biologically active agents may be incorporated into the composition by admixture.
Alternatively, the agents may be incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix by binding these agents to the functional groups on the synthetic polymers. Processes for covalently binding biologically active agents such as growth factors using functionally activated polyethylene glycols are described in commonly owned U.S. Patent No. 5,162,430 to Rhee et al. Such compositions preferably include linkages that can be easily biodegraded, for example as a result of enzymatic degradation, resulting in the release of the active agent into the target tissue, where it will exert its desired therapeutic effect.
[0237] A siinple method for incorporating biologically active agents containing nucleophilic groups into the crosslinked polymer composition involves mixing the active agent with a polyelectrophilic component prior to addition of the polynucleophilic component.
[0238] By varying the relative molar amounts of the different components of the crosslinkable composition, it is possible to alter the net charge of the resulting crosslinked polymer composition, in order to prepare a matrix for the delivery of a charged coinpound such as a protein or ionizable drug.
As such, the delivery of charged proteins or drugs, which would normally diffuse rapidly out of a neutral carrier matrix, can be controlled.
[0239] For example, if a molar excess of a polynucleophilic component is used, the resulting matrix has a net positive charge and can be used to ionically bind and deliver negatively charged compounds.
Examples of negatively charged compounds that can be delivered from these matrices include various drugs, cells, proteins, and polysaccharides. Negatively charged collagens, such as succinylated collagen, and glycosaminoglycan derivatives such as sodium hyaluronate, keratan sulfate, keratosulfate, sodium chondroitin sulfate A, sodium derinatan sulfate B, sodiuin chondroitin sulfate C, heparin, esterified chondroitin sulfate C, and esterified heparin, can be effectively incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix as described above.
[0240] If a molar excess of a polyelectrophilic component is used, the resulting matrix has a net negative charge and can be used to ionically bind and deliver positively charged compounds.
Exainples of positively charged compounds that can be delivered from these matrices include various drugs, cells, proteins, and polysaccharides. Positively charged collagens, such as methylated collagen, and glycosaminoglycan derivatives such as esterified deacetylated hyaluronic acid, esterified deacetylated desulfated chondroitin sulfate A, esterified deacetylated desulfated chondroitin sulfate C, deacetylated desulfated keratan sulfate, deacetylated desulfated keratosulfate, esterified desulfated heparin, and chitosan, can be effectively incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix as described above.
[0241] Varying the relative molar amounts of the different components of the crosslinkable composition may be used to alter the crosslinked compositions mechanical properties.
[0242] The compositions can also be prepared to contain various colorants or imaging agents such as synthetic dyes and natural coloring agents, light emissive and fluorescent dyes, iodine or barium sulfate, or fluorine, in order to aid visualization of the compositions after administration via optical, X-ray or 19F-MRI detection means. Suitable colorants include, but are not limited to, FD&C dyes and FD&C lakes, (e.g., allura red AC, amaranth, brilliant blue FCF, quinoline yellow, sunset yellow FCF), black PN, Bordeaux B, Brown FK, Brown HT, canthaxanthin, carmine, carmoisine, beetroot red, chlorophyll, conchineal, curcumin, eosin, erythrosine, green S, ponceau 4R, red 2G, saffron, tartrazine, turmeric, and mixtures thereo~ Examples of light-emissive and fluorescent dyes include:
fluorescein, rose bengal, indocyanine green, analogue members of the tricarbocyanine dyes; and many others. In selecting a suitable dye, color and luminescent efficiency are two important factors.
Luminescent dyes found particularly suitable include cyanine and related polymethine dyes, merocyanine, styryl and oxonol dyes. Other suitable coloring agents, light-emissive dyes, and fluorescent dyes will be obvious to those skilled in the art. It may also be desirable to incorporate proteins such as albumin, fibrin, or fibrinogen into the crosslinked polymer composition to promote cellular adhesion. In addition, the introduction of hydrocolloids such as carboxymethylcellulose may promote tissue adhesion.
XVI. CROSSLINKING OF THE COMPOSITION:
[0243] Any number of crosslinking techniques may be used to effect crosslinking of the aforementioned compositions. Generally, however, components A, B and optionally C are selected such that crosslinking occurs fairly rapidly upon admixture of all components of the crosslinkable composition with an aqueous medium.
[0244] For crosslinking compositions in which one or more components contain hydroxyl and/or thiol groups as nucleophilic moieties, the aqueous medium with which the crosslinking composition (or components thereof) are adinixed should contain a basic reagent that is effective to increase the nucleophilic reactivity of the hydroxyl and/or thiol group (and thus the rate of the nucleophile-electrophile reactions) but that is preferably non-nucleophilic so as to avoid reaction with any electrophilic groups present. A catalytic amount of base can be used, and/or a base-containing buffer.
In an alternative embodiment, a reactive base can be used that participates as a reactant in the crosslinking reaction.
[0245] In general, the combined concentration of all crosslinkable components in the aqueous admixture will be in the range of about I to 50 wt.%, generally about 2 to 40 wt.%; however, a preferred concentration of the crosslinkable composition in the aqueous medium, as well as the preferred concentration of each crosslinkable component therein, will depend on a number of factors including the type of component, its molecular weight, and the end use of the composition. For example, use of higher concentrations of the crosslinkable components, or using highly functionalized components, will result in the formation of a more tightly crosslinked network, producing a stiffer, more robust gel. As such, compositions intended for use in tissue augmentation will generally employ concentrations of crosslinkable components that fall toward the higher end of the preferred concentration range. The appropriate concentration of each crosslinkable component can easily be optimized to achieve a desired gelation time and gel strength using routine experimentation.
[0246] Using the composition disclosed above, elastic modulus values ranging from approximately 2 N/cmz to approximately 40 N/cmZ have been observed during in viti o testing.
Average tensile strengths ranging from 1.5 N/cm2 to 70 N/cm' have been observed in tests using an INSTRON
testing apparatus.
XII. KITS
[0247] In one aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the kit comprises: (a) a first hydrophilic polyiner; (b) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m> 2; and (c) a crosslinkable component B
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n? 2 and m + n> 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the coinponents results in a biocompatible, noniimnunogenic, crosslinked inatrix.
[0248] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, each of components A and B
comprise polyalkeleneoxide. In a more preferred embodiment, the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene oxide).
Within the kit, it is contemplated that components A and B may be the same or different.
Components A and B may also be in admixture in a liquid or a solid form.
[0249] In yet another aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises a device for mixing (a), (b), and (c) and delivering (a), (b), and (c) or a partial reaction product thereof to the dainaged cartilage or other connective tissue. The device may be configured to spray material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage tissue, muscle, periosteum, ligament, tendon fat, and/or soft tissue implant. For example, the device may be configured to deliver material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage or other connective tissue as a liquid, gel, or suspension.
[0250] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, the first hydrophilic polymer is inethylated collagen dissolved or suspended in aqueous solution of pH less than 7.
[0251] In still a further aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises an additional component (d), which comprises an aqueous solution of pH greater than 7.
[0252] In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the kit comprises: (a) an aqueous solution of methylated collagen, the solution having a pH of less than 7; (b) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (c) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein (b) and (c) are in admixture in solid forin; and (d) an aqueous solution having a pH of greater than 7.
[0253] In one embodiment of the kit, there is included one PEG pouch, one collagen pouch, and one buffer pouch. Within this kit, the PEG pouch is comprised of PEG in a 50:50 mixture of two synthetic polymers, both approximately 10,000 MW: pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) either tetra succinimidyl glutarate (COH102) and pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) ether tetra-thiol (COH206); the collagen pouch is contains one syringe filled with 20-22 ing/inL
methylated bovine collagen in sodium acetate/sodium chloride solution at pH 3.5 to 4.0; and the buffer pouch contains one syringe filled with sodium phosphate and sodium carbonate, pH 9.6 comprised of 120 mM
sodium phosphate and 180 mM sodium bicarbonate.
[0254] It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the preferred specific embodiments thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications will be apparent to those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents, patent applications, patent publications, journal articles and other references cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
EXPERIMENTAL
[0255] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the compounds of the invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.) but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in C and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[0256] From the foregoing description of the embodiments of the invention and fi=om the following examples, it will be appreciated that although specific embodiments and examples of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention; accordingly, the invention is not limited by the description fo the embodiinents or the examples as set forth herein.
[02571 In the following examples, the term "NHS-PEG" refers to pentaerythritol tetrakis[1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene)] ether, also known as tetra functional succiniinidyl glutarate PEG (i.e., a four-armed NHS-PEG) with a molecular weight of 10,000.
The term "HS-PEG"
refers to pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene)] ether, also known as tetra functional thiol PEG (i.e., a four-armed thiol PEG) with a molecular weight of 10,000. Both NHS-PEG and HS-PEG are available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI.
GELATION OF NIIS-PEG AND HS-PEG
[0258] A homogenous mixture of NHS-PEG and HS-PEG was obtained by mixing approximately equal amounts of the two powders. A 20% (w/v) solution of mixed PEG powder was then prepared by dissolving the powder in diluted HC1. The obtained solution (pH 2.1) was then cosprayed with an equal volume of a 300 mM sodium phosphate/sodium carbonate buffer (pH 9.6).
Gelation occurred almost immediately (< 3 sec) and the gel obtained its firin, rubbery, solid properties in less than a minute with a total solid content of approximately 10% PEG.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND METHYLATED COLLAGEN
[0259] A crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution of NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and a methylated collagen (MC). The acidic paste (pH 3-4) containing 10% NHS-PEG, 10% HS-PEG, and 22 mg/mL of MC spontaneously gelled when mixed with an equal volume of 0.3 M
phosphate/carbonate solution (pH 9.6). Gelation occurred within seconds to form a strong hydrogel that adheres well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution. As previously noted, the combination ofNHS-PEG (10K), HS-PEG (10K), and MC is associated with the tradenaine CHONDROGELTM.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND MC ON A TISSUE SAMPLE
[02601 A crosslinked hydrogel (i.e., CHONDROGELTM) was formed froin an acidic solution of NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and a methylated collagen (MC). The acidic paste (pH 3-4) containing 10%
NHS-PEG, 10% HS-PEG, and 22 mg/mL of MC was applied onto a tissue and shaped with a spatula to its desired form. In a subsequent step, a smaller volume of 0.3 M
phosphate/carbonate solution (pH
9.6) than that used in Example 2 was applied (via spraying or dropping) to the paste. Gelation of the paste started immediately and continued as the 0.3 M phosphate/carbonate solution diffused into the tissue. Within a few minutes, a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution was fonned on the tissue.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG AND MC
[0261] 10 % w/v of NHS-.PEG was mixed with MC at a concentration of 19 mg/ml and pH 3-4 to form a homogenous stable acidic solution. This solution spontaneously formed a three-dimensional matrix when mixed with 0.3 M phosphate/carbonate pH 9.6 solution. The basic solution activated the amines from the MC, which then reacted with the SG (succinimidyl glutarate) groups to form the ainide bonds. The gelation occurred within seconds to form a strong biomaterial that adhered well to the tissue and did not swell after 24 hours of immersion in saline solution.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION FOR THE REPAIR OF LATERAL MENISCUS
[0262] To repair the lateral meniscus in a patient, the patient is placed in a supine position with the knee of the affected leg positioned at a 90-degree angle to facilitate access to the lateral ineniscus during the fixation and/or suturing procedures. The supine position is the most convenient position to make a posterolateral skin incision if inside-out suturing is done.
[0263] For the surgical exposure, standard anteromedial and anterolateral portals are made. The following landmarks are used to identify the correct position of the arthroscopic portals: the anterolateral portal is placed 1 cin superior to the distal pole patella and a thumb's breadth lateral to the patella; the anteromedial portal is placed at the level of the distal pole of the patella and a tliumb's breadth medial to the patella.
[0264] During the surgical procedure the surgeon may require accessory portals in order to obtain the desired view or access. Portals slightly higher and more medial and lateral to the "normal" position have been shown to be useful. If anatomy dictates, such as with a prominent tibial spine, a midline transpatellar tendon portal miglit be useful to get optimal access to the most posterior aspect of the meniscus during suturing.
[0265] Several options are available for repairing a meniscus. A fairly standard and well-established technique involves the inside-out suture technique using the SHARPSHOOTER
Tissue Repair System (ReGen Biologics, Franklin Lakes, N.J.) or a hand-held zone specific cannulae. An alternative method, which to date has limited clinical experience, involves an all-inside suture fixation technique. Both techniques are described below in detail.
[0266] The Inside-Out Technique:
[0267] To conduct the inside-out technique for the repair of a lateral meniscus, a posterolateral skin incision is necessary in order to assist in the identification and capture of the needles during the lateral inside-out suturing procedure and to ensure the proper identification and protection of neurovascular structures. The incision should be approximately 3-5 cm in length, 1/3 above, and 2/3 below the lateral joint line and in the interval between the posterior edge of the iliotibial band and the anterior edge of the biceps tendon. The incision is deepened with blunt dissection until the capsule is reached.
A tissue protection spoon retractor is placed in the incision as deeply as possible. This instrument will help to protect the neurovascular structures while the suture needles are passed from the inside of the joint to the lateral outer aspects of the knee.
[0268] Next, CHONDROGELTM is injected into the meniscal defect at an amount approximated to fill the defect, preferably with an 18G needle; any excess CHONDROGELTM will be displaced out of the meniscus. As previously noted, CHONDROGELTM, available from Angiotech Biomaterials Corp.
(Palo Alto, CA) is the tradename for a combination of a 4-armed thiol PEG
(10K), a 4-armed NHS
PEG(10K), and metliylated collagen. By using the SHARPSHOOTEROx Tissue Repair System, or conventional inside-out suturing cannulae, the meniscus is sutured together with size 2-0 braided polyester. The suturing can be done either from the posterior to the anterior end of the implant or vice versa. A change of suturing direction during the suturing procedure is not recommended. The first horizontal suture is placed either in the anterior or posterior aspect of the meniscus defect. Using a double-armed suture, the first arm is typically placed into the intact meniscus remnant and the second arm into the torn meniscus. Vertical mattress sutures are used throughout the entire length of the implant, other than the ends where inattress sutures are used. Sutures should be placed every 4-5 mm.
[0269] When using the SHARPSHOOTER Tissue Repair System, it is helpful to advance the needle of the second arm about 2 mm out of the cannula before placing the stitch. With the advanced needle, the torn meniscus can be picked up approximately mid-width. With the application of slight posterior pressure, the proper positioning of the iinplant is assured before advancing the needle. Care must be taken to ensure that the two arms of the sutures are pulled together at the same time to avoid any sawing action of the suture on the torn fragment.
[0270] After placement of all sutures, the sutures should be tied over the capsule through the posterolateral skin incision while the torn fragment remains under visual control of the arthroscope.
When tying the sutures, the tension should allow apposition of torn meniscus to the meniscus rim.
Direct visualization can help to assure that the sutures are tied with correct tension.
[0271] The All-Inside Fixation Technique:
[0272] The all-inside fixation technique does not require additional skin incisions over those required for the inside-out suturing described above.
[0273] A standard curve FAST-FIX fi=om Smith & Nephew (London, GB) is used in this procedure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The white plastic sheath that acts as a depth guard typically should be cut to 16 mm before insertion into the joint. This length should be adequate to allow the tip of the device to penetrate the torn mensicus and the meniscus rim while preventing the tip from jeopardizing the neurovascular structures.
[0274] With the torn fragment positioned properly in the meniscus defect, the torn fragment can be attached to the meniscus rim similar to that noted above for the inside-out suture technique.
Horizontal pattern stitches should be placed in the anterior and posterior end, and vertical pattern stitches should be placed over the remainder of the torn fragment. The FAST-FIX first penetrates the torn fragment with the curve pointed posteriorly toward the neurovascular structures. The device is then rotated 180 degrees so the curve points anteriorly away from the neurovascular structures as it is advanced and penetrates the meniscus rim. When the tip can be felt to penetrate the meniscus rim, or when the depth guard prevents furtller penetration, the thumb slide is advanced so that the first fixation implant, TI, is deployed froin the needle. The FAST-FIX needle is then backed out of the tissue and into the joint carefully to assure that TI is secure against the peripheral meniscus rim.
While the tip of the FAST-FIX can be visualized, the thumb slide is advanced to position the second implant, T2, at the tip of the needle. Care must be taken not to allow the sutures to become tangled during this maneuver. The FAST-FIX needle is then passed into the host meniscus rim, either vertically or horizontally as noted above. When the tip can be felt to penetrate the meniscus rim, the thumb slide is advanced so that T2 is deployed from the needle. The FAST-FIXOx device is then completely removed from the joint with care to assure that the suture end also is exteriorized. Under direct arthroscopic visualization, the suture is tightened down either by hand or with the assistance of a knot pusher. Care should be taken not to over tighten the suture otherwise the torn fragment could be cut by a too tight suture. Using the suture cutter or arthroscopic scissors, the suture is cut just proximal to the knot. This procedure is repeated to place as many fixation devices as necessary to obtain a complete and secure fixation.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION FOR THE REPAIR OF MEDIAL MENSICUS
[0275] Preoperative surgical planning for the repair of a medial mensicus is based on clinical, radiographic and MRI examinations. For the repair a medial ineniscus, the patient is placed in a supine position witl- the knee of the affected leg positioned at a 90 degree angle to facilitate access to the medial meniscus during the later-stage suturing procedure and also to facilitate retrieval of the needles from the posteromedial skin incision.
[0276] For the surgical exposure, standard anteromedial and anterolateral portals are made. The following landmarks are used to identify the correct position of the artllroscopic portals: the anterolateral portal is placed 1 cm superior to the distal pole patella and a thuinb's breadth lateral to the patella; the anteromedial portal is placed at the level of the distal pole of the patella and a thumb's breadth inedial to the patella.
[0277] During the surgical procedure the surgeon may require accessory portals in order to obtain the desired view or access. Portals slightly higher and more medial and lateral to the "normal" position have been shown to be useful. If anatoiny dictates, such as a proininent tibial spine, a midline transpatellar tendon portal might be useful to get optimal access to the most posterior aspect of the meniscus during suturing.
[0278] For the preparation of the implant bed, the site should be roughened by using an awl or rasping instrument to which the CHONDROGELTM may be applied through the scope portal or directly to the defect site.
[0279] The Inside-Out Technique:
[0280] To perform the inside-out technique for the repair of a medial meniscus, a posteromedial skin incision is necessary in order to assist in the identification and capture of the needles during the later stage inside-out suturing procedure and to ensure the proper identification and protection of neurovascular structures. The incision should be approximately 3-5 cm in length, 1/3 above and 2/3 below the joint line, and parallel to the posterior margin of the medial collateral ligament. Once the incision is made, attempts should be made to identify and isolate the infrapatellar branch of the saphenous neive. The incision is deepened with blunt dissection until the capsule is reached. A tissue protection spoon retractor is placed in the incision as deeply as possible;
this instrument will help to protect the neurovascular structures while the suture needles are passed from the inside of the joint to the medial outer aspects of the knee.
[0281] To suture the meniscus, CHONDROGELTM is applied to the open defect in an amount approximated to fill the open defect; any excess CHONDROGELTM will be displaced out of the meniscus. By using conventional inside-out suturing cannulae, or the SHARPSHOOTEROx Tissue Repair System, the defect is sutured to the remaining meniscus with size 2-0 braided polyester. The first horizontal suture is either placed in the anterior or posterior aspect of the meniscus defect. Using a double-armed suture, the first arm is typically placed into the native meniscus remnant and the second arm into the torn meniscus. Vertical mattress sutures are used tlu=ougliout the entire length of the implant. The sutures should be placed midway between the inner and outer margins of the meniscus. This technique provides the greatest resistance to the sutures cutting through the implant.
Sutures should be placed every 4-5 min.
[0282] When using the SHARPSHOOTER Tissue Repair Systein it is helpful to advance the needle of the second arm about 2 mm out of the cannula before placing the stitch. With the advanced needle, the torn meniscus can be picked up approximately mid-width. With the application of slight posterior pressure the proper positioning of the meniscus is assured before advancing the needle.
[0283] If a suture is improperly placed, it should be removed and reinserted.
The tissue protection spoon retractor should be used at the medial incision to facilitate identification and capture of the needles. Care should be taken to avoid damage to the surrounding neurovascular structures. After placement of all sutures, they should be tied over the capsule through the medial skin incision while the repair remains under visual control of the arthroscope. When tying the sutures, the tension should allow apposition of the defect, but the sutures should not be tied tightly like a meniscus repair suture.
The direct visualization will help to assure that the sutures are tied with correct tension.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION IN MICROFRACTURE SURGICAL TECHNIQUE
[0284] Microfracture is a surgical technique developed to treat chondral defects, i.e., damaged areas of the articular cartilage of the knee. It is commonly performed in patients with fiill thickness damage to the articular cartilage that proceeds to the bone. The procedure allows bone maiTow and blood to enter the site, which will then result in tissue regeneration on the chondral surface. There are two probleins with the microfracture technique to date: trying to keep the formed clot in place and the quality of the cartilage that regenerates. Once the microfracture technique is performed, it often fails because the established marrow clot dislodges into the joint.
[0285] Another important aspect of the microfrature procedure that warrants careful consideration is the quality of the cartilage that requires regeneration. Ideally, the new cartilage that forms should not be infiltrated with blood vessels; if blood vessels infiltrate the cartilage, an inferior fibrocartilage will result.
[0286] To prevent bone marrow, blood, and associated growth factors from leaving the site of the microfracture and also to prevent angiogenesis, CHONDROGELT"' alone or CHONDROGELTM
loaded with paclitaxel or otlier angiogenesis inhibitors should be applied to the microfracture site as explained in the following animal model procedure..
[0287] Pigs are anesthesized using standard techniques and maintained on anesthesia. One knee joint is aseptically prepared and using appropriate surgical techniques to allow recovery of the animal. A
poi-tion of the articular cartilage is exposed and removed. The amount of tissue removed is similar to that found in human defects. The size of the defect should be the same in each animal. Multiple holes, or microfi=actures, are then made through the cartilage into the bone approximately 3-4 mm apart. Bone marrow and blood will well up to fill the boles and flow into the defect to form a clot.
Following this procedure, the area is left alone (control) or CHONDROGELTM
and/or CHONDROGELTM plus paclitaxel at various concentrations in separate animal groups is applied to the area. The CHONDROGELTM is applied to the general site of the defect above the series of holes and clot. The amount of material applied will depend on the area coverage of the holes and may range from 0.05 mL to approximately 0.75 mL. The CHONDROGELTM can either be applied according to Example 2 or it can be applied according to Example 3 in which the PEG/methylated collagen is applied to the site and once it is deemed to be where desired, the basic buffer is dripped on top of the PEG/inethylated collagen composition to produce the crosslinked matrix.
Concentrations of paclitaxel may range between 0.1 mg/mL to about 1.0 mg/mL.
[0288] Following the procedure, the area is cleaned, and the tissues are sutured in layers using standard surgical technique. The procedure may also be done arthroscopically.
The animals are then recovered. At various time intervals (e.g., 2 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, and possibly longer), the animals are sacrificed, and the microfracture site exposed and visually assessed for healing. Sections are then taken for histological analysis to assess the extent of healing and to differentiate the production of normal cartilage from fibrocartilage. The groups showing the best healing with no fibrocartilage indicate the appropriate dose of paclitaxel to use for clinical assessment.
[0289] To test the procedure clinically, the microfracture procedure is done arthroscopically in patients who are chosen with a full thickness defect in the knee cartilage, which is a defect that extends down to the bone. After the diagnosis of a chondral defect is made through an appropriate clinical exam and investigation, it is reasonable to surgically intervene.
Three standard portals are made about the knee, to accomadate the inflow canula, the arthroscope, and the working instruments.
A tourniquet is not used during the mircrofractue procedure. A thorough inspection of all the geographic regions of the knee is carried out through the arthroscope (including suprapatellar pouch the medial and lateral gutters, the patellofermoral joint, the intercondylar notch and its contents, and the medial and lateral compartments including the posterior horns of both menisci). If other procedures are being carried out during the same surgery (e.g., ligament reconstruction), the microfracture technique should be the last procedure.
[0290] During the procedure, carefully assess the full tllickness of the cartilage lesion and debride the exposed bone of all remaining unstable cartilage; this can be done with a hand held curved curette and a fiill radius resector. Along with any unstable cartilage, any calcified cartilage layer that remains as a cap to any lesions must also be removed. Care must be taken to preserve the subchondral plate by not debriding too deeply. The prepared surgical lesion should have stable perpendicular edges of healthy well-attached viable cartilage surrounding the defect, which provides a reservoir to hold the marrow "super clot."
[0291] An arthroscopic awl is used to make multiple holes or "microfractures"
in the exposed subchondral bone plate. The awl used should have an angle that perinits the top to be perpendicular to the bone as it is advanced, typically 30 to 45 degrees, with 90 degrees used for the patella. The holes are made as close together as possible, but not so close that one breaks into another damaging the subchondral bone. Usually the holes will be 3 to 4 min apart. The appropriate depth will generate fat droplets from the marrow cavity, often when a depth of 2 to 4 mm is reached.
Microfractures are first started along the periphery, then along the stable cai-tilage, and then towards the center of the lesion.
Once the surface is prepared, the arthroscopic irrigation fluid puinp pressure is reduced; the preparation is adequate when marrow is emanating from all the mircrofracture holes.
CHONDROGELTM is then applied over the lesion, sealing in the marrow-rich clot and all its elements. Intraarticular drains should not be used.
[0292] In the case of chronic degenerative chondral lesions, the bone is often eburnated and sclerosed, making it difficult to do adequate microfracture procedure. The same process is carried out as above, but often the rim of cartilage is too thin and is not adequate hold the marrow clot. In this case, the microfracture technique is again carried out as described above with CHONDROGELTM
applied to stabilize the marrow clot in place after the procedure.
[0293] CHONDROGELTM with or without paclitaxel is placed over the microfracture areas. The optimal amount of CHONDROGELTM and concentrations of paclitaxel used will have been determined from preclinical studies. The marrow-rich clot is the basis for the new tissue formation;
the clot eventually matures into firm repair tissue that becomes smooth and durable. Since the maturing process is gradual, it may take two to six months after the procedure for the patient to experience improvement in the pain and function of the knee. Thus, a second look may be performed to assess healing at a prescribed interval between 2 and 6 months.
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF CYCLOSPORIN A ON CELL
PROLIFERATION
[0294] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Cyclosporin A is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10"2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and cyclosporin A are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0295] To terminate the assay, the media is reinoved by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTOx 400X GR dye indicator (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to 1X
Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima.
Activation of proliferation is deterinined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO control. See, FIG. 11 and the following reference: IN VITRO
TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH. HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF DEXAMETHASONE ON CELL
PROLIFERATION
[0296] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Fibroblasts at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in inedia in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Dexainethasone is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 gL/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing fibroblasts and dexamethasone are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0297] To terminate the assay, the inedia is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTOO 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L
of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room teinperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 12 and the following references: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF
ALL-TRANS RETINOIC ACID ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0298] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. All-trans retinoic acid is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-' M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10-8 M to 10"2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/wel1. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and all-trans retinoic acid are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0299] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTO 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at rooin teinperature, protected froin light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 13 and the following reference: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HisTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993);
ANAL. BioCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF ISOTRETINOIN ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0300] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in inedia in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Isotretinoin is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10-8 M to 10-2 M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and isotretinoin are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0301] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1 X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L
of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nrn emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 14 and the following references: IN vITRo ToxICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
PROLIFERATION
[0302] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Fibroblasts at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates, and allowed to attachment overnight. 17-0-estradiol is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"' M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing fibroblasts and 17-l3-estradiol are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0303] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 ininutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
coiltrol. See FIG. 15 and the following references: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HiSTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOC14EM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF
la,25-DIHYDROXY-ViTAMIN D3 ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0304] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stiinulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. 1 a,25-Dihydroxy-vitamin D3 is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10-2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and 1a,25-Dihydroxy-vitamin D3 are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0305] To terininate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 16 and the following references: IN VITRO TOxICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); and ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF PDGF ON SMOOTH MUSCLE CELL
MIGRATION
[0306] An in viti=o assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) migration. Primary human smooth muscle cells are starved of serum in smooth muscle cell basal media containing insulin and human basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) for 16 hours prior to the assay. For the migration assay, cells are trypsinized to remove cells from flasks, washed with migration media and diluted to a concentration of 2-2.5 X 105 cells/mL in migration media. Migration media consists of phenol red free Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 0.35%
human serum albumin. A 100 gL volume of smooth muscle cells (approximately 20,000-25,000 cells) is added to the top of a Boyden chamber assembly (Cheinicon QCM
Chemotaxis 96-well migration plate). To the bottom wells, the chemotactic agent, recombinant human platelet derived growtli factor (rhPDGF-BB) is added at a concentration of 10 ng/mL in a total volume of 150 L.
Paclitaxel is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10"2 M and serially diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M). Paclitaxel is added to cells by directly adding paclitaxel DMSO stock solutions, prepared earlier, at a 1/1000 dilution, to the cells in the top chamber. Plates are incubated for 4 hours to allow cell migration.
[0307] At the end of the 4-hour period, cells in the top chamber are discarded and the smooth muscle cells attached to the underside of the filter are detached for 30 minutes at 37 C in Cell Detachment Solution (Chemicon). Dislodged cells are lysed in lysis buffer containing the DNA binding CYQUANTOO GR dye and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes.
Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima.
Relative fluorescence units from triplicate wells are averaged after subtracting background fluorescence (control chamber without chemoattractant) and average number of cells migrating is obtained from a standard curve of smooth muscle cells serially diluted from 25,000 cells/well down to 98 cells/well. Inhibitory concentration of 50% (IC50) is determined by comparing the average number of cells inigrating in the presence of paclitaxel to the positive control (smooth muscle cell chemotaxis in response to rhPDGF-BB). See, FIG. 17 and the following references:
BIOTECHNIQUES 29: 81 (2000) and J. IMMUNOL METHODS 254: 85 (2001).
COLLAGEN SYNTHESIS ASSAY
[0308] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance promotes deposition of extracellular matrix (ECM). Normal human dermal fibroblasts were trypzanized, then re-plated in medium containing ascorbic acid-2-phosphate at 150,000 cells per well in a 12-well plate. The cells were cultured at 37 C and 5% COZ for 2-3 weeks with media changes every three days so that they formed a 3-D inatrix of cells and collagen. After 14-21 days of culture, the medium was replaced with serum free medium and the cells allowed to rest for 24 hours.
[0309] Drug was diluted in DMSO at 10"2 M and then diluted 10 fold to give a range of stock concentrations from 10"2M to 10"8M. Drug was then diluted 1000 times in fresh serum free medium and added to the wells in a total volume of 3 ml per well. The plate(s) were then incubated for 72 hrs at 37 C. After 721irs the inedia was removed from the wells and put into inicrocentrifuge tubes and frozen at -20 C until assayed.
[0310] The amount of collagen synthesized was measured using a Procollagen Type 1 C-Peptide (PIP) EIA (enzyme immunoassay) kit (Takara Bio Inc., Shiga, Japan), where the amount of collagen produced is stoichiometrically represented by the ainount of pro-peptide cleaved froin the collagen when it is secreted. Anti-PIP monoclonal antibodies are immobilized on an ELISA (enzyme-linked immonsorbant assay) plate, the samples added and then a second PIP monoclonal antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase is added to the wells and incubated. Following incubation the wells are washed, a substrate solution is added and the absorbance measured in a plate reader at 450 nm and compared to a standard curve of PIP (ng/ml).
MENISCAL TEAR ANIMAL MODEL
[0311] This example describes an in vivo method to create a meniscal tear in a porcine joint and application of a formulation to assess for healing. Domestic farm pigs weighing 30 to 40 kg are anesthetized with an IM injection of ketamin/xylazine and atropine.
Anaesthesia is maintained by inhalation with isoflurane. The skin over one knee joint is cleaned and sterilized with an antiseptic solution. The knee capsule is exposed using a lateral skin incision. The capsule is entered taking care not to injure the collateral and cruciate ligaments and the articular cartilage. A fi-ll thickness longitudinal incision is created in the avascular part of the lateral meniscus. Approximately 0.2-0.5 ml of the sterile, biocompatible formulation is applied into the incision. The knee capsule, the surrounding tissue and the skin is closed in layers. The animal is recovered and returned to the holding facility. Analgesics and antibiotics are given at the end of the surgical procedure. Walking behavior is monitored daily. Analgesics and anti-inflammatory drugs may be given to control swelling and pain.
[0312] The animals are sacrificed 4-8 weeks after the procedure. The animals are anesthetised and euthanized with an IV injection of Euthanyl. The meniscus is be harvested for histology processing in order to assess healing after the different treatment regiinens.
PREPARATION OF DRUG LOADED MICROSPHERES BY SPRAY DRYING
[0313] 3.6 grams of inethoxy poly(ethylene glyco15000)-block-(poly (DL-lactide) (65:35 MePEG5000:PDLLA) was dissolved in 200 mL methylene chloride. 400 mg of paclitaxel (PTX)) was added and the resulting solution was spray dried. Conditions: inlet temperature 50 C, outlet temperature < 39 C, aspirator 100%, flow rate 700 mL/hr. The collected microspheres were dried under vacuum at room temperature overnight to produce uniform spherical pai-ticles having size ranges of less than about 10 microns (typically about 0.5 to about 2 microns).
PTX-LOADED MICROSPHERES (< 10 MICRON) BY THE W/O/W EMULSION PROCESS
[03141 100 ml of freshly prepared 10% polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) solution was added into a 600 mL
beaker. The acidified PVA solution was stirred at 2000 rpm for 30 minutes.
Meanwhile, a solution of 80 mg PTX and 800 mg MePEG5000-PDLLA (65:35) in 20 mL dichloromethane was prepared. The polyiner/dichloromethane solution was added dropwise to the PVA solution while stirring at 2000 rpm with a Fisher Dyna-Mix stirrer. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to stir for an additiona145 ininutes. The microsphere solution was transferred to several disposable graduated polypropylene conical centrifuge tubes, washed with deionized water, and centrifuged at 2600 rpm for 10 minutes. The aqueous layer was decanted and the washing, centrifuging, and decanting was repeated 3 times. The combined, washed microspheres were freeze-dried and vacuum dried to remove any excess water.
PTX-CONTAINING MICELLES
[03151 MePEG2000 (41 g) and MePEG2000-PDLLA (60:40) (410 g) were combined in a vessel and heated to 75 C with stirring. After the polymers were completely melted and mixed, the temperature was decreased to 55 C. Meanwhile, a PTX solution in tetrahydrofuran (46 g/200 rnL) was prepared and poured into the polymer solution under constant stirring. Stirring was continued for an additional hour. The PTX-containing micelles were dried at 50 C under vacuum to remove solvent and were ground on a 2 min mesh screen after cooling.
PTX-LOADED MICROSPHERES (< 10 MICRON) BY THE W/O/W EMULSION PROCESS
[03161 100 ml of freshly prepared 10% PVA solution was added into a 600 mL
beaker. The acidified PVA solution was stirred at 2000 rpm for 30 minutes. Meanwhile, a solution of 80 mg PTX and 800 mg poly(] actic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA) (50:50, IV=0.54) in 20 ml dichloromethane was prepared.
The polyiner/dichloromethane solution was added dropwise to the PVA solution while stirring at 2000 rpm with a Fisher Dyna-Mix stirrer. After addition was complete, the solution was allowed to stir for an additiona145 minutes. The microsphere solution was transferred to several disposable graduated polypropylene conical centrifuge tubes, washed with deionized water, and centrifuged at 2600 rpm for minutes. The aqueous layer was decanted and the washing, centrifuging, and decanting was repeated 3 times. The combined, washed microspheres were freeze-dried and vacuum dried to remove any excess water.
GELATION OF PTX-LOADED NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND MC
[0317] A PTX-loaded crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution ofNHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and MC for immediatel gelation according to the following procedure.
[0318] A 1inL syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock mixing connector was filled with a inixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg), PEG-SH4 (50 mg), and 10% PTX-loaded MePEG5000-PDLLA
(65:35) microspheres prepared by spray drying (0.5 mg, 2 mg,10 mg, or 25mg). A
1 mL capped syringe (syringe 2) was filled witli 0.50 mL of 22 mg/mL MC (pH 3-4). A 1 mL
capped syringe (syringe 3) was filled with 0.25 mL 0.12 M monobasic sodium phosphate and 0.2 M sodium carbonate (pH 9.7) buffer. The contents of syringe 1 and syringe 2 were mixed through a mixing connector by repeatedly transferring the contents fi=om one syringe to the other. After complete mixing, all of the formulation was pushed into one of the syringes which was then attached to a y-shaped dual syringe connector. Syringe 3 was connected to the remaining connector. The inaterial was applied by simultaneously depressing the plungers of both syringes. The gelation occuiTed within seconds to form a strong hydrogel that adheres well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution.
[0319] The process was repeated using the PTX-loaded microspheres that were prepared in Examples 18 and 20.
GELATION OF PTX-LOADED NHS-PEG HS-PEG AND MC ON A TISSUE SAMPLE
[0320] A PTX-loaded crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution ofNHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and MC for gelation on a tissue sample according to the following procedure.
[0321] A 1 ml syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock inixing connector was filled with a mixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg), PEG-SH4 (50 ing), and 10% PTX-loaded MePEG5000-PDLLA
(65:35) microspheres prepared by spray drying (0.5 mg, 2 mg,10 mg, or 25mg). A
1 mL capped syringe (syringe 2) was filled with 0.50 mL of 22 mg/inL MC (pH 3-4). A 1 mL
capped syringe (syringe 3) was filled with 0.5 mL 0.12 M monobasic sodium phosphate and 0.2 M
sodiuin carbonate (pH 9.7) buffer. The contents of syringe I and syringe 2 were mixed through a mixing connector by repeatedly transferring the contents from one syringe to the other. After complete mixing, all of the formulation was pushed into one of the syringes. The material was then applied to the desired location of a tissue sample. A spatula was used to manipulate the final shape of the applied material on the tissue. The basic buffer (syringe 3) was dripped over the surface of the applied material. After 30 minutes a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue sample was obtained. The process was repeated using the PTX-loaded microspheres that were prepared in Examples 18 and 20.
INCORPORATION OF PTX-LOADED MICELLES INTO THE COMPOSTION
[0322] A I mL syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock mixing connector is filled with a mixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg) and PEG-SH4 (50 mg). 5mg, 10mg, and 25 mg of the micellar PTX
described in Example 19 is weighed into a I mL syringe (syringe 2). A syringe containing 0.50 mL of 22 mg/mL MC (pH 3-4) was attached to syringe 2 via a syringe connector. The contents of the 2 syringes were mixed by transferring the contents from one syringe to the other. The contents were transferred to one of the syringes which was then connected to syringe 1. The mixing process was repeated and the contents were transferred to one of the syringes. The material was then applied to the desired location of a tissue sample. A spatula was used to manipulate the final shape of the applied material on the tissue sample. The basic buffer (syringe 3) was dripped over the surface of the applied inaterial. After 30 minutes a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue sample was obtained.
INHIBITION OF ANGIOGENESIS BY PACLITAXEL AND MITOXANTRONE
[0323] Chick Chorioallantoic Membrane ("CAM") Assays [0324] Fertilized, domestic chick embryos were incubated for 3 days prior to culturing. In this procedure, the shell located over the air space was removed and the outer egg membrane gently peeled away to expose the CAM membrane. The egg opening was covered with parafilm and the eggs placed into an incubator at 90% relative humidity and 3% CO2 and incubated for 2 days.
[0325] Paclitaxel (Sigma, St. Louis, MI) was mixed at concentrations of 0.25, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 30 g per L aliquot of 0.5% aqueous methylcellulose, while mitoxantrone was mixed with 0.5% aqueous methylcellulose at concentrations of 1, 5, 10 g per 10 L aliquot. Since both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone are insoluble in water, the compounds were dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).
10 L aliquots of this solution were dried on parafilm for 4-6 hours forming disks 2 mm in diameter.
The dried disks containing paclitaxel or mitoxantrone were then carefully placed at the growing edge of each CAM at day 6 of incubation. Controls were obtained by placing DMSO-containing methylcellulose disks on the CAMs over the same time course. After a 2 day exposure (day 8 of incubation) the vasculature was examined with the aid of a stereomicroscope.
Liposyn 11, a white opaque solution, was injected into the CAM to increase the visibility of the vascular details. The vasculature of unstained, living embryos were imaged using a Zeiss stereomicroscope which was interfaced with a video camera (Dage-MTI Inc., Michigan City, IN). These video signals were then displayed at 160X magnification and captured using an image analysis system (Vidas, Kontron;
Etching, Germany). Iinage negatives were then made on a graphics recorder (Mode13000; Matrix Instruments, Orangeburg, NY).
[0326] For the following experiments, shell-less culturing methods were used where the egg contents were emptied by reinoving the shell located around the air space. The interior shell membrane was severed and and the opposite end of the shell was perforated to allow the contents of the egg to gently slide out. The egg contents were emptied into round-bottom sterilized glass bowls and covered with Petri dish covers. Procedures were then followed as described above with respect to drug preparation and incubation. The membranes of the 8-day-old shell-less embryo were flooded with 2%
glutaraldehyde in 0.1M sodium cacodylate buffer; additional fixative was injected under the CAM.
After 10 minutes in situ, the CAM was removed and placed into fresh fixative for 2 hours at room temperature. The tissue was then washed overnight in cacodylate buffer containing 6% sucrose. The areas of interest were postfixed in 1% osmium tetroxide for 1.5 hours at 4 C.
The tissues were then dehydrated in a graded series of ethanols, solvent exchanged with propylene oxide, and embedded in Spurr resin. Thin sections were cut with a diamond knife, placed on copper grids, stained, and examined in a Joel 1200EX electron microscope. Similarly, 0.5 mm sections were cut and stained with toluene blue for light microscopy.
[0327] At day 11 of development, chick embiyos were used for the corrosion casting technique.
Mercox resin (Ted Pella, Inc., Redding, CA) was injected into the CAM
vasculature using a 30-gauge hypodermic needle. The casting material consisted of 2.5 grams of Mercox CL-2B
polymer and 0.05 grams of catalyst (55% benzoyl peroxide) having a 5-minute polymerization tiine. After injection, the plastic was allowed to sit in situ for an hour at room temperature and then overnight in an oven at 65 C. The CAM was then placed in 50% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide to digest all organic components. The plastic casts were washed extensively in distilled water, air-dried, coated with gold/palladium, and viewed with the Philips 501B scanning electron microscope.
[0328] Results of the assay were as follows. At day 6 of incubation, the embryo was centrally positioned to a radially expanding network of blood vessels; the CAM developed adjacent to the embryo. These growing vessels lie close to the surface and are readily visible making this system an idealized model for the study of angiogenesis. Living, unstained capillary networks of the CAM may be imaged non-invasively with a stereomicroscope.
[0329] Transverse sections through the CAM show an outer ectoderm consisting of a double cell layer, a broader mesodermal layer containing capillaries which lie subjacent to the ectoderm, adventitial cells, and an inner, single endodennal cell layer. At the electron microscopic level, the typical structural details of the CAM capillaries are demonstrated. Typically, these vessels lie in close association with the inner cell layer of ectoderin.
[0330] After 48 hours exposure to paclitaxel at concentrations of 0.25, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, or 30 g or mitoxantrone at concentrations of 1, 5, 10 g each CAM was examined under living conditions with a stereomicroscope equipped with a video/computer interface in order to evaluate the effects on angiogenesis. This imaging setup was used at a magnification of 160X which permitted the direct visualization of blood cells within the capillaries; thereby blood flow in areas of interest may be easily assessed and recorded. For this study, the inhibition of angiogenesis was defined as an area of the CAM (measuring 2-6 mm in diameter) lacking a capillary network and vascular blood flow.
Throughout the experiments, avascular zones were assessed on a 4-point avascular gradient as shown in Table 3. In Table 3, the scale represents the degree of overall inhibition with maximal inhibition represented as a 3 on the avascular gradient scale. Both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone were very consistent and induced a maximal avascular zone (6 mm in diameter or a 3 on the avascular gradient scale) within 48 hours depending on its concentration.
AVASCULAR GRADIENT
0 -- normal vascularity 1-- lacking some microvascular movement 2*-- small avascular zone approximately 2 mm in diameter 3*-- avascularity extending beyond the disk (6 mm in diameter) * - indicates a positive antiangiogenesis response [0331] The dose-dependent, experimental data of the effects of paclitaxel at different concentrations are shown in Table 4.
AGENT
paclitaxel methylcellulose (10 l) 0.25 g 2/11 methylcellulose (10 l) 0.5 gg 6/11 methylcellulose (10 l) I g 6/15 methylcellulose (10 l) 5 gg 20/27 methylcellulose (10 gl) 10 g 16/21 methylcellulose (10 l) 30 gg 31/31 mitoxantrone methylcellulose (10 gI) I g 18/24 methylcellulose (10 l) 5 gg 21/24 methylcellulose (10 l) 10 gg 18/22 [0332] Typical paclitaxel and mitoxantrone treated CAMs are also shown with the transparent methylcellulose disk centrally positioned over the avascular zone measuring 6 mm in diameter. At a sliglitly higher magnification, the periphery of such avascular zones is clearly evident; the surrounding functional vessels were often redirected away from the source of paclitaxel. Such angular redirecting of blood flow was never observed under normal conditions.
Another feature of the effects of paclitaxel was the formation of blood islands within the avascular zone representing the aggregation of blood cells.
[0333] In summary, this study demonstrated that 48 hours after both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone application to the CAM, angiogenesis was inhibited. The blood vessel inhibition formed an avascular zone which was represented by three transitional phases of paclitaxel's effect. The central, most affected area of the avascular zone contained disrupted capillaries with extravasated red blood cells;
this indicated that intercellular junctions between endothelial cells were absent. The cells of the endoderm and ectoderm maintained their intercellular junctions and therefore these gerin layers remained intact; however, they were slightly thickened. As the normal vascular area was approached, the blood vessels retained their junctional complexes and therefore also remained intact. At the periphery of the paclitaxel-treated zone, fui-ther blood vessel growth was inhibited which was evident by the typical redirecting or "elbowing" effect of the blood vessels.
succinimidyl glutarate, referred to herein as "SG-PEG," with multi-amino PEG, and the reaction product obtained thereby.
[01701 Another activated form of PEG is PEG succinimidyl propionate ("SE-PEG"). The structural formula for tetrafunctionally activated SE-PEG and the reaction product obtained upon reaction with multi-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 2.
[0171] Analogous activated forms of PEG are PEG succinimidyl butylate and PEG
succinimidyl acetate, the structures of which are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, respectively, along with the reaction products obtained upon reaction with multi-amino PEG. SE-PEG, PEG succinimidyl butylate, and PEG succiniinidyl acetate are sometimes referred to as "PEG succinimidyl" (PEG-S); see U.S. Patent No. 5,328,955 to Rhee et al.
[0172] Another functionally activated form of PEG is referred to as "PEG
succinimidyl succinamide"
(SSA-PEG). The structural formula for the tetrafunctionally activated form of this compound and the reaction product obtained by reacting it with inulti-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 5. In the structure of FIG. 5, an ethylene (-CH2CH2-) group is shown adjacent to the succinimidyl ester; it is to be understood, however, that as with the PEG succinimidyl compounds, related structures containing a methylene linkage, an n-propylene linkage, or the like, are also possible.
[0173] Yet another activated form of PEG is PEG succinimidyl carbonate (SC-PEG). The structural formula of tetrafunctionally activated SC-PEG and the conjugate formed by reacting it with multi-amino PEG are shown in FIG. 6.
[0174] PEG can also be derivatized to form functionally activated PEG
propionaldehyde (A-PEG), the tetrafunctionally activated form of wliich is shown in FIG. 7, as is the conjugate formed by the reaction of A-PEG with multi-amino PEG.
[0175] Yet another form of activated polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG glycidyl ether (E-PEG), of wliich the tetrafunctionally activated compound is shown in FIG.
8, as is the conjugate formed by reacting such with inulti-amino PEG.
[0176] Another activated derivative of polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG-isocyanate (I-PEG), which is sliown in FIG. 9, along with the conjugate fonned by reacting such witli multi-amino PEG.
[0177] Another activated derivative of polyethylene glycol is functionally activated PEG-vinylsulfone (V-PEG), which is shown in FIG. 10, along with the conjugate formed by reacting such with multi-amino PEG.
[0178] Activation with succinimidyl groups to convert terminal carboxylic acid groups to reactive esters is one technique for preparing a synthetic hydrophilic polymer with electrophilic moieties suitable for reaction with nucleophiles such as primary amines, thiols, and liydroxyl groups. Other activating agents for hydroxyl groups include carbonyldiimidazole and sulfonyl chloride; however, as discussed in part (B) of this section, a wide variety of electrophilic groups may be advantageously employed for reaction witli corresponding nucleophiles. Exainples of such electrophilic groups include acid chloride groups; anhydrides, ketones, aldehydes, isocyanate, isotliiocyanate, epoxides, and olefins, including conjugated olefins such as ethenesulfonyl(-SOZCH=CHz) and analogous functional groups.
[0179] Hydrophilic di- or poly-nucleophilic polymers of the present composition are exemplified in FIGS. 1-10 by multi-amino PEG. Various forms of multi-amino PEG are commercially available fi=om Shearwater Polymers (Huntsville, AL) and from Texaco Chemical Company (Houston, TX) under the name "Jeffamine." Multi-ainino PEGs useful in the present invention include Texaco's Jeffamine diamines ("D" series) and triamines ("T" series), which contain two and three primary amino groups per molecule. Analogous poly(sulfhydryl) PEGs are also available from Shearwater Polymers, e.g., in the form of pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) ether tetra-sulfhydryl (molecular weight 10,000).
X. HYDROPHOBIC POLYMERS:
[0180] The crosslinkable compositions of the invention can also include hydrophobic polyiners, although for most uses hydrophilic polymers are preferred. Polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid are examples of two hydrophobic polymers that can be used. With other hydrophobic polymers, only short-chain oligomers should be used, containing at most about 14 carbon atoms, to avoid solubility-related problems during reaction.
XI. Low MOLECULAR WEIGHT COMPONENTS:
[0181] As indicated above, the molecular core of one or more of the crosslinkable components can also be a low molecular weight compound, i.e., a C2-C 14 hydrocarbyl group containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, S, and combinations thereof. Such a molecular core can be substituted with nucleophilic groups or with electrophilic groups.
[0182] When the low molecular weight molecular core is substituted with primary amino groups, the component may be, for example, ethylenediamine (H2N-CH2CH2-NH2), tetrametllylenediamine (H2N-(CH4)-NH2), pentamethylenediamine (cadaverine) (H2N-(CH5)-NH2), hexamethylenediamine (H2N-(CH6)-NH2), bis(2-aminoethyl)amine (HN-[CH2CH2-NH2]2), or tris(2-aminoethyl)amine (N-[CH2CH2-NH2]3).
[0183] Low molecular weight diols and polyols include trimethylolpropane, di(trimethylol propane), pentaerythritol, and diglycerol, all of which require activation with a base in order to facilitate their reaction as nucleophiles. Such diols and polyols may also be functionalized to provide di- and poly-carboxylic acids, functional groups that are, as noted earlier herein, also useful as nucleophiles under certain conditions. Polyacids for use in the present compositions include, without liinitation, trimethylolpropane-based tricarboxylic acid, di(trimethylol propane)-based tetracarboxylic acid, heptanedioic acid, octanedioic acid (suberic acid), and hexadecanedioic acid (thapsic acid), all of which are commercially available and/or readily synthesized using known techniques.
[0184] Low molecular weight di- and poly-electrophiles include, for example, disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS), bis(sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate (BS3), dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate) (DSP), bis(2-succinimidooxycarbonyloxy) ethyl sulfone (BSOCOES), and 3,3'-dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidylpropionate (DTSPP), and their analogues and derivatives. The aforementioned compounds are commercially available from Pierce (Rockford, I11.). Such di- and poly-electrophiles can also be synthesized from di- and polyacids, for example by reaction with an appropriate molar amount of N-Ilydroxysuccinimide in the presence of DCC.
Polyols such as trimethylolpropane and di(trimethylol propane) can be converted to carboxylic acid form using various known techniques, then further derivatized by reaction with NHS in the presence of DCC to produce trifunctionally and tetrafunctionally activated polymers.
XII. COMPOSITIONS FOR THE DELIVERY OF THERAPEUTiC AGENTS:
[0185] The compositions of the present invention may be used for the delivery of desired therapeutic agents. The therapeutic agents can be delivered, for example, by polymeric carriers, which are discussed in further detail below. The therapeutic agents may be admixed with, blended with, conjugated to, or, otherwise modified to be contained within the compositions of the present invention, which may include biodegradable or non-biodegradable hydrophilic or hydrophobic polymers. Such therapeutic agents may include, for example, fibrosis-inhibiting agents and anti-angiogenic factors.
[0186] Representative examples of biodegradable polymers suitable for the delivery of therapeutic agents include albumin, collagen, gelatin, hyaluronic acid, starch, cellulose and cellulose derivatives (e.g., regenerated cellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate succinate, hydroxypropyhnethylcellulose phthalate), casein, dextrans, polysaccharides, fibrinogen, poly(ether ester) multiblock copolymers, based on poly(ethylene glycol) and poly(butylene terephthalate), tyrosine-derived polycarbonates (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,120,491), poly(hydroxyl acids), poly(D,L-lactide), poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide), poly(glycolide), poly(hydroxybutyrate), polydioxanone, poly(alkylcarbonate) and poly(orthoesters), polyesters, poly(hydroxyvaleric acid), polydioxanone, polyesters, poly(malic acid), poly(tartronic acid), poly(acrylamides), polyanhydrides, polyphosphazenes, poly(amino acids), poly(alkylene oxide)-poly(ester) block copolymers (e.g., X-Y, X-Y-X, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, or R-(X-Y)n, where X is a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(etliylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONICO and PLURONICOK R series of polyiners from BASF Corporation, Mount Olive, NJ) and Y is a polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or inore of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, 7-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or l,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLGA, PLA, PCL, polydioxanone and copolymers thereof) and R is a multifunctional initiator), and the copolymers as well as blends thereof. See e.g., Ilium, L., Davids, S.S. (eds.) POLYMERS IN
CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY (Wright, Bristol 1987); Arshady, J., CONTROLLED
RELEASE 17:1-22 (1991); Pitt, INT. J. PHAR. 59:173-196 (1990); Holland et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 4:155-0180 (1986).
[0187] Representative examples of non-degradable polyiners suitable for the delivery of the aforementioned therapeutic agents include poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) (EVA) copolymers, aromatic polyesters, such as poly(ethylene terephthalate), silicone rubber, acrylic polymers (polyacrylate, polyacrylic acid, polymethylacrylic acid, polyinethylinethacrylate, poly(butyl methaciylate)), poly(alkylcynoacrylate) (e.g., poly(ethylcyanoacrylate), poly(butylcyanoacrylate) poly(hexylcyanoacrylate) poly(octylcyanoacrylate)), acrylic resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamides (nylon 6,6), polyurethanes (e.g., CHRONOFLEXOO AL and CHRONOFLEXOK
AR (both from CardioTech International, Inc., Woburn, MA), TECOFLEX , and BIONATEO
(Polymer Technology Group, Inc., Emeryville, CA), poly(ester urethanes), poly(ether urethanes), poly(ester-urea), polyethers (poly(ethylene oxide), poly(propylene oxide), polyoxyalkylene ether block copolymers based on ethylene oxide and propylene oxide such as the PLURONICO
polyiners (e.g., F-127 or F-87) and poly(tetramethylene glycol), styrene-based polymers (polystyrene, poly(styrene sulfonic acid), poly(styrene)-block-poly(isobutylene)-block-poly(styrene), poly(styrene)-poly(isoprene) block copolymers), and vinyl polymers (polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinyl acetate phthalate) as well as copolymers and blends thereof.
Polymers may also be developed which are either anionic (e.g., alginate, carrageenan, carboxymethyl cellulose, poly(acrylamido-2-methyl propane sulfonic acid) and copolymers thereof, poly(methacrylic acid and copolymers thereof and poly(acrylic acid) and copolymers thereof, as well as blends thereof, or cationic (e.g., chitosan, poly-L-lysine, polyethylenimine, and poly(allyl amine)) and blends thereof.
See e.g., Dunn et al., J. APPLIED POLYMER SCI. 50:353-365 (1993); Cascone et al., J. MATERIALS
SCI.: MATERIALS INMEDICINE 5:770-774 (1994); Shiraishi et al., BIOL. PHARM.
BULL. 16(11):1164-1168 (1993); Thacharodi and Rao, INT'L J. PHARM. 120:115-118 (1995); Miyazaki et al., INT'L J.
PHA2M. 118:257-263 (1995).
[0188] Some examples of preferred polymeric carriers for use with the compositions of the present invention for the delivery of therapeutic agents include poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), polyurethanes, poly (D,L-lactic acid) oligomers and polymers, poly (L-lactic acid) oligoiners and polyiners, poly (glycolic acid), copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid, copolymers of lactide and glycolide, poly (caprolactone), poly (valerolactone), polyanhydrides, copolymers of poly (caprolactone) or poly (lactic acid) with a polyethylene glycol (e.g., MePEG), block copolymers of the form X-Y, X-Y-X, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, or R-(X-Y)n, where X is a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONICOQ R series ofpolyiners) and Y is a polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the inonomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one and R is a multifunctional initiator), silicone rubbers, poly(styrene)block-poly(isobutylene)-block-poly(styrene), poly(acrylate) polymers and blends, admixtures, or co-polyiners of any of the above. Other preferred polymers include collagen, poly(alkylene oxide)-based polymers, polysaccharides such as hyaluronic acid, chitosan and fucans, and copolymers of polysaccharides with degradable polymers.
[0189] Other representative polymers capable of sustained localized delivery therapeutic agents include carboxylic polymers, polyacetates, polycarbonates, polyethers, polyethylenes, polyvinylbutyrals, polysilanes, polyureas, polyoxides, polystyrenes, polysulfides, polysulfones, polysulfonides, polyvinylhalides, pyrrolidones, rubbers, thermal-setting polymers, cross-linkable acrylic and methacrylic polymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers, styrene aciylic copolymers, vinyl acetate polymers and copolymers, vinyl acetal polymers and copolymers, epoxies, melamines, other ainino resins, phenolic polymers, and copolyiners thereof, water-insoluble cellulose ester polymers (including cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and mixtures thereof), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycols, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethers, polysaccharides, hydrophilic polyurethane, polyhydroxyacrylate, dextran, xanthan, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and homopolymers and copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinyllactam, N-vinyl butyrolactam, N-vinyl caprolactam, other vinyl compounds having polar pendant groups, acrylate and methacrylate having hydrophilic esterifying groups, hydroxyacrylate, and acrylic acid, and combinations thereof; cellulose esters and ethers, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, natural and synthetic elastoiners, rubber, acetal, styrene polybutadiene, acrylic resin, polyvinylidene chloride, polycarbonate, homopolymers and copolymers of vinyl compounds, polyvinylchloride, and polyvinylchloride acetate.
[0190] Representative examples of patents and publications relating to drug-delivery polyiners and their preparation include Int'1 Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 98/19713, WO 01/17575, WO
01/41821, WO
01/41822, and WO 01/15526 (as well as the corresponding U.S. applications), U.S. Patent Nos.
4,500,676; 4,582,865; 4,629,623; 4,636,524; 4,713,448; 4,795,741; 4,913,743;
5,069,899; 5,099,013;
5,128,326; 5,143,724; 5,153,174; 5,246,698; 5,266,563; 5,399,351; 5,525,348;
5,800,412; 5,837,226;
5,942,555; 5,997,517; 6,007,833; 6,071,447; 6,090,995; 6,106,473; 6,110,483;
6,121,027; 6,156,345;
6,214,901; 6,368,611; 6,630,155; 6,528,080; RE37,950; 6,46,1631; 6,143,314;
5,990,194; 5,792,469;
5,780,044; 5,759,563; 5,744,153; 5,739,176; 5,733,950; 5,681,873; 5,599,552;
5,340,849; 5,278,202;
5,278,201; 6,589,549; 6,287,588; 6,201,072; 6,117,949; 6,004,573; 5,702,717;
6,413,539; 5,714,159;
5,612,052, and U.S. Patent App.Pub. Nos. 2003/0068377, 2002/0192286, 2002/0076441, and 2002/0090398.
[0191] It should be obvious to one of skill in the art that the polymers as described herein can also be blended or copolymerized in various compositions as required to deliver therapeutic doses of biologically active agents.
[0192] Polymeric carriers can be fashioned in a variety of foims, with desired release characteristics and/or with specific properties depending upon the composition being utilized.
For example, polymeric carriers may be fashioned to release a therapeutic agent upon exposure to a specific triggering event such as pH (see e.g., Heller et al., Chemically Self-Regulated Drug Delivery Systetns in POLYMERS IN MEDICINE III 175-188 (Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam, 1988); Kang et al., J. APPLIED POLYMER SCI. 48:343-354 (1993); Dong et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 19:171-178 (1992); Dong and Hoffman, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 15:141-152 (1991); Kim et al., J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 28:143-152 (1994); Cornejo-Bravo et al., J. CONTROLLED
RELEASE 33:223-229 (1995); Wu and Lee, PHARM. RES. 10(10):1544-1547 (1993); Serres et al., PEIARM. RES.
13(2):196-201 (1996); Peppas, Fundamezztals ofpH- and Temperature-Sensitive Delivery Systeins, in PULSATILE DRUG DELIVERY 41-55 (Gurny et al. eds. Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart, 1993); Doelker, Cellztlose Derivatives in BIOPOLYMERS I (Peppas and Langer, eds., Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1993,). Representative examples of pH-sensitive polymers include poly (acrylic acid) and its derivatives, including for example, homopolymers such as poly(aminocarboxylic acid), poly(acrylic acid), poly(methyl acrylic acid), copolymers of such hoinopolymers, and copolymers of poly(acrylic acid), acrylate, and/or acrylamide monomers such as those discussed above. Other pH sensitive polymers include polysaccharides such as cellulose acetate pllthalate, liydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate, cellulose acetate trimellilate, and chitosan. Yet other pH sensitive polymers include any mixture of a pH
sensitive polymer and a water-soluble polymer.
[0193] Therapeutic agents can be delivered via polymeric carriers that are temperature sensitive (see e.g., Chen et al., Novel Hydrogels of a Temperature-Sensitive PL URONIC 1z Grafted to a Bioadhesive Polyacrylic Acid Backborze for Vaginal Drug Delivery, in PROCEED. INTERN.
SYMP. CONTROL. REL.
BIOACT. MATER. 22:167-168 (Controlled Release Society, Inc. 1995); Okano, Molecular Design of Stimuli-Responsive Hydf ogels for Temporal Controlled Df=ug Delivery, in PROCEED. INTERN. SYMP.
CONTROL. REL. BIOACT. MATER. 22:111-112 (Controlled Release Society, Inc.
1995); Johnston et al., PHARM. RES. 9(3):425-433 (1992); Tung, INT'L J. PHARM. 107:85-90 (1994); Harsh and Gehrke, J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 17:175-186 (1991); Bae et al., PHARM. RES. 8(4):531-537 (1991); Dinarvand and D'Einanuele, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 36:221-227 (1995); Yu and Grainger, NOVEL THERMO-SENSITIVE AMPHIPHILIC GELS: POLY N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE-CO-SODIUM ACRYLATE-CO-N-N-(Dept. of Chemical & Biological Sci., Oregon Graduate Institute of Science &
Technology, Beaverton, OR);,Zhou and Smid, PHYSICAL HYDROGELS OF ASSOCIATIVE STAR POLYMERS
(Polymer Research Institute, Dept. of Chemistry, College of Environmental Science and Forestry, State Univ. of New York, Syracuse, NY); Hoffman et al., CHARACTERIZING PORE
SIZES AND WATER
'STRUCTURE' IN STIMULI-RESPONSIVE HYDROGELS 828 (Center for Bioengineering, Univ. of Washington, Seattle, WA); Yu and Grainger, THERMO-SENSITIVE SWELLING BEHAVIOR
IN
CROSSLINKED N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE NETWORKS: CATIONIC, ANIONIC AND AMPHOLYTIC
HYDROGELS 829-830 (Dept. of Chemical & Biological Sci., Oregon Graduate Institute of Science &
Technology, Beaverton, OR); Kiin et al., PHARM. RES. 9(3):283-290 (1992); Bae et al., PHARM. RES.
8(5):624-628 (1991); Kono et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 3 0:69-75 (1994);
Yoshida et al., J.
CONTROLLED RELEASE 32:97-102 (1994); Okano et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE
36:125-133 (1995);
Chun and Kim, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 38:39-47 (1996); D'Emanuele and Dinarvand, INT'L J.
PHARM. 118:237-242 (1995); Katono et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 16:215-228 (1991); Hoffman, Thernaally Reversible Hydrogels Containing Biologically Active Species, in POLYMERS IN .M:EDICINE
IlI 161-167 (Migliaresi et al. eds., Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam, 1988); Hoffman, Applications of Thef=mally Reversible Polytyaers and Hydrogels in Therapeutics and Diagnostics, in (Salt Lake City, UT, Feb. 24-27, 1987); Gutowska et al., J. CONTROLLED RELEASE
22:95-104 (1992);
Palasis and Gehrke, J. CONTROLLED RELEASE 18:1-12 (1992); Paavola et al., PHARM. RES.
12(12):1997-2002 (1995).
[0194] Representative examples of thermogelling polymers, and the gelatin temperature (LCST ( C)) incltide homopolymers such as poly(N-methyl-N-n-propylacrylamide), 19.8;
poly(N-n-propylaciylamide), 21.5; poly(N-methyl-N-isopropylacrylamide), 22.3;
poly(N-n-propylmethacrylamide), 28.0; poly(N-isopropylacrylamide), 30.9;
poly(N, n-diethylacrylamide), 32.0; poly(N-isopropylmethacrylamide), 44.0; poly(N-cyclopropylacrylamide), 45.5; poly(N-ethylinethyacrylamide), 50.0; poly(N-methyl-N-ethylacrylamide), 56.0;
poly(N-cyclopropylmethacrylamide), 59.0; poly(N-ethylacrylamide), 72Ø
Moreover thermogelling polymers may be made by preparing copolyiners between (i.e., among) monomers of the above or by combining such homopolymers with other water-soluble polyiners such as acrylmonomers (e.g., acrylic acid and derivatives thereof, such as methylacrylic acid, acrylate inonomers, and derivatives thereof, such as butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, and acrylamide monomers and derivatives thereof, such as N-butyl acrylamide and acrylamide).
[0195] Other representative examples of thermogelling polymers include cellulose ether derivatives such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, 41 C; methyl cellulose, 55 C;
hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, 66 C; and ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, polyalkylene oxide-polyester block copolymers of the structure X-Y, Y-X-Y and X-Y-X where X in a polyalkylene oxide and Y is a biodegradable polyester (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG) and PLURONIC polymers such as F-127, 10 - 15 C; L-122, 19 C; L-92, 26 C; L-81, 20 C; and L-61, 24 C.
[0196] Representative examples of patents relating to thermally gelling polymers and the preparation include U.S. Patent Nos. 6,451,346; 6,201,072; 6,117,949; 6,004,573;
5,702,717; and 5,484,610, and Int'1 Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 99/07343, WO 99/18142, WO 03/17972, WO 01/82970, WO
00/18821, WO
97/15287, WO 01/41735, WO 00/00222, and WO 00/38651.
[0197] Therapeutic agents inay be linked by occlusion in the polymer, dissolution in the polymer, bound by covalent linkages, bound by ionic interactions, or encapsulated in microcapsules. Within certain embodiments of the invention, therapeutic compositions are provided in non-capsular formulations such as microspheres (ranging from nanometers to micrometers in size), pastes, threads of various size, films, or sprays. In one aspect, the therapeutic agent may be incorporated into biodegradable magnetic nanospheres.
[0198] Within certain aspects of the present invention, therapeutic compositions may be fashioned in the form of microspheres, microparticles, and/or nanoparticles having any size ranging from 50 nm to 500 m, depending upon the particular use. These compositions can be. These compositions can be formed by spray-drying methods, milling methods, coacervation methods, W/O
emulsion methods, W/O/W emulsion methods, and solvent evaporation methods. In other aspects, these compositions can include microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles. Alternatively, such compositions may also be readily applied as a "spray," which solidifies into a film or coating for use as a device/implant surface coating or to line the tissues of the implantation site. Such sprays may be prepared from microspheres of a wide array of sizes, including for example, from 0.1 m to 3 m, from 10 gm to 30 m, and from 30 m to 100 m.
[0199] Therapeutic compositioils may also be prepared in a variety of "paste"
or gel forms. For exainple, within one embodiment of the invention, therapeutic compositions are provided which are liquid at one temperature (e.g., temperature greater than 37 C, such as 40 C, 45 C, 50 C, 55 C, or 60 C), and solid or semi-solid at another temperature (e.g., ambient body temperature, or any temperature lower than 37 C). Such "thermopastes" may be readily made utilizing a variety of techniques (see, e.g., Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 98/24427). Other pastes may be applied as a liquid, which solidify in vivo due to dissolution of a water-soluble component of the paste and precipitation of encapsulated drug into the aqueous body environment. These "pastes" and "gels" containing therapeutic agents are particularly useful for application to the surface of tissues that will be in contact with an implant or device.
[0200] Within further aspects of the present invention, polymeric carriers are provided which are adapted to contain and release a hydrophobic compound, and/or the carrier containing the hydrophobic compound in coinbination with a carbohydrate, protein, or polypeptide. Within certain embodiments, the polymeric carrier contains or comprises regions, pockets, or granules of one or more hydrophobic compounds. For example, within one einbodiment of the invention, hydrophobic compounds may be incorporated within a matrix that contains the hydrophobic therapeutic compound, followed by incoi-poration of the inatrix within the polymeric carrier. A
variety of matrices can be utilized in this regard, including for example, carbohydrates and polysaccharides such as starch, cellulose, dextran, methylcellulose, sodium alginate, heparin, chitosan and hyaluronic acid, proteins or polypeptides such as albuinin, collagen, and gelatin. Within alternative embodiments, hydrophobic compounds may be contained within a hydrophobic core, and this core contained within a hydrophilic shell.
[0201] The therapeutic agent may be delivered as a solution. The therapeutic agent can be incorporated directly into the solution to provide a homogeneous solution or dispersion. In cei-tain embodiments, the solution is an aqueous solution. The aqueous solution may fiirther include buffer salts, as well as viscosity modifying agents (e.g., hyaluronic acid, alginates, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and the like). In another aspect of the invention, the solution can include a biocompatible solvent or liquid oligomers and/or polymers, such as ethanol, DMSO, glycerol, PEG-200, PEG-300 or NMP. These compositions may further comprise a polymer such a degradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, S-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one, or block copolymers of the form X-Y, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, R-(X-Y)n and X-Y-X (where X in a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONIC R series of polymers) and Y is a biodegradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, 8-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG) and R is a multifunctional initiator).
[0202] Within another aspect of the invention, the therapeutic agent can further coinprise a secondary carrier. The secondary carrier can be in the form of microspheres (e.g., PLGA, PLLA, PDLLA, PCL, gelatin, polydioxanone, poly(alkylcyanoacrylate)), nanospheres (PLGA, PLLA, PDLLA, PCL, gelatin, polydioxanone, poly(alkylcyanoacrylate)), liposomes, emulsions, microemulsions, micelles (SDS, block copolymers of the fonn X-Y, Y-X-Y, R-(Y-X)n, R-(X-Y)n, and X-Y-X
(where X in a polyalkylene oxide (e.g., poly(ethylene glycol, poly(propylene glycol) and block copolymers of poly(ethylene oxide) and poly(propylene oxide) (e.g., PLURONIC and PLURONIC
R series of polymers) and Y is a biodegradable polyester, where the polyester may comprise the residues of one or more of the monomers selected from lactide, lactic acid, glycolide, glycolic acid, E-caprolactone, y-caprolactone, hydroxyvaleric acid, hydroxybutyric acid, beta-butyrolactone,,y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, y-decanolactone, 8-decanolactone, trimethylene carbonate, 1,4-dioxane-2-one or 1,5-dioxepan-2one (e.g., PLG-PEG-PLG), and R is a multifunctional initiator), zeolites, or cyclodextrins.
[0203] Other carriers that may likewise be utilized to contain and deliver therapeutic agents described herein include: hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin (Cserhati and Hollo, INT.
J. PHARM. 108:69-75 (1994)), liposomes (see, e.g., Sharma et al., CANCERRES. 53:5877-5881 (1993);
Sharma and Straubinger, PHARM. RES. 11.(60):889-896 (1994); Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO
93/18751; U.S. Patent No.
5,242,073), liposome/gel (Int'1 Pat. Pub. No. WO 94/26254), nanocapsules (Bartoli et al., J.
MICROENCAPSULATION 7(2):191-197 (1990)), micelles (Alkan-Onyuksel et al., PHARM. RES.
11(2):206-212 (1994)), implants (Jainpel et al., INVEST. OPHTHALM. ViS.
SCIENCE 34(11):3076-3083 (1993); Walter et al., CANCERRES. 54:22017-2212 (1994)), nanoparticles (Violante and Lanzafame PAACR), nanoparticles - modified (U.S. Patent No. 5,145,684), nanoparticles (surface modified) (U.S. Patent No. 5,399,363), micelle (surfactant) (U.S. Patent No. 5,403,858), synthetic phospholipid compounds (U.S. Patent No. 4,534,899), gas borne dispersion (U.S. Patent No.
5,301,664), liquid emulsions, foain, spray, gel, lotion, cream, ointment, dispersed vesicles, particles or droplets, solid or liquid aerosols, microemulsions (U.S. Patent No. 5,330,756), polymeric shell (nano and microcapsule) (U.S. Patent No. 5,439,686), emulsion (Tarr et al., PHARM RES. 4: 62-165 (1987)), nanospheres (Hagan et al., PROC. INTERN. SYMP. CONTROL REL. BIOACT. MATER. 22 (1995); Kwon et al., PHARM
RES. 12(2):192-195; Kwon et al., PHARM RES. 10(7):970-974; Yokoyaina et al., J. CONTR. REL.
32:269-277 (1994); Gref et al., SCIENCE 263:1600-1603 (1994); Bazile et al., J. PHARM. SCI. 84:493-498 (1994)) and implants (U.S. Patent No. 4,882,168).
[0204] Within another aspect of the present invention, polymeric carriers can be materials that are formed in situ. In one embodiment, the precursors can be monomers or macroiners that contain unsaturated groups that can be polymerized and/or cross-linked. The monomers or macromers can then, for example, be injected into the treatment area or onto the surface of the treatment area and polymerized in situ using a radiation source (e.g., visible or UV light) or a free radical system (e.g., potassium persulfate and ascorbic acid or iron and hydrogen peroxide). The polymerization step can be performed immediately prior to, simultaneously to or post injection of the reagents into the treatment site. Representative examples of compositions that undergo free radical polymerization reactions are described in Int'l Pat. Pub. Nos. WO 01/44307, WO 01/68720, WO
02/072166, WO
03/043552, WO 93/17669, and WO 00/64977,U.S. Patent Nos. 5,900,245; 6,051,248;
6,083,524;
6,177,095; 6,201,065; 6,217,894; 6,639,014; 6,352,710; 6,410,645; 6,531,147;
5,567,435; 5,986,043;
6,602,975. and U.S. Patent App. Pub. Nos. 2002/012796A1, 2002/0127266A1, 2002/0151650A1, 2003/0104032A1, 2002/0091229A1, and 2003/0059906A1.
[0205] In certain aspects, it is desirable to use compositions that can be administered as liquids, but subsequently form hydrogels at the site of adininistration. Such in situ hydrogel forming compositions can be administered as liquids from a variety of different devices, and are more adaptable for administration to any site, since they are not preformed.
Examples of in situ forming hydrogels include photoactivatable mixtures of water-soluble co-polyester prepolymers and polyethylene glycol to create hydrogel barriers. Block copolymers of polyalkylene oxide polymers (e.g., PLURONICOK compounds) and poloxamers have been designed that are soluble in cold water, but form insoluble hydrogels that adhere to tissues at body temperature (see e.g., Leach, et al., AM. J.
OssTET. GYNECOL. 162:1317-1319 (1990)).
[0206] Using the foregoing polymeric carriers, the present uivention provides for the delivery of therapeutic agents via polymeric crosslinked matrices that may be used to assist in repair of cartilgage tissue. Such polymeric materials may be prepared from, e.g., (a) synthetic materials, (b) naturally-occurring inaterials, or (c) mixtures of synthetic and naturally occurring materials. The matrix may be prepared from, e.g., (a) a one-component, i.e., self-reactive, compound, or (b) two or more compounds that are reactive with one another. Typically, these materials are fluid prior to delivery, and thus can be sprayed or otherwise extruded from a delivery device (e.g., a syringe) in order to deliver the composition. After delivery, the component materials react with each other, and/or with the body, to provide the desired affect. In some instances, materials that are reactive with one another must be kept separated prior to delivery to the patient, and are mixed together just prior to being delivered to the patient, in order that they maintain a fluid form prior to delivery. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the components of the matrix are delivered in a liquid state to the desired site in the body, whereupon in situ polymerization occurs.
XIII. DELIVERY SYSTEMS:
[0207] Suitable delivery systeins for the homogeneous dry powder composition and the two buffer solutions may involve a multi-compartment spray device, where one or more compartments contains the powder and one or more compartments contain the buffer solutions needed to provide for the aqueous environment, so that the composition is exposed to the aqueous environment as it leaves the compartment. Many devices that are adapted for delivery of multi-coinponent tissue sealants/hemostatic agents are well known in the art and can also be used in the practice of the present invention. Alternatively, the composition can be delivered using any type of controllable extrusion system, or it can be delivered manually in the form of a dry powder, and exposed to the aqueous environment at the site of administration. The homogeneous dry powder composition and the two buffer solutions may be conveniently formed under aseptic conditions by placing each of the three ingredients (dry powder, acidic buffer solution, and basic buffer solution) into separate syringe barrels. For example, the composition, first buffer solution, and second buffer solution can be housed separately in a multiple-compartment syringe system having a multiple barrels, a mixing head, and an exit orifice. The first buffer solution can be added to the barrel housing the composition to dissolve the composition and form a homogeneous solution, which is then extruded into the mixing head. The second buffer solution can be simultaneously extruded into the mixing head.
Finally, the resulting composition can then be extruded through the orifice onto a surface.
[0208] For exainple, the syringe barrels holding the dry powder and the basic buffer may be part of a dual-syringe systein, e.g., a double barrel syringe as described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,359,049 to Redl et al. In this embodiment, the acid buffer can be added to the syringe barrel that also holds the dry powder, so as to produce the homogeneous solution. In other words, the acid buffer may be added (e.g., injected) into the syringe barrel holding the dry powder to thereby produce a homogeneous solution of the first and second components. This homogeneous solution can then be extruded into a mixing head, while the basic buffer is simultaneously extruded into the mixing head. Within the mixing head, the homogeneous solution and the basic buffer are mixed together to thereby form a reactive mixture. Thereafter, the reactive mixture is extruded through an orifice and onto a surface (e.g., tissue), where a film is formed, which can function as a sealant or a barrier, or the like. The reactive mixture begins forming a three-dimensional matrix immediately upon being formed by the mixing of the homogeneous solution and the basic buffer in the mixing head.
Accordingly, the reactive mixture is preferably extruded from the mixing head onto the tissue very quickly after it is formed so that the three-dimensional matrix forms on, and is able to adhere to, the tissue.
[0209] Other systems for coinbining two reactive liquids are well known in the art, and include the systems described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,454,786 to.Holm et al.; 6,461,325 to Delmotte et al.;
5,585,007 to Antanavich et al.; 5,116,315 to Capozzi et al.; and 4,631,055 to Redl et al.
XIV. STORAGE AND HANDLING:
[0210] Because crosslinkable coinponents containing electrophilic groups react with water, the electrophilic component or components are generally stored and used in sterile, dry form to prevent hydrolysis. Processes for preparing synthetic hydrophilic polymers containing multiple electrophilic groups in sterile, dry form are set forth in commonly assigned U.S. Patent No.
5,643,464 to Rhee et al.
For example, the dry synthetic polymer may be compression molded into a thin sheet or membrane, wllich can then be sterilized using gainma or, preferably, e-beam irradiation.
The resulting dry membrane or sheet can be cut to the desired size or cliopped into smaller size particulates.
[0211] Components containing multiple nucleophilic groups are generally not water-reactive and can therefore be stored either dry or in aqueous solution. If stored as a dry, particulate, solid, the various components of the crosslinkable composition may be blended and stored in a single container.
Admixture of all components with water, saline, or other aqueous media should not occur until immediately prior to use.
[0212] In an alternative embodiment, the crosslinking components can be mixed together in a single aqueous medium in which they are both unreactive, i.e., such as in a low pH
buffer. Thereafter, they can be sprayed onto the targeted tissue site along with a high pH buffer, after which they will rapidly react and foim a gel.
[0213] Suitable liquid media for storage of crosslinkable coinpositions include aqueous buffer solutions such as monobasic sodium phosphate/dibasic sodium phosphate, sodium carbonate/sodium bicarbonate, glutamate or acetate, at a concentration of 0.5 to 300 mM. In general, a sulfhydryl-reactive component such as PEG substituted with maleimido groups or succinimidyl esters is prepared in water or a dilute buffer, with a pH. of between around 5 to 6. Buffers with pKs between about 8 and 10.5 for preparing a polysulfhydryl component such as sulfhydryl-PEG are useful to achieve fast gelation time of compositions containing mixtures of sulfhydryl-PEG and SG-PEG. These include carbonate, borate and AMPSO (3-[(1,1-dimethyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amino]2-hydroxy-propane-sulfonic acid). In contrast, using a combination of maleimidyl PEG and sulfhydryl-PEG, a pH of around 5 to 9 is preferred for the liquid medium used to prepare the sulfhydryl PEG.
XV. OTHER COMPONENTS:
[0214] In order to enhance adhesive strength, it may be generally desirable to add a "tensile strength enhancer" to the composition. Such tensile strength enhancers preferably comprise micron-size (preferably 5 to 40 microns in diameter and 20 to 5000 microns in length), high tensile strength fibers, usually with glass transition temperatures well above 37 C.
[0215] Suitable tensile strength enhancers for use in the present invention include collagen fibers, polyglycolide and polylactide fibers, as well as other organic tensile strength enhancers and inorganic tensile strength enhancers. Suitable tensile strength enhancers are those that have inherent high tensile strength and also can interact by covalent or non-covalent bonds with the polymerized gel network. The tensile strength enhancer should bond to the gel, either mechanically or covalently, in order to provide tensile support.
[0216] The compositions of the invention may also be used for localized delivery of various drugs and other biologically active agents in conjunction with the repair of damaged cartilage tissue.
Biologically active agents may be delivered froin the composition to a local tissue site in order to facilitate tissue healing and regeneration. Preferred biologically active agents useful for the method of the present invention include angiogenesis inhibitors (also referred to as anti-angiogenic factors) and paclitaxel, its analogues and derivatives.
1. ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITORS
[0217] In one embodiment of the present invention, the pharmacologically active agent for use with the compositions of the present invention is an angiogenesis inhibitor (e.g., 2-ME (NSC-659853), PI-88 (D-mannose, 0-6-O-phosphono-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3)-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3 )-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-3 )-O-alpha-D-mannopyranosyl-(1-2)- hydrogen sulfate), thalidomide (1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione, 2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidinyl)-), CDC-394, CC-5079, ENMD-0995 (S-3-amino-phthalidoglutarimide), AVE-8062A, vatalanib, SH-268, halofuginone hydrobromide, atiprimod dimaleate (2-azaspivo(4.5)decane-2-propanamine, N,N-diethyl-8,8-dipropyl, dimaleate), ATN-224, CHIR-258, combretastatin A-4 (phenol, 2-methoxy-5-(2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl)-, (Z)-), GCS- I OOLE, or an analogue or derivative thereof). Additional examples of angiogenesis inhibitors include AG-12,958 (Pfizer), ATN-161 (Attenuon LLC), neovastat, an angiogenesis inhibitor from Jerina AG (Germany), NM-3 (Mercian), (Taisho), FCE-26644 (Pfizer), FCE-26950 (Pfizer), FPMA (Meiji Daries), FR-111142 (Fujisawa), GGTI-298, GM-1306 (Ligand), GPA-1 734 (Novartis), NNC-47-0011 (Novo Nordisk) , herbamycin (Nippon Kayaku), lenalidomide (Celegene), IP-10 (NIH), ABT-828 (Abbott), KIN-841 (Tokushima University, Japan), SF- 1126 (Semafore Pharmaceuticals), laminin technology (NIH), CHIR-25 8 (Chiron), NVP-AEW541 (Novartis), NVP-AEW541 (Novartis), Vt16907 (Alchemia), (Oxigene), EG-3306 (Ark Therapeutics), Maspin (Arriva), ABT-567 (Abbott), PPI-2458 (Praecis Pharmaceuticals), CC-5079, CC-4089 (Celgene), HIF-lalpha inhibitors (Xenova), S-247 (Pfizer), AP-23573 (Ariad), AZD-9935 (Astra Zeneca), mebendazole (Introgen Therapeutics), MetAP-2 inhibitors (G1axoSmithKline), AG-615 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals), Tie-2 antagonists (Hybrigenics), NC-381, CYC-381, NC-169, NC-219, NC-383, NC-384, NC-407 (Lorus Therapeutics), ATN-224 (Attenuon), ON-01370 (Onconova), Vitronectin antagonists (Amgen), SDX-103 (Salmedix), Vitronectin antagonists (Shire), CHP (Riemser), TEK (Amgen), Anecortave acetate (Alcon), T46.2 (Matrix Therapeutics), HG-2 (Heptagen), TEM antagonists (Genzyme), Oxi-4500 (Oxigene), (Attenuon), WX-293 (Wilex), M-2025 (Metris Therapeutics), Alphastatin (BioActa), YH-16 (Yantai Rongchang), BIBF-1120 (Boehringer Ingelheim), BAY-57-9352 (Bayer), AS-1404 (Cancer Research Technology), SC-77964 (Pfizer), glycoinimetics (BioTie Therapies), TIE-2 Inhibitors (Ontogen), DIMI, Octamer (Octamer), ABR-215050 (Active Biotech), ABT-518 (Abbott), KDR
inhibitors (Abbott), BSF-466895 (Abbott), SCH-221153 (Schering-Plough), DAC:antiangiogenic (ConjuChem), TFPI (EntreMed), AZD-2171 (Astra-Zenaca), CDC-394 (Celgene), LY290293 (Eli Lilly), IDN-5390 (Indena), Kdr Kinase Inhibitors (Merck), CT-113020, CT-116433, CT-116563, CT-31890, CT-32228) (Cell Therapeutics), A-299620 (Abbott), TWEAK Inhibitor (Amgen), VEGF
modulators (Johnson and Johnson), Tum-N53, turnstatin (Genzyme), Thios-1, Thios-2 (Thios Pharmaceuticals), MV-6401 (Miravant Medical Technologies), Spisulosine (PharmaMar), CEP-7055 (Cephalon), (Auvation), LM-609 (Eli Lilly), SKF-106615 (AnorMED), Oglufanide disodium (Cytran), BW-114 (Pharminox), Calreticulin (NIH), WX-678 (Wilex), SD-7784 (Pfizer), WX-UKl (Wilex), SH-268 (Schering AG), 2-Me-PGA (Celgene), S-137 (Pfizer), ZD-6126 (Angiogene Pharmaceuticals), SG-292 (SignalGen), Benefin (Lane Labs), A6, A36 (Angstrom), SB-2723005 (G1axoSinithKline), SC-7 (Cell Therapeutics), ZEN-0 14 (AEterna Zentaris), 2-methoxyestradiol (EntreMed), NK-130119 (Nippon Kayaku), CC-10004 (Celgene), AVE-8062A (Ajinomoto), Tacedinaline (Pfizer), Actinonin (Tokyo Metropolitan Institute of Medical Science), Lenalidomide (Celgene), VGA-1155, BTO-956 (SRI International), ER-68203-00 (Eisai), CT-6685 (UCB), JKC-362 (Phoenix Pharmaceuticals), DMI-3798 (DMI Biosciences, Angiomate (Ipsen), ZD-6474 (AstraZeneca), CEP-5214 (Cephalon), Canstatin (Genzyme), NM-3 (Mercian), Oridigm (MediQuest Therapeutics), Exherin (Adherex), BLS-0597 (Boston Life Sciences), PTC-299 (PTC Therapeutics), NPI-2358 (Nereus Pharmaceuticals), CGP-79787 (Novartis), AEE-788 (Novartis), CKD-732 (Chong Kun Dang), CP-564959 (OSI Pharmaceuticals), CM-101 (CarboMed), CT-2584, CT3501 (Cell Therapeutics), combretastatin and analogues and derivatives thereof (such as combretastatin A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, B-1, B-2, B-3, B-4, D-1, D-2, and combretastatin A-4 phosphate (Oxigene)), Rebimastat (Bristol-Meyers Squibb), Dextrin 2-sulfate (ML Laboratories), Cilengitide (Merk KGaA), NSC-706704 (Pharminox), KRN-951 (Kirin Brewery), Ukrain, NSC-631570 (Nowicky Pharma), Tecogalan sodium (Daiichi Pharmaceutical), Tz-93 (Tsumura), TBC-1635 (Encysive Pharmaceuticals), TAN-1 120 (Takeda), Semaxanib (Pfizer), BDI-7800 (Biopharmacopae), SD-186, SD-983 (Bristol-Meyers Squibb), SB-223245 (G1axoSmithKline), SC-236 (Pfizer), (Johnson and Johnson), ILX-1850 (Genzyme), SC-68488, S-836 (Pfizer), CG-55069-11 (CuraGen), Ki-23057 (Kirin Brewery), CCX-700 (Chemoentryx), Pegaptanib octasodium (Giled Sciences), or an analogue or derivative thereof). In other embodiments, the angiogenesis inhibitor may be a recombinant anti-angiogenic compound such as ANGIOCOLTM (available from Biostratum Inc., Durliam, NC).
[0218] Other examples of angiogenesis inhibitors for use in the present compositions include mycophenolic acid, clotrimazole, doxorubicin, camptothecin, halofiiginone, epothilones, parthenolide, vinka alkaloids (vinblastine and vincristine), suramin, cephalomannine, paclitaxel, paclitaxel derivatives and analogues (e.g., 7-epipaclitaxel and 10-deacetylbaccatin).
2. PACLITAXEL AND ANALOGUES AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF
[0219] In another embodiment of the present invention, the pharmacologically active agent for use with the coinpositions of the present invention is paclitaxel, a compound that disrupts mitosis (M-phase) by binding to tubulin to form abnormal mitotic spindles or an analogue or derivative tliereo~
Briefly, paclitaxel is a highly derivatized diterpenoid (Wani et al., J. AM.
CHEM. SOC. 93 :2325 (1971)) obtained from the harvested and dried bark of Taxus brevifolia (Pacific Yew) and Taxomyces Andreanae and Endophytic Fungus of the Pacific Yew (Stierle et al., SCIENCE
60:214-216 (1993)).
"Paclitaxel" (which should be understood herein to include formulations, prodrugs, analogues and derivatives such as, for example, TAXOL (Bristol Myers Squibb, New York, NY), TAXOTERE
(Aventis Pharmaceuticals, France), docetaxel, 10-desacetyl analogues of paclitaxel and 3'N-desbenzoyl-3'N-t-butoxy carbonyl analogues of paclitaxel) may be readily prepared utilizing techniques known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Schiff et al., NATURE
277:665-667 (1979);
Long and Fairchild, CANCER RESEARCH 54:4355-4361 (1994); Ringel and Horwitz, J. NAT'L CANCER
INST. 83(4):288-291 (1991); Pazdur et al., CANCER TREAT. REV. 19(4):351-386 (1993);
TETRAHEDRON LETTERS 35(52):9709-9712 (1994); J. Med. Chem. 35:4230-4237 (1992); J. MED.
Ci-IEM. 34:992-998 (1991); J. NATURAL PROD. 57(10):1404-1410 (1994); J.
NATURAL PROD.
57(11):1580-1583 (1994); J. Alvt. CHEM. Soc. 110:6558-6560 (1988); Int'l Pat.
Pub. Nos. WO
94/07882, WO 94/07881, WO 94/07880, WO 94/07876, WO 93/23555, WO 93/10076, W094/00156, WO 93/24476, ; WO 94/20089; Eur. Pat. Pub. No. 590267; U.S. Patent Nos.
5,294,637; 5,283,253;
5,279,949; 5,274,137; 5,202,448; 5,200,534; 5,229,529; 5,254,580; 5,412,092;
5,395,850; 5,380,751;
5,350,866; 4,857,653; 5,272,171; 5,411,984; 5,248,796; 5,248,796; 5,422,364;
5,300,638; 5,294,637;
5,362,831; 5,440,056; 4,814,470; 5,278,324; 5,352,805; 5,411,984; 5,059,699;
4,942,184,, or paclitaxel may be obtained from a variety of commercial sources, including for example, Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Missouri (T7402 - from Taxus brevifolia).
[0220] Representative examples of paclitaxel derivatives or analogues include 7-deoxy-docetaxol, 7,8-cyclopropataxanes, N-substituted 2-azetidones, 6,7-epoxy paclitaxels, 6,7-modified paclitaxels, 10-desacetoxytaxol, 10-deacetyltaxol (from 10-deacetylbaccatin I.II), phosphonooxy and carbonate derivatives of taxol, taxol 2',7-di(sodium 1,2-benzenedicarboxylate, 10-desacetoxy-11,12-dihydrotaxol-10,12(18)-diene derivatives, I 0-desacetoxytaxol, Protaxol (2'-and/or 7-0-ester derivatives), (2'-and/or 7-0-carbonate derivatives), asymmetric synthesis of taxol side chain, fluoro taxols, 9-deoxotaxane, (13-acetyl-9-deoxobaccatine tII, 9-deoxotaxol, 7-deoxy-9-deoxotaxol, 10-desacetoxy-7-deoxy-9-deoxotaxol, Derivatives containing hydrogen or acetyl group and a hydroxy and tert-butoxycarbonylamino, sulfonated 2'-acryloyltaxol and sulfonated 2'-O-acyl acid taxol derivatives, succinyltaxol, 2'-y-aminobutyryltaxol formate, 2'-acetyl taxol, 7-acetyl taxol, 7-glycine carbamate taxol, 2'-OH-7-PEG(5000) carbamate taxol, 2'-benzoyl and 2',7-dibenzoyl taxol derivatives, other prodrugs (2'-acetyltaxol; 2',7-diacetyltaxol;
2'succinyltaxol; 2'-(beta-alanyl)-taxol); 2'gainma-aminobutyryltaxol formate; ethylene glycol derivatives of 2'-succinyltaxol; 2'-glutaryltaxol; 2'-(N,N-dimethylglycyl) taxol; 2'-(2-(N,N-dimethylamino)propionyl)taxol;
2'orthocarboxybenzoyl taxol; 2'aliphatic carboxylic acid derivatives of taxol, Prodrugs {2'(N,N-diethylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2'(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 7(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 2',7-di-(N,N-dimethylglycyl)taxol, 7(N,N-diethylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2',7-di(N,N-dietlrylaminopropionyl)taxol, 2'-(L-glycyl)taxol, 7-(L-glycyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-glycyl)taxol, 2'-(L-alanyl)taxol, 7-(L-alanyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-alanyl)taxol, 2'-(L-leucyl)taxol, 7-(L-leucyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-leucyl)taxol, 2'-(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 7-(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-isoleucyl)taxol, 2'-(L-valyl)taxol, 7-(L-valyl)taxol, 2'7-di(L-valyl)taxol, 2'-(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 7-(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-phenylalanyl)taxol, 2'-(L-prolyl)taxol, 7-(L-prolyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-prolyl)taxol, 2'-(L-lysyl)taxol, 7-(L-lysyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-lysyl)taxol, 2'-(L-glutamyl)taxol, 7-(L-glutarnyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-glutamyl)taxol, 2'-(L-arginyl)taxol, 7-(L-arginyl)taxol, 2',7-di(L-arginyl)taxol}, taxol analogues with modified phenylisoser'vle side chains, TAXOTEREO, (N-debenzoyl-N-tert-(butoxycaronyl)-10-deacetyltaxol, and taxanes (e.g., baccatin III, cephalomannine, 10-deacetylbaccatin III, brevifoliol, yunantaxusin and taxusin); and other taxane analogues and derivatives, including 14-beta-hydroxy-10 deacetybaccatin III, debenzoyl-2-acyl paclitaxel derivatives, benzoate paclitaxel derivatives, phosphonooxy and carbonate paclitaxel derivatives, sulfonated 2'-acryloyltaxol; sulfonated 2'-O-acyl acid paclitaxel derivatives, 18-site-substituted paclitaxel derivatives, chlorinated paclitaxel analogues, C4 methoxy ether paclitaxel derivatives, sulfenamide taxane derivatives, brominated paclitaxel analogues, Girard taxane derivatives, nitrophenyl paclitaxel, l0-deacetylated substituted paclitaxel derivatives, 14- beta -hydroxy- 10 deacetylbaccatin III taxane derivatives, C7 taxane derivatives, C10 taxane derivatives, 2-debenzoyl-2-acyl taxane derivatives, 2-debenzoyl and -2-acyl paclitaxel derivatives, taxane and baccatin III analogues bearing new C2 and C4 functional groups, n-acyl paclitaxel analogues, 10-deacetylbaccatin III and 7-protected-l0-deacetylbaccatin III derivatives from 10-deacetyl taxol A, 10-deacetyl taxol B, and 10-deacetyl taxol, benzoate derivatives of taxol, 2-aroyl-4-acyl paclitaxel analogues, orthro-ester paclitaxel analogues, 2-aroyl-4-acyl paclitaxel analogues and 1-deoxy paclitaxel and 1-deoxy paclitaxel analogues.
[02211 In one aspect, the cell cycle inhibitor is a taxane having the formula (IV):
H
H3C ~ CH3 I / NH, Rlg 0 I I ~ ~ HO
(IV).
[0222] A side-chain (labeled "A" in the diagram) is desirably present in order for the compound to have good activity as a cell cycle inhibitor. Examples of compounds having this structure include paclitaxel (Merck Index entry 7117), docetaxol (TAXOTEREO, Merck Index entry 3458), and 3'-desphenyl-3'-(4-ntirophenyl)-N-debenzoyl-N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol.
Suitable taxanes such as paclitaxel and its analogues and derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,440,056 as having the structure (V):
~~
~I3C'~
R1 0~1\\ _ - , O
R6 = H
R50 ~
(V), [0223] wherein X may be oxygen (paclitaxel), liydrogen (9-deoxy derivatives), thioacyl, or dihydroxyl precursors; RI is selected fi=oin paclitaxel or TAXOTEREOO side chains or alkanoyl of the formula (VI) O
R7 )~NH 0 (VI), [0224] wherein R7 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl, alkoxy, amino, phenoxy (substituted or unsubstituted); R8 is selected froin hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, phenyl (substituted or unsubstituted), alpha or beta-naphthyl; and R9 is selected from hydrogen, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl, and aminoalkanoyl; where substitutions refer to hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, allalkoxyl, carboxyl, halogen, thioalkoxyl, N,N-dimethylainino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, nitro, and -OSO3H, and/or may refer to groups containing such substitutions; R2 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy; R3 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy, and may further be a silyl containing group or a sulphur containing group; R4 is selected from acyl, alkyl, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl, peptidylalkanoyl and aroyl; R5 is selected from acyl, alkyl, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl, peptidylalkanoyl and aroyl; R6 is selected from hydrogen or oxygen-containing groups, such as hydrogen, hydroxyl alkoyl, alkanoyloxy, aminoalkanoyloxy, and peptidyalkanoyloxy.
[0225] In another aspect, the paclitaxel analogues and derivatives useful as cell cycle inhibitors are disclosed in Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 93/10076. As disclosed in this publication, the analogue or derivative should have a side chain attached to the taxane nucleus at C 13, as shown in the structure below (formula VII), in order to confer antitumor activity to the taxane.
]0 9 7 (VII).
[0226] Int'l Pat. Pub. No. WO 93/10076 discloses that the taxane nucleus may be substituted at any position with the exception of the existing methyl groups. The substitutions may include, for example, hydrogen, alkanoyloxy, alkenoyloxy, aryloyloxy. In addition, oxo groups may be attached to carbons labeled 2, 4, 9, and/or 10. As well, an oxetane ring may be attaclled at carbons 4 and 5. As well, an oxirane ring may be attached to the carbon labeled 4.
[0227] In a further aspect, a taxane-based cell cycle inhibitor useful for use with the compositiosn of the present invention is disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,440,056, which discloses 9-deoxo taxanes. These are compounds lacking an oxo group at the carbon labeled 9 in the taxane structure shown above (fonnula VII). The taxane ring may be substituted at the carbons labeled 1, 7, and 10 (independently) with H, OH, O-R, or O-CO-R where R is an alkyl or an aminoalkyl. As well, it may be substituted at carbons labeled 2 and 4 (independently) with aryol, alkanoyl, aminoalkanoyl or alkyl groups. The side chain of formula (VI) may be substituted at R7 and R8 (independently) with phenyl rings, substituted phenyl rings, linear alkanes/alkenes, and groups containing H, 0 or N. R9 may be substituted with H, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkanoyl group.
[0228] Taxanes in general and paclitaxel in particular, are considered to function as cell cycle inhibitors by acting as an anti-microtubule agent, and more specifically as stabilizers. These compounds have been shown useful in the treatinent of proliferative disorders, including: non-small cell (NSC) lung, small cell lung, breast, prostate, cervical, endoinetrial, head, and neck cancers.
3. DOSAGES
[0229] Drug doses administered from the compositions of the present invention for the repair of cartilage depends on a variety of factors, including the type of formulation and treatment site;
however, certain principles can be applied in the application of this art.
Drug dose can be calculated as a function of dose per unit area (of the treatment site); using this calculation, thetotal drug dose administered can be measured and appropriate surface concentrations of active drug can be determined. For local application (such as intra-articular or endoscopic administration), drugs are to be used at concentrations that range from several times more than to 50%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or even less than 1% of the concentration typically used in a single systeinic dose application. in certain aspects, the agent is released from the composition in effective concentrations in a time period that may be measured from the time of infiltration into tissue, which ranges from about less than 1 day to about 180 days. Release tiine may also be from about 7 days to about 14 days;
froin about 14 days to about 28 days; from about 28 days to about 56 days; from about 56 days to about 90 days; or from about 90 days to about 180 days. In one aspect, the drug is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-90 days.
[0230] Therapeutic agents, used alone or in coinbination, may be administered under the following dosing guidelines. The total amount (dose) of therapeutic agent in the composition can be in the range of about 0.01 g-l0 g;10 g-10 mg;10 mg-250 mg; 250 mg-1000 mg; or 1000 mg-2500 mg.
The dose (i.e., amount) of therapeutic agent per unit area of surface to which the agent is applied may be in the range of about 0.01 g/min'-1 g/mm2; I g/mmZ-10 g/mm2; 10 g/mmz-250 g/mmZ; 250 g/min2-1000 g/mmz; or 1000 g/mm2 -2500 g/mm2.
[0231] Provided below are exemplary dosage ranges for angiogenesis inhibitors and paclitaxel and analogues and derivatives thereof, i.e., preferred therapeutic agents that can be used in conjunction with compositions of the present invention for the repair of cartilage. (A) Angiogenesis inhibitors include without limitation, alphastatin, ZD-6474, IDN-5390, SB-2723005, ABT-518, coinbretastatin, anecortane, and analogues and derivatives thereof. The total dose of angiogenesis inhibitors in the composition is typically not to exceed 200 mg (range of 0.1 g to 200 mg), with a preferred total dose in the range of 1 g to 100 mg. The dose per unit area (e.g., when used on a tissue or implant surface) of angiogenesis inhibitors is typically in the range of 0.01 g-100 g per mm2, with a preferred dose per unit area in the range of 0.1 g/ mmZ-20 gg/ mm2. (B) Paclitaxel and analogues and derivatives (e.g., docetaxel) typically have a total dose in the composition not to exceed 10 mg (range of 0.1 g to mg), with a preferred total dose in the range of of 1 g to 3 mg. The dose per unit area (e.g., when used on a tissue or implant surface) of paclitaxel, its analogues and derivatives, is typically in the range of 0.1 .g-10 g per mm2, with a preferred dose per unit area in the range of 0.25 g/ mmZ-5 .g/
inm2.
[0232] Other active agents for use in the compositions of the present invention are small molecules including but not limited to dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-0-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NAME (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof, cytokines, such as TNFa, NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-(3, IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transfoi-ming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives of such growth factors.
Members of the TGF supergene family include the beta transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF-(31, TGF-[32, TGF-P3); bone morphogenetic proteins (e.g., BMP-1, BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, BMP-7, BMP-8, BMP-9); heparin-binding growth factors (e.g., fibroblast growth factor (FGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-like growth factor (IGF)); inhibins (e.g., inhibin A, inhibin B); growth differentiating factors (e.g., GDF-1); and activins (e.g., activin A, activin B, activin AB). Growth factors can be isolated from native or natural sources, such as from mammalian cells, or can be prepared synthetically, such as by recombinant DNA techniques or by various chemical processes. In addition, analogues, fragments, or derivatives of these factors can be used, provided that they exhibit at least some of the biological activity of the native molecule. For example, analogues can be prepared by expression of genes altered by site-specific mutagenesis or other genetic engineering techniques.
[0233] Bone morpllogenic proteins (e.g., BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof) are to be used in formulations at concentrations that range from 0.0001 g/mL to approximately 25 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, formulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, type of medical device interface and formulation volume and or surface area coverage required. Preferably, the bone morphogenic protein is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days. The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 30 mg (range of 0.001 g to 30 mg); preferred 1 g to 20 mg and the dose per unit area of tissue is in the range of 0.001 .g-1000 g per mm2; with a preferred dose of 0.01 gg/mm2-200 gg/mm2. Minimum concentration of 10-9-10-' M
of bone morphogenic protein is to be maintained on the device surface.
[0234] Cytokines useful in the method of the present invention include without limitation, cytokines such as TNFa, NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-(3, IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transforming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, and biologically active analogues, fraginents, and derivatives of such growth factors, members of the TGF
supergene family including the beta transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF-(31, TGF-02, TGF-(33).
Cytokines are preferably used in the compositions of the present invention at concentrations that range from 0.0001 g/mL to approximately 20 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, foirnulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, and formulation volume and/or surface area coverage required.
Preferably, the cytokine and/or growth factor is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days.
The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 100 mg (range of 0.0001 .g to 100 mg); preferred 0.00 1 g to 30 mg. When used on a tissue or implant surface, the dose per unit area is in the range of 0.0001 gg-500 g per mmz; with a preferred dose of 0.001 g/mmz-200 g/mm2. The minimum concentration of inflammatory cytokine to be maintained on a tissue or implant surface is in the range of 10-10-10-4 g/mL.
[0235] Furthermore, the composition may alone or additionally comprise an agent that stimulates processes involving tissue regeneration including but not limited to cellular proliferation, cell migration, and/or cell adhesion. Examples include: dexamethasone, RGD (Arg-Gly-Asp) sequence, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-(3-estradiol, estradiol, 1-a-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, L-NAME (a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof. Doses used are those concentrations which are demonstrated to stimulate cell proliferation (see, Examples 8-13), migration (see, Example 14) and/or cell adhesion and/or other processes involved in tissue regeneration. The agents are to be used in formulations at concentrations that range from 0.1 .g to 25 mg/mL depending on the specific clinical application, formulation type (e.g., gel, liquid, solid, semi-solid), formulation chemistry, duration of required application, type of medical device interface and formulation volume and or surface area coverage required. Preferably, the agent is released in effective concentrations for a period ranging from 1-180 days. The total dose for a single application is typically not to exceed 200 ing (range of 0.0001 g to 200 mg); preferred 0.001 g to 100 mg. When used on a tissue or implant surface, the dose is per unit area is in the range of 0.00001 g-500 g per mmz; with a preferred dose in the range of 0.0001 g/mm2-200 g/mm2. The minimum concentration of proliferative agent to be maintained on a tissue or implant surface is in the range of 10"11-10"6 M.
[0236] Biologically active agents may be incorporated into the composition by admixture.
Alternatively, the agents may be incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix by binding these agents to the functional groups on the synthetic polymers. Processes for covalently binding biologically active agents such as growth factors using functionally activated polyethylene glycols are described in commonly owned U.S. Patent No. 5,162,430 to Rhee et al. Such compositions preferably include linkages that can be easily biodegraded, for example as a result of enzymatic degradation, resulting in the release of the active agent into the target tissue, where it will exert its desired therapeutic effect.
[0237] A siinple method for incorporating biologically active agents containing nucleophilic groups into the crosslinked polymer composition involves mixing the active agent with a polyelectrophilic component prior to addition of the polynucleophilic component.
[0238] By varying the relative molar amounts of the different components of the crosslinkable composition, it is possible to alter the net charge of the resulting crosslinked polymer composition, in order to prepare a matrix for the delivery of a charged coinpound such as a protein or ionizable drug.
As such, the delivery of charged proteins or drugs, which would normally diffuse rapidly out of a neutral carrier matrix, can be controlled.
[0239] For example, if a molar excess of a polynucleophilic component is used, the resulting matrix has a net positive charge and can be used to ionically bind and deliver negatively charged compounds.
Examples of negatively charged compounds that can be delivered from these matrices include various drugs, cells, proteins, and polysaccharides. Negatively charged collagens, such as succinylated collagen, and glycosaminoglycan derivatives such as sodium hyaluronate, keratan sulfate, keratosulfate, sodium chondroitin sulfate A, sodium derinatan sulfate B, sodiuin chondroitin sulfate C, heparin, esterified chondroitin sulfate C, and esterified heparin, can be effectively incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix as described above.
[0240] If a molar excess of a polyelectrophilic component is used, the resulting matrix has a net negative charge and can be used to ionically bind and deliver positively charged compounds.
Exainples of positively charged compounds that can be delivered from these matrices include various drugs, cells, proteins, and polysaccharides. Positively charged collagens, such as methylated collagen, and glycosaminoglycan derivatives such as esterified deacetylated hyaluronic acid, esterified deacetylated desulfated chondroitin sulfate A, esterified deacetylated desulfated chondroitin sulfate C, deacetylated desulfated keratan sulfate, deacetylated desulfated keratosulfate, esterified desulfated heparin, and chitosan, can be effectively incorporated into the crosslinked polymer matrix as described above.
[0241] Varying the relative molar amounts of the different components of the crosslinkable composition may be used to alter the crosslinked compositions mechanical properties.
[0242] The compositions can also be prepared to contain various colorants or imaging agents such as synthetic dyes and natural coloring agents, light emissive and fluorescent dyes, iodine or barium sulfate, or fluorine, in order to aid visualization of the compositions after administration via optical, X-ray or 19F-MRI detection means. Suitable colorants include, but are not limited to, FD&C dyes and FD&C lakes, (e.g., allura red AC, amaranth, brilliant blue FCF, quinoline yellow, sunset yellow FCF), black PN, Bordeaux B, Brown FK, Brown HT, canthaxanthin, carmine, carmoisine, beetroot red, chlorophyll, conchineal, curcumin, eosin, erythrosine, green S, ponceau 4R, red 2G, saffron, tartrazine, turmeric, and mixtures thereo~ Examples of light-emissive and fluorescent dyes include:
fluorescein, rose bengal, indocyanine green, analogue members of the tricarbocyanine dyes; and many others. In selecting a suitable dye, color and luminescent efficiency are two important factors.
Luminescent dyes found particularly suitable include cyanine and related polymethine dyes, merocyanine, styryl and oxonol dyes. Other suitable coloring agents, light-emissive dyes, and fluorescent dyes will be obvious to those skilled in the art. It may also be desirable to incorporate proteins such as albumin, fibrin, or fibrinogen into the crosslinked polymer composition to promote cellular adhesion. In addition, the introduction of hydrocolloids such as carboxymethylcellulose may promote tissue adhesion.
XVI. CROSSLINKING OF THE COMPOSITION:
[0243] Any number of crosslinking techniques may be used to effect crosslinking of the aforementioned compositions. Generally, however, components A, B and optionally C are selected such that crosslinking occurs fairly rapidly upon admixture of all components of the crosslinkable composition with an aqueous medium.
[0244] For crosslinking compositions in which one or more components contain hydroxyl and/or thiol groups as nucleophilic moieties, the aqueous medium with which the crosslinking composition (or components thereof) are adinixed should contain a basic reagent that is effective to increase the nucleophilic reactivity of the hydroxyl and/or thiol group (and thus the rate of the nucleophile-electrophile reactions) but that is preferably non-nucleophilic so as to avoid reaction with any electrophilic groups present. A catalytic amount of base can be used, and/or a base-containing buffer.
In an alternative embodiment, a reactive base can be used that participates as a reactant in the crosslinking reaction.
[0245] In general, the combined concentration of all crosslinkable components in the aqueous admixture will be in the range of about I to 50 wt.%, generally about 2 to 40 wt.%; however, a preferred concentration of the crosslinkable composition in the aqueous medium, as well as the preferred concentration of each crosslinkable component therein, will depend on a number of factors including the type of component, its molecular weight, and the end use of the composition. For example, use of higher concentrations of the crosslinkable components, or using highly functionalized components, will result in the formation of a more tightly crosslinked network, producing a stiffer, more robust gel. As such, compositions intended for use in tissue augmentation will generally employ concentrations of crosslinkable components that fall toward the higher end of the preferred concentration range. The appropriate concentration of each crosslinkable component can easily be optimized to achieve a desired gelation time and gel strength using routine experimentation.
[0246] Using the composition disclosed above, elastic modulus values ranging from approximately 2 N/cmz to approximately 40 N/cmZ have been observed during in viti o testing.
Average tensile strengths ranging from 1.5 N/cm2 to 70 N/cm' have been observed in tests using an INSTRON
testing apparatus.
XII. KITS
[0247] In one aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the kit comprises: (a) a first hydrophilic polyiner; (b) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m> 2; and (c) a crosslinkable component B
having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n? 2 and m + n> 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the coinponents results in a biocompatible, noniimnunogenic, crosslinked inatrix.
[0248] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, each of components A and B
comprise polyalkeleneoxide. In a more preferred embodiment, the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene oxide).
Within the kit, it is contemplated that components A and B may be the same or different.
Components A and B may also be in admixture in a liquid or a solid form.
[0249] In yet another aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises a device for mixing (a), (b), and (c) and delivering (a), (b), and (c) or a partial reaction product thereof to the dainaged cartilage or other connective tissue. The device may be configured to spray material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage tissue, muscle, periosteum, ligament, tendon fat, and/or soft tissue implant. For example, the device may be configured to deliver material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage or other connective tissue as a liquid, gel, or suspension.
[0250] In a preferred embodiment of the kit, the first hydrophilic polymer is inethylated collagen dissolved or suspended in aqueous solution of pH less than 7.
[0251] In still a further aspect of the invention, the kit further comprises an additional component (d), which comprises an aqueous solution of pH greater than 7.
[0252] In yet another aspect of the invention, there is provided a kit for repairing damaged cartilage or other connective tissue, wherein the kit comprises: (a) an aqueous solution of methylated collagen, the solution having a pH of less than 7; (b) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (c) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein (b) and (c) are in admixture in solid forin; and (d) an aqueous solution having a pH of greater than 7.
[0253] In one embodiment of the kit, there is included one PEG pouch, one collagen pouch, and one buffer pouch. Within this kit, the PEG pouch is comprised of PEG in a 50:50 mixture of two synthetic polymers, both approximately 10,000 MW: pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) either tetra succinimidyl glutarate (COH102) and pentaerythritol poly(ethylene glycol) ether tetra-thiol (COH206); the collagen pouch is contains one syringe filled with 20-22 ing/inL
methylated bovine collagen in sodium acetate/sodium chloride solution at pH 3.5 to 4.0; and the buffer pouch contains one syringe filled with sodium phosphate and sodium carbonate, pH 9.6 comprised of 120 mM
sodium phosphate and 180 mM sodium bicarbonate.
[0254] It is to be understood that while the invention has been described in conjunction with the preferred specific embodiments thereof, the foregoing description is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of the invention. Other aspects, advantages, and modifications will be apparent to those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. All patents, patent applications, patent publications, journal articles and other references cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
EXPERIMENTAL
[0255] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the compounds of the invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.) but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in C and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[0256] From the foregoing description of the embodiments of the invention and fi=om the following examples, it will be appreciated that although specific embodiments and examples of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention; accordingly, the invention is not limited by the description fo the embodiinents or the examples as set forth herein.
[02571 In the following examples, the term "NHS-PEG" refers to pentaerythritol tetrakis[1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene)] ether, also known as tetra functional succiniinidyl glutarate PEG (i.e., a four-armed NHS-PEG) with a molecular weight of 10,000.
The term "HS-PEG"
refers to pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene)] ether, also known as tetra functional thiol PEG (i.e., a four-armed thiol PEG) with a molecular weight of 10,000. Both NHS-PEG and HS-PEG are available from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI.
GELATION OF NIIS-PEG AND HS-PEG
[0258] A homogenous mixture of NHS-PEG and HS-PEG was obtained by mixing approximately equal amounts of the two powders. A 20% (w/v) solution of mixed PEG powder was then prepared by dissolving the powder in diluted HC1. The obtained solution (pH 2.1) was then cosprayed with an equal volume of a 300 mM sodium phosphate/sodium carbonate buffer (pH 9.6).
Gelation occurred almost immediately (< 3 sec) and the gel obtained its firin, rubbery, solid properties in less than a minute with a total solid content of approximately 10% PEG.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND METHYLATED COLLAGEN
[0259] A crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution of NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and a methylated collagen (MC). The acidic paste (pH 3-4) containing 10% NHS-PEG, 10% HS-PEG, and 22 mg/mL of MC spontaneously gelled when mixed with an equal volume of 0.3 M
phosphate/carbonate solution (pH 9.6). Gelation occurred within seconds to form a strong hydrogel that adheres well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution. As previously noted, the combination ofNHS-PEG (10K), HS-PEG (10K), and MC is associated with the tradenaine CHONDROGELTM.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND MC ON A TISSUE SAMPLE
[02601 A crosslinked hydrogel (i.e., CHONDROGELTM) was formed froin an acidic solution of NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and a methylated collagen (MC). The acidic paste (pH 3-4) containing 10%
NHS-PEG, 10% HS-PEG, and 22 mg/mL of MC was applied onto a tissue and shaped with a spatula to its desired form. In a subsequent step, a smaller volume of 0.3 M
phosphate/carbonate solution (pH
9.6) than that used in Example 2 was applied (via spraying or dropping) to the paste. Gelation of the paste started immediately and continued as the 0.3 M phosphate/carbonate solution diffused into the tissue. Within a few minutes, a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution was fonned on the tissue.
GELATION OF NHS-PEG AND MC
[0261] 10 % w/v of NHS-.PEG was mixed with MC at a concentration of 19 mg/ml and pH 3-4 to form a homogenous stable acidic solution. This solution spontaneously formed a three-dimensional matrix when mixed with 0.3 M phosphate/carbonate pH 9.6 solution. The basic solution activated the amines from the MC, which then reacted with the SG (succinimidyl glutarate) groups to form the ainide bonds. The gelation occurred within seconds to form a strong biomaterial that adhered well to the tissue and did not swell after 24 hours of immersion in saline solution.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION FOR THE REPAIR OF LATERAL MENISCUS
[0262] To repair the lateral meniscus in a patient, the patient is placed in a supine position with the knee of the affected leg positioned at a 90-degree angle to facilitate access to the lateral ineniscus during the fixation and/or suturing procedures. The supine position is the most convenient position to make a posterolateral skin incision if inside-out suturing is done.
[0263] For the surgical exposure, standard anteromedial and anterolateral portals are made. The following landmarks are used to identify the correct position of the arthroscopic portals: the anterolateral portal is placed 1 cin superior to the distal pole patella and a thumb's breadth lateral to the patella; the anteromedial portal is placed at the level of the distal pole of the patella and a tliumb's breadth medial to the patella.
[0264] During the surgical procedure the surgeon may require accessory portals in order to obtain the desired view or access. Portals slightly higher and more medial and lateral to the "normal" position have been shown to be useful. If anatomy dictates, such as with a prominent tibial spine, a midline transpatellar tendon portal miglit be useful to get optimal access to the most posterior aspect of the meniscus during suturing.
[0265] Several options are available for repairing a meniscus. A fairly standard and well-established technique involves the inside-out suture technique using the SHARPSHOOTER
Tissue Repair System (ReGen Biologics, Franklin Lakes, N.J.) or a hand-held zone specific cannulae. An alternative method, which to date has limited clinical experience, involves an all-inside suture fixation technique. Both techniques are described below in detail.
[0266] The Inside-Out Technique:
[0267] To conduct the inside-out technique for the repair of a lateral meniscus, a posterolateral skin incision is necessary in order to assist in the identification and capture of the needles during the lateral inside-out suturing procedure and to ensure the proper identification and protection of neurovascular structures. The incision should be approximately 3-5 cm in length, 1/3 above, and 2/3 below the lateral joint line and in the interval between the posterior edge of the iliotibial band and the anterior edge of the biceps tendon. The incision is deepened with blunt dissection until the capsule is reached.
A tissue protection spoon retractor is placed in the incision as deeply as possible. This instrument will help to protect the neurovascular structures while the suture needles are passed from the inside of the joint to the lateral outer aspects of the knee.
[0268] Next, CHONDROGELTM is injected into the meniscal defect at an amount approximated to fill the defect, preferably with an 18G needle; any excess CHONDROGELTM will be displaced out of the meniscus. As previously noted, CHONDROGELTM, available from Angiotech Biomaterials Corp.
(Palo Alto, CA) is the tradename for a combination of a 4-armed thiol PEG
(10K), a 4-armed NHS
PEG(10K), and metliylated collagen. By using the SHARPSHOOTEROx Tissue Repair System, or conventional inside-out suturing cannulae, the meniscus is sutured together with size 2-0 braided polyester. The suturing can be done either from the posterior to the anterior end of the implant or vice versa. A change of suturing direction during the suturing procedure is not recommended. The first horizontal suture is placed either in the anterior or posterior aspect of the meniscus defect. Using a double-armed suture, the first arm is typically placed into the intact meniscus remnant and the second arm into the torn meniscus. Vertical mattress sutures are used throughout the entire length of the implant, other than the ends where inattress sutures are used. Sutures should be placed every 4-5 mm.
[0269] When using the SHARPSHOOTER Tissue Repair System, it is helpful to advance the needle of the second arm about 2 mm out of the cannula before placing the stitch. With the advanced needle, the torn meniscus can be picked up approximately mid-width. With the application of slight posterior pressure, the proper positioning of the iinplant is assured before advancing the needle. Care must be taken to ensure that the two arms of the sutures are pulled together at the same time to avoid any sawing action of the suture on the torn fragment.
[0270] After placement of all sutures, the sutures should be tied over the capsule through the posterolateral skin incision while the torn fragment remains under visual control of the arthroscope.
When tying the sutures, the tension should allow apposition of torn meniscus to the meniscus rim.
Direct visualization can help to assure that the sutures are tied with correct tension.
[0271] The All-Inside Fixation Technique:
[0272] The all-inside fixation technique does not require additional skin incisions over those required for the inside-out suturing described above.
[0273] A standard curve FAST-FIX fi=om Smith & Nephew (London, GB) is used in this procedure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The white plastic sheath that acts as a depth guard typically should be cut to 16 mm before insertion into the joint. This length should be adequate to allow the tip of the device to penetrate the torn mensicus and the meniscus rim while preventing the tip from jeopardizing the neurovascular structures.
[0274] With the torn fragment positioned properly in the meniscus defect, the torn fragment can be attached to the meniscus rim similar to that noted above for the inside-out suture technique.
Horizontal pattern stitches should be placed in the anterior and posterior end, and vertical pattern stitches should be placed over the remainder of the torn fragment. The FAST-FIX first penetrates the torn fragment with the curve pointed posteriorly toward the neurovascular structures. The device is then rotated 180 degrees so the curve points anteriorly away from the neurovascular structures as it is advanced and penetrates the meniscus rim. When the tip can be felt to penetrate the meniscus rim, or when the depth guard prevents furtller penetration, the thumb slide is advanced so that the first fixation implant, TI, is deployed froin the needle. The FAST-FIX needle is then backed out of the tissue and into the joint carefully to assure that TI is secure against the peripheral meniscus rim.
While the tip of the FAST-FIX can be visualized, the thumb slide is advanced to position the second implant, T2, at the tip of the needle. Care must be taken not to allow the sutures to become tangled during this maneuver. The FAST-FIX needle is then passed into the host meniscus rim, either vertically or horizontally as noted above. When the tip can be felt to penetrate the meniscus rim, the thumb slide is advanced so that T2 is deployed from the needle. The FAST-FIXOx device is then completely removed from the joint with care to assure that the suture end also is exteriorized. Under direct arthroscopic visualization, the suture is tightened down either by hand or with the assistance of a knot pusher. Care should be taken not to over tighten the suture otherwise the torn fragment could be cut by a too tight suture. Using the suture cutter or arthroscopic scissors, the suture is cut just proximal to the knot. This procedure is repeated to place as many fixation devices as necessary to obtain a complete and secure fixation.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION FOR THE REPAIR OF MEDIAL MENSICUS
[0275] Preoperative surgical planning for the repair of a medial mensicus is based on clinical, radiographic and MRI examinations. For the repair a medial ineniscus, the patient is placed in a supine position witl- the knee of the affected leg positioned at a 90 degree angle to facilitate access to the medial meniscus during the later-stage suturing procedure and also to facilitate retrieval of the needles from the posteromedial skin incision.
[0276] For the surgical exposure, standard anteromedial and anterolateral portals are made. The following landmarks are used to identify the correct position of the artllroscopic portals: the anterolateral portal is placed 1 cm superior to the distal pole patella and a thuinb's breadth lateral to the patella; the anteromedial portal is placed at the level of the distal pole of the patella and a thumb's breadth inedial to the patella.
[0277] During the surgical procedure the surgeon may require accessory portals in order to obtain the desired view or access. Portals slightly higher and more medial and lateral to the "normal" position have been shown to be useful. If anatoiny dictates, such as a proininent tibial spine, a midline transpatellar tendon portal might be useful to get optimal access to the most posterior aspect of the meniscus during suturing.
[0278] For the preparation of the implant bed, the site should be roughened by using an awl or rasping instrument to which the CHONDROGELTM may be applied through the scope portal or directly to the defect site.
[0279] The Inside-Out Technique:
[0280] To perform the inside-out technique for the repair of a medial meniscus, a posteromedial skin incision is necessary in order to assist in the identification and capture of the needles during the later stage inside-out suturing procedure and to ensure the proper identification and protection of neurovascular structures. The incision should be approximately 3-5 cm in length, 1/3 above and 2/3 below the joint line, and parallel to the posterior margin of the medial collateral ligament. Once the incision is made, attempts should be made to identify and isolate the infrapatellar branch of the saphenous neive. The incision is deepened with blunt dissection until the capsule is reached. A tissue protection spoon retractor is placed in the incision as deeply as possible;
this instrument will help to protect the neurovascular structures while the suture needles are passed from the inside of the joint to the medial outer aspects of the knee.
[0281] To suture the meniscus, CHONDROGELTM is applied to the open defect in an amount approximated to fill the open defect; any excess CHONDROGELTM will be displaced out of the meniscus. By using conventional inside-out suturing cannulae, or the SHARPSHOOTEROx Tissue Repair System, the defect is sutured to the remaining meniscus with size 2-0 braided polyester. The first horizontal suture is either placed in the anterior or posterior aspect of the meniscus defect. Using a double-armed suture, the first arm is typically placed into the native meniscus remnant and the second arm into the torn meniscus. Vertical mattress sutures are used tlu=ougliout the entire length of the implant. The sutures should be placed midway between the inner and outer margins of the meniscus. This technique provides the greatest resistance to the sutures cutting through the implant.
Sutures should be placed every 4-5 min.
[0282] When using the SHARPSHOOTER Tissue Repair Systein it is helpful to advance the needle of the second arm about 2 mm out of the cannula before placing the stitch. With the advanced needle, the torn meniscus can be picked up approximately mid-width. With the application of slight posterior pressure the proper positioning of the meniscus is assured before advancing the needle.
[0283] If a suture is improperly placed, it should be removed and reinserted.
The tissue protection spoon retractor should be used at the medial incision to facilitate identification and capture of the needles. Care should be taken to avoid damage to the surrounding neurovascular structures. After placement of all sutures, they should be tied over the capsule through the medial skin incision while the repair remains under visual control of the arthroscope. When tying the sutures, the tension should allow apposition of the defect, but the sutures should not be tied tightly like a meniscus repair suture.
The direct visualization will help to assure that the sutures are tied with correct tension.
USE OF THE COMPOSITION IN MICROFRACTURE SURGICAL TECHNIQUE
[0284] Microfracture is a surgical technique developed to treat chondral defects, i.e., damaged areas of the articular cartilage of the knee. It is commonly performed in patients with fiill thickness damage to the articular cartilage that proceeds to the bone. The procedure allows bone maiTow and blood to enter the site, which will then result in tissue regeneration on the chondral surface. There are two probleins with the microfracture technique to date: trying to keep the formed clot in place and the quality of the cartilage that regenerates. Once the microfracture technique is performed, it often fails because the established marrow clot dislodges into the joint.
[0285] Another important aspect of the microfrature procedure that warrants careful consideration is the quality of the cartilage that requires regeneration. Ideally, the new cartilage that forms should not be infiltrated with blood vessels; if blood vessels infiltrate the cartilage, an inferior fibrocartilage will result.
[0286] To prevent bone marrow, blood, and associated growth factors from leaving the site of the microfracture and also to prevent angiogenesis, CHONDROGELT"' alone or CHONDROGELTM
loaded with paclitaxel or otlier angiogenesis inhibitors should be applied to the microfracture site as explained in the following animal model procedure..
[0287] Pigs are anesthesized using standard techniques and maintained on anesthesia. One knee joint is aseptically prepared and using appropriate surgical techniques to allow recovery of the animal. A
poi-tion of the articular cartilage is exposed and removed. The amount of tissue removed is similar to that found in human defects. The size of the defect should be the same in each animal. Multiple holes, or microfi=actures, are then made through the cartilage into the bone approximately 3-4 mm apart. Bone marrow and blood will well up to fill the boles and flow into the defect to form a clot.
Following this procedure, the area is left alone (control) or CHONDROGELTM
and/or CHONDROGELTM plus paclitaxel at various concentrations in separate animal groups is applied to the area. The CHONDROGELTM is applied to the general site of the defect above the series of holes and clot. The amount of material applied will depend on the area coverage of the holes and may range from 0.05 mL to approximately 0.75 mL. The CHONDROGELTM can either be applied according to Example 2 or it can be applied according to Example 3 in which the PEG/methylated collagen is applied to the site and once it is deemed to be where desired, the basic buffer is dripped on top of the PEG/inethylated collagen composition to produce the crosslinked matrix.
Concentrations of paclitaxel may range between 0.1 mg/mL to about 1.0 mg/mL.
[0288] Following the procedure, the area is cleaned, and the tissues are sutured in layers using standard surgical technique. The procedure may also be done arthroscopically.
The animals are then recovered. At various time intervals (e.g., 2 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, and possibly longer), the animals are sacrificed, and the microfracture site exposed and visually assessed for healing. Sections are then taken for histological analysis to assess the extent of healing and to differentiate the production of normal cartilage from fibrocartilage. The groups showing the best healing with no fibrocartilage indicate the appropriate dose of paclitaxel to use for clinical assessment.
[0289] To test the procedure clinically, the microfracture procedure is done arthroscopically in patients who are chosen with a full thickness defect in the knee cartilage, which is a defect that extends down to the bone. After the diagnosis of a chondral defect is made through an appropriate clinical exam and investigation, it is reasonable to surgically intervene.
Three standard portals are made about the knee, to accomadate the inflow canula, the arthroscope, and the working instruments.
A tourniquet is not used during the mircrofractue procedure. A thorough inspection of all the geographic regions of the knee is carried out through the arthroscope (including suprapatellar pouch the medial and lateral gutters, the patellofermoral joint, the intercondylar notch and its contents, and the medial and lateral compartments including the posterior horns of both menisci). If other procedures are being carried out during the same surgery (e.g., ligament reconstruction), the microfracture technique should be the last procedure.
[0290] During the procedure, carefully assess the full tllickness of the cartilage lesion and debride the exposed bone of all remaining unstable cartilage; this can be done with a hand held curved curette and a fiill radius resector. Along with any unstable cartilage, any calcified cartilage layer that remains as a cap to any lesions must also be removed. Care must be taken to preserve the subchondral plate by not debriding too deeply. The prepared surgical lesion should have stable perpendicular edges of healthy well-attached viable cartilage surrounding the defect, which provides a reservoir to hold the marrow "super clot."
[0291] An arthroscopic awl is used to make multiple holes or "microfractures"
in the exposed subchondral bone plate. The awl used should have an angle that perinits the top to be perpendicular to the bone as it is advanced, typically 30 to 45 degrees, with 90 degrees used for the patella. The holes are made as close together as possible, but not so close that one breaks into another damaging the subchondral bone. Usually the holes will be 3 to 4 min apart. The appropriate depth will generate fat droplets from the marrow cavity, often when a depth of 2 to 4 mm is reached.
Microfractures are first started along the periphery, then along the stable cai-tilage, and then towards the center of the lesion.
Once the surface is prepared, the arthroscopic irrigation fluid puinp pressure is reduced; the preparation is adequate when marrow is emanating from all the mircrofracture holes.
CHONDROGELTM is then applied over the lesion, sealing in the marrow-rich clot and all its elements. Intraarticular drains should not be used.
[0292] In the case of chronic degenerative chondral lesions, the bone is often eburnated and sclerosed, making it difficult to do adequate microfracture procedure. The same process is carried out as above, but often the rim of cartilage is too thin and is not adequate hold the marrow clot. In this case, the microfracture technique is again carried out as described above with CHONDROGELTM
applied to stabilize the marrow clot in place after the procedure.
[0293] CHONDROGELTM with or without paclitaxel is placed over the microfracture areas. The optimal amount of CHONDROGELTM and concentrations of paclitaxel used will have been determined from preclinical studies. The marrow-rich clot is the basis for the new tissue formation;
the clot eventually matures into firm repair tissue that becomes smooth and durable. Since the maturing process is gradual, it may take two to six months after the procedure for the patient to experience improvement in the pain and function of the knee. Thus, a second look may be performed to assess healing at a prescribed interval between 2 and 6 months.
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF CYCLOSPORIN A ON CELL
PROLIFERATION
[0294] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Cyclosporin A is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10"2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and cyclosporin A are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0295] To terminate the assay, the media is reinoved by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTOx 400X GR dye indicator (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to 1X
Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima.
Activation of proliferation is deterinined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO control. See, FIG. 11 and the following reference: IN VITRO
TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH. HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF DEXAMETHASONE ON CELL
PROLIFERATION
[0296] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Fibroblasts at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in inedia in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Dexainethasone is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 gL/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing fibroblasts and dexamethasone are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0297] To terminate the assay, the inedia is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTOO 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L
of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room teinperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 12 and the following references: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF
ALL-TRANS RETINOIC ACID ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0298] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. All-trans retinoic acid is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-' M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10-8 M to 10"2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/wel1. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and all-trans retinoic acid are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0299] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANTO 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at rooin teinperature, protected froin light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 13 and the following reference: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HisTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993);
ANAL. BioCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF ISOTRETINOIN ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0300] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in inedia in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. Isotretinoin is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10-8 M to 10-2 M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and isotretinoin are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0301] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1 X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L
of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nrn emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 14 and the following references: IN vITRo ToxICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
PROLIFERATION
[0302] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Fibroblasts at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates, and allowed to attachment overnight. 17-0-estradiol is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"' M).
Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well.
Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing fibroblasts and 17-l3-estradiol are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0303] To terminate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 ininutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
coiltrol. See FIG. 15 and the following references: IN VITRO TOXICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HiSTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); ANAL. BIOC14EM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF
la,25-DIHYDROXY-ViTAMIN D3 ON CELL PROLIFERATION
[0304] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance stiinulates cell (fibroblast) proliferation. Smooth muscle cells at 70-90% confluency are trypsinized, replated at 600 cells/well in media in 96-well plates and allowed to attachment overnight. 1 a,25-Dihydroxy-vitamin D3 is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10-2 M and diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10-2 M). Drug dilutions are diluted 1/1000 in media and added to cells to give a total volume of 200 L/well. Each drug concentration is tested in triplicate wells. Plates containing smooth muscle cells and 1a,25-Dihydroxy-vitamin D3 are incubated at 37 C for 72 hours.
[0305] To terininate the assay, the media is removed by gentle aspiration. A
1/400 dilution of CYQUANT 400X GR dye indicator is added to 1X Cell Lysis buffer, and 200 L of the mixture is added to the wells of the plate. Plates are incubated at room temperature, protected from light for 3-5 minutes. Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima. Activation of proliferation is determined by taking the average of triplicate wells and comparing average relative fluorescence units to the DMSO
control. See, FIG. 16 and the following references: IN VITRO TOxICOL. 3: 219 (1990); BIOTECH.
HISTOCHEM. 68: 29 (1993); and ANAL. BIOCHEM. 213: 426 (1993).
SCREENING ASSAY FOR ASSESSING THE EFFECT OF PDGF ON SMOOTH MUSCLE CELL
MIGRATION
[0306] An in viti=o assay is described for determining whether a substance stimulates cell (fibroblast) migration. Primary human smooth muscle cells are starved of serum in smooth muscle cell basal media containing insulin and human basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) for 16 hours prior to the assay. For the migration assay, cells are trypsinized to remove cells from flasks, washed with migration media and diluted to a concentration of 2-2.5 X 105 cells/mL in migration media. Migration media consists of phenol red free Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 0.35%
human serum albumin. A 100 gL volume of smooth muscle cells (approximately 20,000-25,000 cells) is added to the top of a Boyden chamber assembly (Cheinicon QCM
Chemotaxis 96-well migration plate). To the bottom wells, the chemotactic agent, recombinant human platelet derived growtli factor (rhPDGF-BB) is added at a concentration of 10 ng/mL in a total volume of 150 L.
Paclitaxel is prepared in DMSO at a concentration of 10"2 M and serially diluted 10-fold to give a range of stock concentrations (10"8 M to 10"2 M). Paclitaxel is added to cells by directly adding paclitaxel DMSO stock solutions, prepared earlier, at a 1/1000 dilution, to the cells in the top chamber. Plates are incubated for 4 hours to allow cell migration.
[0307] At the end of the 4-hour period, cells in the top chamber are discarded and the smooth muscle cells attached to the underside of the filter are detached for 30 minutes at 37 C in Cell Detachment Solution (Chemicon). Dislodged cells are lysed in lysis buffer containing the DNA binding CYQUANTOO GR dye and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes.
Fluorescence is read in a fluorescence microplate reader at -480 nm excitation wavelength and -520 nm emission maxima.
Relative fluorescence units from triplicate wells are averaged after subtracting background fluorescence (control chamber without chemoattractant) and average number of cells migrating is obtained from a standard curve of smooth muscle cells serially diluted from 25,000 cells/well down to 98 cells/well. Inhibitory concentration of 50% (IC50) is determined by comparing the average number of cells inigrating in the presence of paclitaxel to the positive control (smooth muscle cell chemotaxis in response to rhPDGF-BB). See, FIG. 17 and the following references:
BIOTECHNIQUES 29: 81 (2000) and J. IMMUNOL METHODS 254: 85 (2001).
COLLAGEN SYNTHESIS ASSAY
[0308] An in vitro assay is described for determining whether a substance promotes deposition of extracellular matrix (ECM). Normal human dermal fibroblasts were trypzanized, then re-plated in medium containing ascorbic acid-2-phosphate at 150,000 cells per well in a 12-well plate. The cells were cultured at 37 C and 5% COZ for 2-3 weeks with media changes every three days so that they formed a 3-D inatrix of cells and collagen. After 14-21 days of culture, the medium was replaced with serum free medium and the cells allowed to rest for 24 hours.
[0309] Drug was diluted in DMSO at 10"2 M and then diluted 10 fold to give a range of stock concentrations from 10"2M to 10"8M. Drug was then diluted 1000 times in fresh serum free medium and added to the wells in a total volume of 3 ml per well. The plate(s) were then incubated for 72 hrs at 37 C. After 721irs the inedia was removed from the wells and put into inicrocentrifuge tubes and frozen at -20 C until assayed.
[0310] The amount of collagen synthesized was measured using a Procollagen Type 1 C-Peptide (PIP) EIA (enzyme immunoassay) kit (Takara Bio Inc., Shiga, Japan), where the amount of collagen produced is stoichiometrically represented by the ainount of pro-peptide cleaved froin the collagen when it is secreted. Anti-PIP monoclonal antibodies are immobilized on an ELISA (enzyme-linked immonsorbant assay) plate, the samples added and then a second PIP monoclonal antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase is added to the wells and incubated. Following incubation the wells are washed, a substrate solution is added and the absorbance measured in a plate reader at 450 nm and compared to a standard curve of PIP (ng/ml).
MENISCAL TEAR ANIMAL MODEL
[0311] This example describes an in vivo method to create a meniscal tear in a porcine joint and application of a formulation to assess for healing. Domestic farm pigs weighing 30 to 40 kg are anesthetized with an IM injection of ketamin/xylazine and atropine.
Anaesthesia is maintained by inhalation with isoflurane. The skin over one knee joint is cleaned and sterilized with an antiseptic solution. The knee capsule is exposed using a lateral skin incision. The capsule is entered taking care not to injure the collateral and cruciate ligaments and the articular cartilage. A fi-ll thickness longitudinal incision is created in the avascular part of the lateral meniscus. Approximately 0.2-0.5 ml of the sterile, biocompatible formulation is applied into the incision. The knee capsule, the surrounding tissue and the skin is closed in layers. The animal is recovered and returned to the holding facility. Analgesics and antibiotics are given at the end of the surgical procedure. Walking behavior is monitored daily. Analgesics and anti-inflammatory drugs may be given to control swelling and pain.
[0312] The animals are sacrificed 4-8 weeks after the procedure. The animals are anesthetised and euthanized with an IV injection of Euthanyl. The meniscus is be harvested for histology processing in order to assess healing after the different treatment regiinens.
PREPARATION OF DRUG LOADED MICROSPHERES BY SPRAY DRYING
[0313] 3.6 grams of inethoxy poly(ethylene glyco15000)-block-(poly (DL-lactide) (65:35 MePEG5000:PDLLA) was dissolved in 200 mL methylene chloride. 400 mg of paclitaxel (PTX)) was added and the resulting solution was spray dried. Conditions: inlet temperature 50 C, outlet temperature < 39 C, aspirator 100%, flow rate 700 mL/hr. The collected microspheres were dried under vacuum at room temperature overnight to produce uniform spherical pai-ticles having size ranges of less than about 10 microns (typically about 0.5 to about 2 microns).
PTX-LOADED MICROSPHERES (< 10 MICRON) BY THE W/O/W EMULSION PROCESS
[03141 100 ml of freshly prepared 10% polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) solution was added into a 600 mL
beaker. The acidified PVA solution was stirred at 2000 rpm for 30 minutes.
Meanwhile, a solution of 80 mg PTX and 800 mg MePEG5000-PDLLA (65:35) in 20 mL dichloromethane was prepared. The polyiner/dichloromethane solution was added dropwise to the PVA solution while stirring at 2000 rpm with a Fisher Dyna-Mix stirrer. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to stir for an additiona145 ininutes. The microsphere solution was transferred to several disposable graduated polypropylene conical centrifuge tubes, washed with deionized water, and centrifuged at 2600 rpm for 10 minutes. The aqueous layer was decanted and the washing, centrifuging, and decanting was repeated 3 times. The combined, washed microspheres were freeze-dried and vacuum dried to remove any excess water.
PTX-CONTAINING MICELLES
[03151 MePEG2000 (41 g) and MePEG2000-PDLLA (60:40) (410 g) were combined in a vessel and heated to 75 C with stirring. After the polymers were completely melted and mixed, the temperature was decreased to 55 C. Meanwhile, a PTX solution in tetrahydrofuran (46 g/200 rnL) was prepared and poured into the polymer solution under constant stirring. Stirring was continued for an additional hour. The PTX-containing micelles were dried at 50 C under vacuum to remove solvent and were ground on a 2 min mesh screen after cooling.
PTX-LOADED MICROSPHERES (< 10 MICRON) BY THE W/O/W EMULSION PROCESS
[03161 100 ml of freshly prepared 10% PVA solution was added into a 600 mL
beaker. The acidified PVA solution was stirred at 2000 rpm for 30 minutes. Meanwhile, a solution of 80 mg PTX and 800 mg poly(] actic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA) (50:50, IV=0.54) in 20 ml dichloromethane was prepared.
The polyiner/dichloromethane solution was added dropwise to the PVA solution while stirring at 2000 rpm with a Fisher Dyna-Mix stirrer. After addition was complete, the solution was allowed to stir for an additiona145 minutes. The microsphere solution was transferred to several disposable graduated polypropylene conical centrifuge tubes, washed with deionized water, and centrifuged at 2600 rpm for minutes. The aqueous layer was decanted and the washing, centrifuging, and decanting was repeated 3 times. The combined, washed microspheres were freeze-dried and vacuum dried to remove any excess water.
GELATION OF PTX-LOADED NHS-PEG, HS-PEG, AND MC
[0317] A PTX-loaded crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution ofNHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and MC for immediatel gelation according to the following procedure.
[0318] A 1inL syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock mixing connector was filled with a inixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg), PEG-SH4 (50 mg), and 10% PTX-loaded MePEG5000-PDLLA
(65:35) microspheres prepared by spray drying (0.5 mg, 2 mg,10 mg, or 25mg). A
1 mL capped syringe (syringe 2) was filled witli 0.50 mL of 22 mg/mL MC (pH 3-4). A 1 mL
capped syringe (syringe 3) was filled with 0.25 mL 0.12 M monobasic sodium phosphate and 0.2 M sodium carbonate (pH 9.7) buffer. The contents of syringe 1 and syringe 2 were mixed through a mixing connector by repeatedly transferring the contents fi=om one syringe to the other. After complete mixing, all of the formulation was pushed into one of the syringes which was then attached to a y-shaped dual syringe connector. Syringe 3 was connected to the remaining connector. The inaterial was applied by simultaneously depressing the plungers of both syringes. The gelation occuiTed within seconds to form a strong hydrogel that adheres well to the tissue and swells in a controlled fashion in saline solution.
[0319] The process was repeated using the PTX-loaded microspheres that were prepared in Examples 18 and 20.
GELATION OF PTX-LOADED NHS-PEG HS-PEG AND MC ON A TISSUE SAMPLE
[0320] A PTX-loaded crosslinked hydrogel was formed from an acidic solution ofNHS-PEG, HS-PEG, and MC for gelation on a tissue sample according to the following procedure.
[0321] A 1 ml syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock inixing connector was filled with a mixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg), PEG-SH4 (50 ing), and 10% PTX-loaded MePEG5000-PDLLA
(65:35) microspheres prepared by spray drying (0.5 mg, 2 mg,10 mg, or 25mg). A
1 mL capped syringe (syringe 2) was filled with 0.50 mL of 22 mg/inL MC (pH 3-4). A 1 mL
capped syringe (syringe 3) was filled with 0.5 mL 0.12 M monobasic sodium phosphate and 0.2 M
sodiuin carbonate (pH 9.7) buffer. The contents of syringe I and syringe 2 were mixed through a mixing connector by repeatedly transferring the contents from one syringe to the other. After complete mixing, all of the formulation was pushed into one of the syringes. The material was then applied to the desired location of a tissue sample. A spatula was used to manipulate the final shape of the applied material on the tissue. The basic buffer (syringe 3) was dripped over the surface of the applied material. After 30 minutes a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue sample was obtained. The process was repeated using the PTX-loaded microspheres that were prepared in Examples 18 and 20.
INCORPORATION OF PTX-LOADED MICELLES INTO THE COMPOSTION
[0322] A I mL syringe (syringe 1) equipped with a luer-lock mixing connector is filled with a mixture of PEG-SG4 (50 mg) and PEG-SH4 (50 mg). 5mg, 10mg, and 25 mg of the micellar PTX
described in Example 19 is weighed into a I mL syringe (syringe 2). A syringe containing 0.50 mL of 22 mg/mL MC (pH 3-4) was attached to syringe 2 via a syringe connector. The contents of the 2 syringes were mixed by transferring the contents from one syringe to the other. The contents were transferred to one of the syringes which was then connected to syringe 1. The mixing process was repeated and the contents were transferred to one of the syringes. The material was then applied to the desired location of a tissue sample. A spatula was used to manipulate the final shape of the applied material on the tissue sample. The basic buffer (syringe 3) was dripped over the surface of the applied inaterial. After 30 minutes a strong hydrogel that adhered well to the tissue sample was obtained.
INHIBITION OF ANGIOGENESIS BY PACLITAXEL AND MITOXANTRONE
[0323] Chick Chorioallantoic Membrane ("CAM") Assays [0324] Fertilized, domestic chick embryos were incubated for 3 days prior to culturing. In this procedure, the shell located over the air space was removed and the outer egg membrane gently peeled away to expose the CAM membrane. The egg opening was covered with parafilm and the eggs placed into an incubator at 90% relative humidity and 3% CO2 and incubated for 2 days.
[0325] Paclitaxel (Sigma, St. Louis, MI) was mixed at concentrations of 0.25, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 30 g per L aliquot of 0.5% aqueous methylcellulose, while mitoxantrone was mixed with 0.5% aqueous methylcellulose at concentrations of 1, 5, 10 g per 10 L aliquot. Since both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone are insoluble in water, the compounds were dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).
10 L aliquots of this solution were dried on parafilm for 4-6 hours forming disks 2 mm in diameter.
The dried disks containing paclitaxel or mitoxantrone were then carefully placed at the growing edge of each CAM at day 6 of incubation. Controls were obtained by placing DMSO-containing methylcellulose disks on the CAMs over the same time course. After a 2 day exposure (day 8 of incubation) the vasculature was examined with the aid of a stereomicroscope.
Liposyn 11, a white opaque solution, was injected into the CAM to increase the visibility of the vascular details. The vasculature of unstained, living embryos were imaged using a Zeiss stereomicroscope which was interfaced with a video camera (Dage-MTI Inc., Michigan City, IN). These video signals were then displayed at 160X magnification and captured using an image analysis system (Vidas, Kontron;
Etching, Germany). Iinage negatives were then made on a graphics recorder (Mode13000; Matrix Instruments, Orangeburg, NY).
[0326] For the following experiments, shell-less culturing methods were used where the egg contents were emptied by reinoving the shell located around the air space. The interior shell membrane was severed and and the opposite end of the shell was perforated to allow the contents of the egg to gently slide out. The egg contents were emptied into round-bottom sterilized glass bowls and covered with Petri dish covers. Procedures were then followed as described above with respect to drug preparation and incubation. The membranes of the 8-day-old shell-less embryo were flooded with 2%
glutaraldehyde in 0.1M sodium cacodylate buffer; additional fixative was injected under the CAM.
After 10 minutes in situ, the CAM was removed and placed into fresh fixative for 2 hours at room temperature. The tissue was then washed overnight in cacodylate buffer containing 6% sucrose. The areas of interest were postfixed in 1% osmium tetroxide for 1.5 hours at 4 C.
The tissues were then dehydrated in a graded series of ethanols, solvent exchanged with propylene oxide, and embedded in Spurr resin. Thin sections were cut with a diamond knife, placed on copper grids, stained, and examined in a Joel 1200EX electron microscope. Similarly, 0.5 mm sections were cut and stained with toluene blue for light microscopy.
[0327] At day 11 of development, chick embiyos were used for the corrosion casting technique.
Mercox resin (Ted Pella, Inc., Redding, CA) was injected into the CAM
vasculature using a 30-gauge hypodermic needle. The casting material consisted of 2.5 grams of Mercox CL-2B
polymer and 0.05 grams of catalyst (55% benzoyl peroxide) having a 5-minute polymerization tiine. After injection, the plastic was allowed to sit in situ for an hour at room temperature and then overnight in an oven at 65 C. The CAM was then placed in 50% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide to digest all organic components. The plastic casts were washed extensively in distilled water, air-dried, coated with gold/palladium, and viewed with the Philips 501B scanning electron microscope.
[0328] Results of the assay were as follows. At day 6 of incubation, the embryo was centrally positioned to a radially expanding network of blood vessels; the CAM developed adjacent to the embryo. These growing vessels lie close to the surface and are readily visible making this system an idealized model for the study of angiogenesis. Living, unstained capillary networks of the CAM may be imaged non-invasively with a stereomicroscope.
[0329] Transverse sections through the CAM show an outer ectoderm consisting of a double cell layer, a broader mesodermal layer containing capillaries which lie subjacent to the ectoderm, adventitial cells, and an inner, single endodennal cell layer. At the electron microscopic level, the typical structural details of the CAM capillaries are demonstrated. Typically, these vessels lie in close association with the inner cell layer of ectoderin.
[0330] After 48 hours exposure to paclitaxel at concentrations of 0.25, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, or 30 g or mitoxantrone at concentrations of 1, 5, 10 g each CAM was examined under living conditions with a stereomicroscope equipped with a video/computer interface in order to evaluate the effects on angiogenesis. This imaging setup was used at a magnification of 160X which permitted the direct visualization of blood cells within the capillaries; thereby blood flow in areas of interest may be easily assessed and recorded. For this study, the inhibition of angiogenesis was defined as an area of the CAM (measuring 2-6 mm in diameter) lacking a capillary network and vascular blood flow.
Throughout the experiments, avascular zones were assessed on a 4-point avascular gradient as shown in Table 3. In Table 3, the scale represents the degree of overall inhibition with maximal inhibition represented as a 3 on the avascular gradient scale. Both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone were very consistent and induced a maximal avascular zone (6 mm in diameter or a 3 on the avascular gradient scale) within 48 hours depending on its concentration.
AVASCULAR GRADIENT
0 -- normal vascularity 1-- lacking some microvascular movement 2*-- small avascular zone approximately 2 mm in diameter 3*-- avascularity extending beyond the disk (6 mm in diameter) * - indicates a positive antiangiogenesis response [0331] The dose-dependent, experimental data of the effects of paclitaxel at different concentrations are shown in Table 4.
AGENT
paclitaxel methylcellulose (10 l) 0.25 g 2/11 methylcellulose (10 l) 0.5 gg 6/11 methylcellulose (10 l) I g 6/15 methylcellulose (10 l) 5 gg 20/27 methylcellulose (10 gl) 10 g 16/21 methylcellulose (10 l) 30 gg 31/31 mitoxantrone methylcellulose (10 gI) I g 18/24 methylcellulose (10 l) 5 gg 21/24 methylcellulose (10 l) 10 gg 18/22 [0332] Typical paclitaxel and mitoxantrone treated CAMs are also shown with the transparent methylcellulose disk centrally positioned over the avascular zone measuring 6 mm in diameter. At a sliglitly higher magnification, the periphery of such avascular zones is clearly evident; the surrounding functional vessels were often redirected away from the source of paclitaxel. Such angular redirecting of blood flow was never observed under normal conditions.
Another feature of the effects of paclitaxel was the formation of blood islands within the avascular zone representing the aggregation of blood cells.
[0333] In summary, this study demonstrated that 48 hours after both paclitaxel and mitoxantrone application to the CAM, angiogenesis was inhibited. The blood vessel inhibition formed an avascular zone which was represented by three transitional phases of paclitaxel's effect. The central, most affected area of the avascular zone contained disrupted capillaries with extravasated red blood cells;
this indicated that intercellular junctions between endothelial cells were absent. The cells of the endoderm and ectoderm maintained their intercellular junctions and therefore these gerin layers remained intact; however, they were slightly thickened. As the normal vascular area was approached, the blood vessels retained their junctional complexes and therefore also remained intact. At the periphery of the paclitaxel-treated zone, fui-ther blood vessel growth was inhibited which was evident by the typical redirecting or "elbowing" effect of the blood vessels.
Claims (217)
1. A method of repairing damaged cartilage tissue in a patient comprising placing into contact with the damaged cartilage tissue a composition comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m>=2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n>=2 and m + n > 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of components (i), (ii), and (iii) results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m>=2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n>=2 and m + n > 4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of components (i), (ii), and (iii) results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the damaged cartilage tissue is articular cartilage tissue.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the damaged cartilage tissue is a meniscus or labrum.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition is placed into contact with the damaged cartilage tissue via arthroscopic techniques.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the first hydrophilic polymer is synthetic.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the first hydrophilic polymer is naturally occurring.
7. A composition of claim 6, wherein the naturally occurring hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids and derivatives thereof.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the protein is collagen.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the collagen is nonfibrillar collagen.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the nonfibrillar collagen is a chemically modified collagen.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the chemically modified collagen is methylated collagen.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the nonfibrillar collagen is selected from the group consisting of: type IV collagen, type VI collagen, and type VII collagen.
13. The method of claim 8, wherein the collagen is fibrillar collagen.
14. The method of claim 8, wherein the collagen comprises a mixture of nonfibrillar collagen and fibrillar collagen.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein the collagen comprises a mixture of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen and noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises glutaraldehyde-crosslinked collagen.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein the particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises between about 25% to about 95% and the noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises between about 5% to about 75% by weight of the composition.
18. The method of claim 8, wherein the collagen is denatured collagen.
19. The method of claim 6, wherein the naturally occurring hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of carboxylated polysaccharides, aminated polysaccharides, glycosaminoglycans, and activated polysaccharides.
20. The method of claim 1, wherein the second hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyalkeleneoxides, polyurethanes, polyesters, polyethers, polythioethers, polyamides, and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
21. The method of claim 1, wherein components A and B each comprise a polyalkyleneoxide.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene glycol).
23. The method of claim 1, wherein components A and B are the same.
24. The method of claim 1, wherein components A and B are in admixture.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the admixture is in a solid form.
26. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises a third crosslinkable component C that is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic and has at least one functional group selected from (a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B and, (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that m + n + p > 5.
27. The method of claim 1, wherein component A has the structural formula (1) and coinponent B has the structural formula (II) (I) R1(-[Q1]q-X)m (II) R2(-[Q2]r-Y)n wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
28. The method of claim 26, wherein component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)p wherein:
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
29. The method of claim 27, wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is a synthetic hydrophilic polymer.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein:
(a) R1 is a first synthetic hydrophilic polymer; and (b) R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a second synthetic hydrophilic polymer that may or may not be the same as R1, and (ii) C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl groups containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, and S.
(a) R1 is a first synthetic hydrophilic polymer; and (b) R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a second synthetic hydrophilic polymer that may or may not be the same as R1, and (ii) C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl groups containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, 0, and S.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is of a linear, branched, dendrimeric, hyperbranched, or star polymer.
32. The method of claim 30, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of: polyalkylene oxides; polyglycerols; poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted polyols;
polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid; polyacrylamides;
poly(olefinic alcohol)s;
poly(N-vinyl lactams); polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines; and copolymers thereof.
polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid; polyacrylamides;
poly(olefinic alcohol)s;
poly(N-vinyl lactams); polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines; and copolymers thereof.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyalkylene oxide or polyglycerol.
34. The method of 33, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyalkylene oxide selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the polyalkylene oxide is polyethylene glycol.
36. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, and tri-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol.
38. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of poly(acrylic acid) and analogues and copolymers thereof.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), poly(hydroxyethylmethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylates), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylates), and copolymers thereof.
40. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is polymaleic acid.
41. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyacrylamide.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyacrylamide, poly(methacrylamide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide), and copolymers thereof.
43. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(olefinic alcohol).
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the poly(olefinic alcohol) is polyvinyl alcohol or a copolymer thereof.
45. The method of claim 32, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(N-vinyl lactam).
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the poly(N-vinyl lactam) is selected from the group consisting of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof.
47. The method of claim 26, wherein component A has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (I) R1(-[Q1]q-X)m (II) R2(-[Q2]r-Y)n wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)p wherein:
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein r and s are zero.
50. The method of claim 48, wherein at least one of r and s is 1.
51. The method of claim 1, wherein the nucleophilic groups on component A are selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHR4, -N(R4)2, -SH, -OH, -COOH, -C6H4-OH, -PH2, -PHR5, -P(R5)2, -NH-NH2, -CO-NH-NH2, and -C5H4N, wherein R4 and R5 are C1-C12 hydrocarbyl.
52. The method of claim 51, wherein the nucleophilic groups are selected from -NH2 and -NHR4 where R4 is lower hydrocarbyl.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the electrophilic groups on component B
are amino-reactive groups.
are amino-reactive groups.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the amino-reactive groups contain an electrophilically reactive carbonyl group susceptible to nucleophilic attack by a primary or secondary amine.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the amino-reactive groups are carboxylic acid esters.
56. The method of claim 54, wherein the amino-reactive groups are carboxylic acids or aldehydes.
57. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition comprises about 5-40% (w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
58. The method of claim 57, wherein the composition comprises about 10-20%
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
59. The method of claim 1, wherein the first or second hydrophilic polymer comprises a tissue reactive group, wherein the tissue reactive group is capable of reacting with a moiety at a tissue surface to provide for immobilization of the composition at the tissue surface.
60. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition is biodegradable or bioerodible.
61. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition has an initial volume prior to contact with the cartilage tissue and a final volume after contact with the cartilage tissue, wherein the final volume is about 10% to about 200% of the initial volume.
62. The method of claim 1, wherein the crosslinked matrix has an elastic modulus ranging from about 2 N/cm2 to about 40 N/cm2.
63. The method of claim 1, wherein the crosslinked matrix has a tensile strength ranging from about 1.5 N/cm2 to about 70 N/cm2.
64. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises a biologically active agent.
65. The method of claiin 64, wherein the biologically active agent is delivered to the damaged cartilage tissue.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the composition is in the form of microparticles, nanoparticles, microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles.
67. The method of claim 64, wherein the biologically active agent facilitates tissue healing and regeneration.
68. The method of claim 64, wherein the biologically active agent is an angiogenesis inhibitor.
69. The method of claim 68, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.01 µg-100 µg per mm2.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total does in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg/ mm2-20 µg/ mm2.
71. The method claim 64, wherein the biologically active agent is paclitaxel or an analogue or derivative thereof.
72. Th method of claim 71, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivate thereof has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a total dose in the composition in a range of 1 µg to 3 mg.
74. The method of claim 71, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg.
75. The method of claim 74, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.25 µg/mm2 to 5 µg/mm2.
76. The method of claim 64 wherein the biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of enzymes, receptor antagonists or agonists, hormones, growth factors, small molecules which stimulate cell migration, adhesion and/or proliferation, autogenous bone marrow, antibiotics, antimicrobial agents, and antibodies.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein the small molecules are selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-.beta.-estradiol, estradiol, 1-.alpha.-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase (L-NAME), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof.
78. The method of claim 64, wherein the biologically active agent is a cytokine.
79. The method of claim 78, wherein the cytokine is selected from the group consisting of TNF.alpha., NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-.alpha.beta., IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transforming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, members of the TGF supergene family, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives thereof.
80. The method of claim 78, wherein the cytokine is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 µg/mL to about 20 mg/mL.
81. The method of claim 66, wherein the biologically active agent is a bone morphogenic protein.
82. The method of claim 81, wherein the bone morphogenic protein is BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof.
83. The method of claim 81 wherein the bone morphogenic protein is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 µg/mL to about 25 mg/mL.
84. The method of claim 64, wherein the biologically active agent is a growth factor.
85. The method of claim 84, wherein the growth factor is selected from the group consisting of heparin-binding growth factors, inhibins, growth differentiating factors, and activins.
86. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises an agent that stimulates processes involving tissue regeneration.
87. The method of claim 86, wherein the agent is a viable tissue cell.
88. The method of claim 86, wherein the agent stimulates cellular proliferation, cell migration, cell adhesion, or a combination thereof.
89. The method of claim 86, wherein the agent is selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-.beta.-estradiol, estradiol, 1-.alpha.-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase (L-NAME), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof.
90. The method of claim 86, wherein the agents is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.1 µg /mL to about 25 mg/mL.
91. A method of repairing damaged cartilage tissue in a patient comprising:
(a) providing a flowable mixture comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer.
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2. and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds;
(b) applying the flowable mixture to damaged cartilage tissue; and (c) irrigating the applied mixture with an aqueous initiating buffer, to form a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix, wherein n>= 2 and m + n > 4, each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer.
(a) providing a flowable mixture comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer.
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2. and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds;
(b) applying the flowable mixture to damaged cartilage tissue; and (c) irrigating the applied mixture with an aqueous initiating buffer, to form a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix, wherein n>= 2 and m + n > 4, each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, and at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer.
92. The method of claim 91, wherein the aqueous initiating buffer is a basic buffer.
93. The method of claim 91, wherein the reaction mixture is applied to the damaged cartilage tissue as a viscous liquid, partially polymerized gel, suspension, or spray.
94. The method of claim 91, wherein the cartilage is articular cartilage.
95. The method of claim 91, wherein the cartilage is meniscus or labrum.
96. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition is placed into contact with the damaged tissue via arthroscopic techniques.
97. The method of claiin 91, wherein the first hydrophilic polymer is synthetic.
98. The method of claim 91, wherein the first hydrophilic polymer is naturally occurring.
99. A composition of claim 98, wherein the naturally occurring hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids and derivatives thereof.
100. The method of claim 99, wherein the protein is collagen.
101. The method of claim 100, wherein the collagen is nonfibrillar collagen.
102. The method of claim 101, wherein the nonfibrillar collagen is a chemically modified collagen.
103. The method of claim 102, wherein the chemically modified collagen is methylated collagen.
104. The method of claim 102, wherein the nonfibrillar collagen is selected from the group consisting of: type IV collagen, type VI collagen, and type VII collagen.
105. The method of claim 100, wherein the collagen is fibrillar collagen.
106. The method of claim 100, wherein the collagen comprises a mixture of nonfibrillar collagen and fibrillar collagen.
107. The method of claim 105, wherein the collagen comprises a mixture of particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen and noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen.
108. The method of claim 107, wherein the particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises glutaraldehyde-crosslinked collagen.
109. The method of claim 107, wherein the particulate crosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises between about 25% to about 95% and the noncrosslinked fibrillar collagen comprises between about 5% to about 75% by weight of the composition.
110. The method of claim 100, wherein the collagen is denatured collagen.
111. The method of claim 98, wherein the naturally occurring hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of carboxylated polysaccharides, aminated polysaccharides, glycosaminoglycans, and activated polysaccharides.
112. The method of claim 91, wherein the second hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyalkeleneoxides, polyurethanes, polyesters, polyethers, polythioethers, polyamides; and derivatives, copolymers, and combinations thereof.
113. The method of claim 91, wherein components A and B each comprise a polyalkyleneoxide.
114. The method of claim 113, wherein the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene glycol).
115. The method of claim 91, wherein components A and B are the same.
116. The method of claim 91, wherein components A and B are in admixture.
117. The method of claim 116, wherein the admixture is in a solid form.
118. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition further comprises a third crosslinkable component C that is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic and has at least one functional group selected from the group consisting of:
(a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B;
and (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that m + n + p > 5.
(a) nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with the electrophilic groups of component B;
and (b) electrophilic groups capable of reacting with the nucleophilic groups of component A, wherein the total number of functional groups on component C is represented by p, such that m + n + p > 5.
119. The method of claim 91, wherein component A has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (11) (1) R1(-[Q1]q-X)m (11) R2(-[Q2]r-Y)n wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
120. The method of claim 118, wherein component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)p wherein:
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
121. The method of claim 119, wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is a synthetic hydrophilic polymer.
122. The method of claim 120, wherein:
(a) R1 is a first synthetic hydrophilic polymer; and (b) R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a second synthetic hydrophilic polymer that may or may not be the same as R1, and (ii) C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl groups containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
(a) R1 is a first synthetic hydrophilic polymer; and (b) R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a second synthetic hydrophilic polymer that may or may not be the same as R1, and (ii) C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl groups containing zero to 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.
123. The method of claim 122, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is of a linear, branched, dendrimeric, hyperbranched, or star polymer.
124. The method of claim 122, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of: polyalkylene oxides; polyglycerols; poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted polyols;
polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid; polyacrylamides;
poly(olefinic alcohol)s;
poly(N-vinyl lactams); polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines; and copolymers thereof.
polyacrylic acid and analogues thereof; polymaleic acid; polyacrylamides;
poly(olefinic alcohol)s;
poly(N-vinyl lactams); polyoxazolines; polyvinylamines; and copolymers thereof.
125. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyalkylene oxide or polyglycerol.
126. The method of claim 125, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyalkylene oxide selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol and poly(ethylene oxide)-poly(propylene oxide) copolymers.
127. The method of claim 125, wherein the polyalkylene oxide is polyethylene glycol.
128. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted diol or polyol.
129. The method of claim 128, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted propylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted trimethylene glycol, mono-poly(oxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, di-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol, and tri-(polyoxyalkylene)-substituted glycerol.
130. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of poly(acrylic acid) and analogues and copolymers thereof.
131. The method of claim 128, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), poly(hydroxyethyhnethacrylate), poly(hydroxyethylacrylate), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide acrylates), poly(methylalkylsulfoxide methacrylates), and copolymers thereof.
132. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is polymaleic acid.
133. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a polyacrylamide.
134. The method of claim 133, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is selected from the group consisting of polyacrylamide, poly(methacrylainide), poly(dimethylacrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide), and copolymers thereof.
135. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(olefinic alcohol).
136. The method of claim 135, wherein the poly(olefinic alcohol) is polyvinyl alcohol or a copolymer thereof.
137. The method of claim 124, wherein the synthetic hydrophilic polymer is a poly(N-vinyl lactam).
138. The method of claim 137, wherein the poly(N-vinyl lactam) is selected from the group consisting of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl caprolactam), and copolymers thereof.
139. The method of claim 118, wherein component A has the structural formula (I) and component B has the structural formula (II) (1) R1(-[Q1]q-X)m (11) R2(-[Q2]r-Y)n wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
X represents one of the m nucleophilic groups of component A;
Y represents one of the n electrophilic groups of component B;
Q1 and Q2 are linking groups; and q and r are independently zero or 1.
140. The method of claim 139, wherein component C has the structural formula (III) (III) R3(-[Q3]s-Fn)p wherein:
W is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
W is selected from the group consisting of C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, heteroatom-containing C2 to C14 hydrocarbyl, hydrophilic polymers, and hydrophobic polymers;
Fn represents a functional group on component C; and s is zero or 1.
141. The method of claim 140, wherein r and s are zero.
142. The method of claim 140, wherein at least one of r and s is 1.
143. The method of claim 91, wherein the nucleophilic groups on component A
are selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHR4, -N(R4)2, -SH, -OH, -COOH, -C6H4-OH, -PH2, -PHR5, -P(R5)2, -NH-NH2, -CO-NH-NH2, and -C5H4N, wherein R4 and R5 are C1-C12 hydrocarbyl.
are selected from the group consisting of -NH2, -NHR4, -N(R4)2, -SH, -OH, -COOH, -C6H4-OH, -PH2, -PHR5, -P(R5)2, -NH-NH2, -CO-NH-NH2, and -C5H4N, wherein R4 and R5 are C1-C12 hydrocarbyl.
144. The method of claim 143, wherein the nucleophilic groups are selected from -NH2 and -NHR4 where R4 is lower hydrocarbyl.
145. The method of claim 144, wherein the electrophilic groups on component B
are amino-reactive groups.
are amino-reactive groups.
146. The method of claim 145, wherein the amino-reactive groups contain an electrophilically reactive carbonyl group susceptible to nucleophilic attack by a primary or secondary amine.
147. The method of claim 146, wherein the amino-reactive groups are carboxylic acid esters.
148. The method of claim 146, wherein the amino-reactive groups are carboxylic acids or aldehydes.
149. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition comprises about 5-40%
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 15-25% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
150. The method of claim 149, wherein the composition comprises about 10-20%
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
(w/w) of a combination of components A and B, wherein each of components A and B
comprises poly(ethyleneoxide), and the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen in aqueous solution at a concentration of about 20% (mg methylated collagen/ml aqueous solution).
151. The method of claim 91, wherein the first or second hydrophilic polymer comprises a tissue reactive group, wherein the tissue reactive group is capable of reacting with a moiety at a tissue surface to provide for immobilization of the composition at the tissue surface.
152. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition is biodegradable or bioerodible.
153. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition has an initial volume prior to contact with the cartilage tissue and a final volume after contact with the cartilage tissue, wherein the final volume is about 10% to about 200% of the initial volume.
154. The method of claim 91, wherein the crosslinked matrix has an elastic modulus ranging from about 2 N/cm2 to about 40 N/cm2.
155. The method of claim 91, wherein the crosslinked matrix has a tensile strength ranging from about 1.5 N/cm2 to about 70 N/cm2.
156. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition further comprises a biologically active agent.
157. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is delivered to the damaged cartilage tissue.
158. The method of claim 157, wherein the composition is in the form of microparticles, nanoparticles, microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles.
159. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent facilitates tissue healing and regeneration.
160. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is an angiogenesis inhibitor.
161. The method of claim 160, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg to 200 mg.
162. The method of claim 161, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 1 µg to 100 mg.
163. The method of claim 160, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose per unit area in a range of 0.01 µg-100 µg per mm2.
164. The The method of claim 163, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg/ mm2-20 µg/ mm2.
165. The method claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is paclitaxel or an analogue or derivative thereof.
166. Th method of claim 165, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivate thereof has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg
167. The method of claim 166, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a total dose in the composition of in the a of 1 µg to 3 mg.
168. The method of claim 165, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg.
169. The method of claim 168, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.25 µg/mm2 to 5 µg/mm2.
170. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of enzymes, receptor antagonists or agonists, hormones, growth factors, small molecules which stimulate cell migration, adhesion and/or proliferation, autogenous bone marrow, antibiotics, antimicrobial agents, and antibodies.
171. The method of claim 170, wherein the small molecules are selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-.beta.-estradiol, estradiol, 1-.alpha.-25 dihydroxyvitatnin D3, dietliylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase (L-NAME), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof.
172. The'method of claim 170, wherein the biologically active agent is a cytokine.
173. The method of claim 172, wherein the cytokine is selected from the group consisting of TNF.alpha., NGF, GM-CSF, IL-1, IL-1-.beta., IL-8, IL-6, growth hormone, transforming growth factors (TGFs), fibroblast growth factors (FGFs), platelet derived growth factors (PDGFs), epidermal growth factors (EGFs), connective tissue activated peptides (CTAPs), osteogenic factors, members of the TGF supergene family, and biologically active analogues, fragments, and derivatives thereof.
174. The method of claim 172, wherein the cytokine is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 µg/mL to about 20 mg/mL.
175. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is a bone morphogenic protein.
176. The method of claim 175, wherein the bone morphogenic protein is BMP-2, BMP-3, BMP-4, BMP-5, BMP-6, or BMP-7 or an analogue or derivative thereof.
177. The method of claim 175, wherein the bone morphogenic protein is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.0001 µg/mL to about 25 mg/mL.
178. The method of claim 156, wherein the biologically active agent is a growth factor.
179. The method of claim 178, wherein the growth factor is selected from the group consisting of heparin-binding growth factors, inhibins, growth differentiating factors, and activins.
180. The method of claim 91, wherein the composition further comprises an agent that stimulates processes involving tissue regeneration.
181. The method of claim 180, wherein the agent is a viable tissue cell.
182. The method of claim 180, wherein the agent stimulates cellular proliferation, cell migration, cell adhesion, or a combination thereof.
183. The method of claim 180, wherein the agent is selected from the group consisting of dexamethasone, isotretinoin (13-cis retinoic acid), 17-.beta.-estradiol, estradiol, 1-.alpha.-25 dihydroxyvitamin D3, diethylstibesterol, cyclosporin A, a non-selective inhibitor of nitric oxide synthase (L-NAME), all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), and analogues and derivatives thereof.
184. The method of claim 180, wherein the agents is present in the composition at a concentration of about 0.1 µg /mL to about 25 mg/mL.
185. A method of repairing damaged cartilage tissue in a patient comprising placing into contact with the damaged cartilage tissue a composition comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) methylated collagen;
(ii) (pentaerytliritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii)pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
(i) methylated collagen;
(ii) (pentaerytliritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii)pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
186. A kit for repairing damaged cartilage tissue, wherein the kit comprises:
(a) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(b) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2; and (c) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n >= 2 and m + n >
4, wherein each of components A and B is biocoinpatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
(a) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(b) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2; and (c) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n >= 2 and m + n >
4, wherein each of components A and B is biocoinpatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
187. The kit of claim 186, wherein each of components A and B comprises polyalkeleneoxide.
188. The kit of claim 187, wherein the polyalkyleneoxide is a poly(ethylene oxide).
189. The kit of claim 188, wherein components A and B are the same.
190. The kit of claim 188, wherein components A and B are in admixture.
191. The kit of claim 184, wherein the admixture is in a solid form.
192. The kit of claim 186, further comprising a device for mixing (a), (b), and (c) and delivering (a), (b), and (c) or a partial reaction product thereof to the damaged cartilage tissue.
193. The kit of claim 186, wherein the device is configured to spray material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage tissue.
194. The kit of claim 186, wherein the device is configured to deliver material onto a surface of the damaged cartilage tissue as a liquid, gel, or suspension.
195. The kit of claim 186, wherein the first hydrophilic polymer is methylated collagen dissolved or suspended in aqueous solution of pH less than 7.
196. The kit of claim 186, further comprising (d), wherein (d) comprises an aqueous solution of pH. greater than 7.
197. A method of repairing damaged cartilage tissue in a patient comprising placing into contact with the damaged cartilage tissue a composition comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) methylated collagen;
(ii) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii)pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
(i) methylated collagen;
(ii) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether]; and (iii)pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether], wherein reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
198. A kit for repairing damaged cartilage tissue, wherein the kit comprises:
(a) an aqueous solution of methylated collagen, the solution having a pH of less than 7;
(b) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether];
(c) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether];
and (d) an aqueous solution having a pH of greater than 7, wherein (b) and (c) are in admixture in solid form.
(a) an aqueous solution of methylated collagen, the solution having a pH of less than 7;
(b) (pentaerythritol tetrakis[mercaptoethyl poly(oxyethylene) ether];
(c) pentaerythritol tetrakis [1-(1'-oxo-5-succimidylpentanoate)-2-poly(oxyethylene) ether];
and (d) an aqueous solution having a pH of greater than 7, wherein (b) and (c) are in admixture in solid form.
199. A method of repairing damaged soft tissues in a patient comprising placing into contact with the damaged soft tissues, a composition comprising components (i), (ii), and (iii) or a partial reaction product of components (i), (ii), and (iii), wherein components (i), (ii), and (iii) are comprised of:
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n >= 2 and m + n >
4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
(i) a first hydrophilic polymer;
(ii) a crosslinkable component A having m nucleophilic groups, wherein m >= 2; and (iii) a crosslinkable component B having n electrophilic groups capable of reaction with the m nucleophilic groups to form covalent bonds, wherein n >= 2 and m + n >
4, wherein each of components A and B is biocompatible and nonimmunogenic, at least one of the components A and B is a second hydrophilic polymer, and reaction of the components results in a biocompatible, nonimmunogenic, crosslinked matrix.
200. The method of claim 199, wherein the damaged soft tissue is connective tissue.
201. The method of claim 200, wherein the connective tissue is selected from the group consisting of articular ligaments, tendons, muscles, fat, or a soft tissue implant.
202. The method of claim 201, wherein the soft tissue implants are cosmetic implants.
203. The method of claim 202, wherein the cosmetic implants are breast implants or facial implants.
204. The method of claim 199, wherein the composition further comprises a biologically active agent.
205. The method of claim 204, wherein the biologically active agent is delivered to the damaged cartilage tissue.
206. The method of claim 205, wherein the composition is in the form of microparticles, nanoparticles, microemulsions, emulsions, liposomes and micelles.
207. The method of claim 204, wherein the biologically active agent facilitates tissue healing and regeneration.
208. The method of claim 204, wherein the biologically active agent is an angiogenesis inhibitor.
209. The method of claim 208, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg to 200 mg.
210. The method of claim 209, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a total dose in the composition in a range of 1 µg to 100 mg.
211. The method of claim 208, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.01 µg-100 µg per mm2.
212. The method of claim 211, wherein the angiogenesis inhibitor has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.1 µg/ mm2-20 µg/ mm2.
213. The method claim 204, wherein the biologically active agent is paclitaxel or an analogue or derivative thereof.
214. Th method of claim 213, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivate thereof has a total dose in the composition in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg
215. The method of claim 214, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a total dose in the composition in a range of 1 µg to 3 mg.
216. The method of claim 213, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.1 µg to 10 mg.
217. The method of claim 216, wherein the paclitaxel or the analogue or derivative thereof has a dose per unit area in a range of 0.25 µg/mm2 to 5 µg/mm2.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US58265104P | 2004-06-23 | 2004-06-23 | |
| US60/582,651 | 2004-06-23 | ||
| PCT/US2005/022343 WO2006002332A1 (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2005-06-23 | Methods and crosslinked polymer compositions for cartilage repair |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2571656A1 true CA2571656A1 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
Family
ID=35056830
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002571656A Abandoned CA2571656A1 (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2005-06-23 | Methods and crosslinked polymer compositions for cartilage repair |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US20090117070A1 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP1773417A1 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2005258231A1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2571656A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2006002332A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (45)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP2144624A1 (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2010-01-20 | Stryker Corporation | Concentrated protein preparations of bone morphogenetic proteins and methods of use thereof |
| US8318695B2 (en) * | 2007-07-30 | 2012-11-27 | Allergan, Inc. | Tunably crosslinked polysaccharide compositions |
| FR2930943B1 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2011-03-18 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NOVEL USES OF D-MANNOPYRANOSIS DERIVATIVES INHIBITORS OF ANGIOGENESIS |
| EP2138527A1 (en) * | 2008-06-24 | 2009-12-30 | Freie Universität Berlin | Nanoparticle, method for producing a nanoparticle, nanoparticle system and its use |
| US9889230B2 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2018-02-13 | Covidien Lp | Hemostatic implant |
| EP2459127B1 (en) | 2009-07-27 | 2015-09-23 | Endologix, Inc. | Stent graft |
| US20120207847A1 (en) * | 2009-08-25 | 2012-08-16 | Genzyme Corporation | Cartilage Repair |
| US20110081398A1 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2011-04-07 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Multi-mechanism surgical compositions |
| US20120289571A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2012-11-15 | Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polymeric conjugates of aromatic amine containing compounds including releasable urea linker |
| US8945156B2 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2015-02-03 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Tissue fixation |
| US8858577B2 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2014-10-14 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Tissue stabilization system |
| US8716204B2 (en) | 2010-07-27 | 2014-05-06 | Zimmer, Inc. | Synthetic synovial fluid compositions and methods for making the same |
| ES2590983T3 (en) | 2010-12-03 | 2016-11-24 | Xeltis B.V. | Use of a fluorinated polymer as a contrast agent for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) 19F in solid state, scaffolding comprising said polymer and use thereof |
| US9084602B2 (en) | 2011-01-26 | 2015-07-21 | Covidien Lp | Buttress film with hemostatic action for surgical stapling apparatus |
| US8852214B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-10-07 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | System for tissue fixation to bone |
| CA2853732C (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2021-06-08 | Baxter International Inc. | Nonaqueous compositions for bone hemostasis, and methods for their use and manufacture |
| EP3984556B8 (en) * | 2012-06-14 | 2025-07-09 | Microvention, Inc. | Polymeric treatment compositions |
| US10219804B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2019-03-05 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US11253252B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2022-02-22 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US9629632B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2017-04-25 | Conextions, Inc. | Soft tissue repair devices, systems, and methods |
| US11944531B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2024-04-02 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US11957334B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2024-04-16 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US9427309B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2016-08-30 | Conextions, Inc. | Soft tissue repair devices, systems, and methods |
| US10835241B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2020-11-17 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US10390935B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2019-08-27 | Conextions, Inc. | Soft tissue to bone repair devices, systems, and methods |
| DE102012108345A1 (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2014-05-15 | Freie Universität Berlin | Process for the preparation of a polyglycerol nanogel for the encapsulation and release of biologically active substances |
| CN104717983B (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2018-09-18 | 微仙美国有限公司 | polymeric therapeutic composition |
| CA2901753C (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2023-08-22 | DERMELLE, LLC d/b/a ETERNOGEN, LLC | Injectable in situ polymerizable collagen composition |
| EP3071236A4 (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2017-05-24 | Trustees of Boston University | Injectable tissue supplement |
| US11583384B2 (en) | 2014-03-12 | 2023-02-21 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US10368874B2 (en) | 2016-08-26 | 2019-08-06 | Microvention, Inc. | Embolic compositions |
| US11696822B2 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2023-07-11 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| WO2019074965A1 (en) | 2017-10-09 | 2019-04-18 | Microvention, Inc. | Radioactive liquid embolic |
| US12102317B2 (en) | 2017-12-20 | 2024-10-01 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US11547397B2 (en) | 2017-12-20 | 2023-01-10 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| US20210346572A1 (en) * | 2018-02-20 | 2021-11-11 | STL Laboratories Inc. | Methods and devices for repair of crushed peripheral nerve injuries with erythropoietin |
| CA3091800A1 (en) | 2018-02-20 | 2019-08-29 | Conextions, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for repairing soft tissue and attaching soft tissue to bone |
| WO2020118136A1 (en) * | 2018-12-06 | 2020-06-11 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Selectively cleavable therapeutic nanoparticles |
| CN111184917B (en) * | 2020-02-27 | 2021-09-28 | 福州大学 | Temperature-sensitive collagen-based hydrogel loaded with bioactive polypeptide and preparation method thereof |
| US11739166B2 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2023-08-29 | Davol Inc. | Reactive polysaccharide-based hemostatic agent |
| US12161777B2 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2024-12-10 | Davol Inc. | Flowable hemostatic suspension |
| JP7619544B2 (en) * | 2020-07-22 | 2025-01-22 | 国立大学法人 東京大学 | Gel material for treating tendons or ligaments |
| CN112007213B (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-08-09 | 深圳市人民医院 | Osteochondral repair bionic material and preparation method and application thereof |
| JP2024500994A (en) | 2020-12-28 | 2024-01-10 | デボル,インコーポレイテッド | Reactive dry powder hemostatic material containing protein and polyfunctionalized modified polyethylene glycol crosslinker |
| CN115671405B (en) * | 2022-11-08 | 2023-11-10 | 北京大清生物技术股份有限公司 | Joint cavity injection gel and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5162430A (en) * | 1988-11-21 | 1992-11-10 | Collagen Corporation | Collagen-polymer conjugates |
| US5853746A (en) * | 1991-01-31 | 1998-12-29 | Robert Francis Shaw | Methods and compositions for the treatment and repair of defects or lesions in cartilage or bone using functional barrier |
| US5270300A (en) * | 1991-09-06 | 1993-12-14 | Robert Francis Shaw | Methods and compositions for the treatment and repair of defects or lesions in cartilage or bone |
| US6833408B2 (en) * | 1995-12-18 | 2004-12-21 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Methods for tissue repair using adhesive materials |
| US6458889B1 (en) * | 1995-12-18 | 2002-10-01 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and systems for forming crosslinked biomaterials and associated methods of preparation and use |
| DK1704878T3 (en) * | 1995-12-18 | 2013-07-01 | Angiodevice Internat Gmbh | Crosslinked polymer preparations and methods for their use |
| US6110209A (en) * | 1997-08-07 | 2000-08-29 | Stone; Kevin R. | Method and paste for articular cartilage transplantation |
| WO1999022747A1 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 1999-05-14 | The General Hospital Corporation | Bonding of cartilaginous matrices using isolated chondrocytes |
| US6312725B1 (en) * | 1999-04-16 | 2001-11-06 | Cohesion Technologies, Inc. | Rapid gelling biocompatible polymer composition |
| JP4230135B2 (en) * | 2001-08-21 | 2009-02-25 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | Method for producing glycosaminoglycan-collagen complex cross-linked by multifunctional cross-linking agent |
-
2005
- 2005-06-23 CA CA002571656A patent/CA2571656A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-06-23 US US11/571,048 patent/US20090117070A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-06-23 EP EP05766647A patent/EP1773417A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-06-23 AU AU2005258231A patent/AU2005258231A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-06-23 WO PCT/US2005/022343 patent/WO2006002332A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2010
- 2010-10-22 US US12/910,637 patent/US20110150821A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20090117070A1 (en) | 2009-05-07 |
| AU2005258231A1 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
| WO2006002332A1 (en) | 2006-01-05 |
| EP1773417A1 (en) | 2007-04-18 |
| US20110150821A1 (en) | 2011-06-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20090117070A1 (en) | Methods and Crosslinked Polymer Compositions for Cartilage Repair | |
| US12201748B2 (en) | Biopolymer scaffold implants and methods for their production | |
| US7157428B2 (en) | Method for treatment and repair of meniscal injuries | |
| CN101291586A (en) | Method for Cell Implantation | |
| EP2919763B1 (en) | Flexible tissue matrix | |
| Lin et al. | Keratin gel filler for peripheral nerve repair in a rodent sciatic nerve injury model | |
| WO2004078134A2 (en) | Biologic replacement for fibrin clot | |
| Liu et al. | Evaluation of a biocomposite mesh modified with decellularized human amniotic membrane for intraperitoneal onlay mesh repair | |
| CN105209484A (en) | Thermosensitive bone growth composition | |
| US20250288719A1 (en) | A tissue conductive scaffolding material | |
| Moshiri et al. | Effectiveness of hybridized nano‐and microstructure biodegradable, biocompatible, collagen‐based, three‐dimensional bioimplants in repair of a large tendon‐defect model in rabbits | |
| Lopiz et al. | Repair of rotator cuff injuries using different composites | |
| Kim et al. | Regeneration of paralyzed vocal fold by the injection of plasmid DNA complex-loaded hydrogel bulking agent | |
| JP7534752B2 (en) | Multiphasic tissue scaffold constructs | |
| Co et al. | Biomolecule‐releasing bioadhesive for glenoid labrum repair through induced host progenitor cell responses | |
| WO2025223272A1 (en) | Tissue mimetic membranes for guiding fibrocartilaginous interface regeneration in rotator cuff repair | |
| CN115957377B (en) | Injectable functionalized collagen-based hydrogel for cartilage repair | |
| Snider | Development of Tissue Based Biomaterials for Articular Cartilage Injuries | |
| James | Novel Tissue Engineering Strategies for Tendon Repair and Regeneration |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| FZDE | Discontinued |